Merging upstream version 1:4.15.2.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

74 files changed, 0 insertions, 14891 deletions

diff --git a/libmisc/.indent.pro b/libmisc/.indent.pro
deleted file mode 100644
index fe572bb..0000000
--- a/libmisc/.indent.pro
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
--kr
--i8
--bad
--pcs
--l80
diff --git a/libmisc/Makefile.am b/libmisc/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d319cd..0000000
--- a/libmisc/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-
-EXTRA_DIST = .indent.pro xgetXXbyYY.c
-
-AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/lib -I$(top_srcdir) $(ECONF_CPPFLAGS)
-
-noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libmisc.la
-
-libmisc_la_SOURCES = \
-	addgrps.c \
-	age.c \
-	audit_help.c \
-	basename.c \
-	chkname.c \
-	chkname.h \
-	chowndir.c \
-	chowntty.c \
-	cleanup.c \
-	cleanup_group.c \
-	cleanup_user.c \
-	console.c \
-	copydir.c \
-	date_to_str.c \
-	entry.c \
-	env.c \
-	failure.c \
-	failure.h \
-	find_new_gid.c \
-	find_new_uid.c \
-	find_new_sub_gids.c \
-	find_new_sub_uids.c \
-	getdate.h \
-	getdate.y \
-	getgr_nam_gid.c \
-	getrange.c \
-	gettime.c \
-	hushed.c \
-	idmapping.h \
-	idmapping.c \
-	isexpired.c \
-	limits.c \
-	list.c log.c \
-	loginprompt.c \
-	mail.c \
-	motd.c \
-	myname.c \
-	obscure.c \
-	pam_pass.c \
-	pam_pass_non_interactive.c \
-	prefix_flag.c \
-	pwd2spwd.c \
-	pwdcheck.c \
-	pwd_init.c \
-	remove_tree.c \
-	rlogin.c \
-	root_flag.c \
-	salt.c \
-	setugid.c \
-	setupenv.c \
-	shell.c \
-	strtoday.c \
-	sub.c \
-	sulog.c \
-	ttytype.c \
-	tz.c \
-	ulimit.c \
-	user_busy.c \
-	utmp.c \
-	valid.c \
-	xgetpwnam.c \
-	xgetpwuid.c \
-	xgetgrnam.c \
-	xgetgrgid.c \
-	xgetspnam.c \
-	xmalloc.c \
-	yesno.c
-
-if WITH_BTRFS
-libmisc_la_SOURCES += btrfs.c
-endif
-
diff --git a/libmisc/Makefile.in b/libmisc/Makefile.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 2defd8e..0000000
--- a/libmisc/Makefile.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,927 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.16.5 from Makefile.am.
-# @configure_input@
-
-# Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
-# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-@SET_MAKE@
-
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-am__is_gnu_make = { \
-  if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \
-    false; \
-  elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \
-    true; \
-  elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \
-    true; \
-  else \
-    false; \
-  fi; \
-}
-am__make_running_with_option = \
-  case $${target_option-} in \
-      ?) ;; \
-      *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
-              "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
-         exit 1;; \
-  esac; \
-  has_opt=no; \
-  sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
-  if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
-    sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
-  else \
-    case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
-      *\\[\ \	]*) \
-        bs=\\; \
-        sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
-          | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs	]*//g"`;; \
-    esac; \
-  fi; \
-  skip_next=no; \
-  strip_trailopt () \
-  { \
-    flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
-  }; \
-  for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
-    test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
-    case $$flg in \
-      *=*|--*) continue;; \
-        -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
-      -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
-        -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
-      -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
-        -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
-      -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
-      -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
-      -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
-    esac; \
-    case $$flg in \
-      *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
-    esac; \
-  done; \
-  test $$has_opt = yes
-am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
-am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
-pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
-am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
-install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
-install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
-install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
-INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
-transform = $(program_transform_name)
-NORMAL_INSTALL = :
-PRE_INSTALL = :
-POST_INSTALL = :
-NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
-PRE_UNINSTALL = :
-POST_UNINSTALL = :
-build_triplet = @build@
-host_triplet = @host@
-@WITH_BTRFS_TRUE@am__append_1 = btrfs.c
-subdir = libmisc
-ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
-	$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 \
-	$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 \
-	$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
-	$(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
-	$(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
-	$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
-	$(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
-	$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
-am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
-	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__DIST_COMMON)
-mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
-CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
-CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
-CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
-LTLIBRARIES = $(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)
-libmisc_la_LIBADD =
-am__libmisc_la_SOURCES_DIST = addgrps.c age.c audit_help.c basename.c \
-	chkname.c chkname.h chowndir.c chowntty.c cleanup.c \
-	cleanup_group.c cleanup_user.c console.c copydir.c \
-	date_to_str.c entry.c env.c failure.c failure.h find_new_gid.c \
-	find_new_uid.c find_new_sub_gids.c find_new_sub_uids.c \
-	getdate.h getdate.y getgr_nam_gid.c getrange.c gettime.c \
-	hushed.c idmapping.h idmapping.c isexpired.c limits.c list.c \
-	log.c loginprompt.c mail.c motd.c myname.c obscure.c \
-	pam_pass.c pam_pass_non_interactive.c prefix_flag.c pwd2spwd.c \
-	pwdcheck.c pwd_init.c remove_tree.c rlogin.c root_flag.c \
-	salt.c setugid.c setupenv.c shell.c strtoday.c sub.c sulog.c \
-	ttytype.c tz.c ulimit.c user_busy.c utmp.c valid.c xgetpwnam.c \
-	xgetpwuid.c xgetgrnam.c xgetgrgid.c xgetspnam.c xmalloc.c \
-	yesno.c btrfs.c
-@WITH_BTRFS_TRUE@am__objects_1 = btrfs.lo
-am_libmisc_la_OBJECTS = addgrps.lo age.lo audit_help.lo basename.lo \
-	chkname.lo chowndir.lo chowntty.lo cleanup.lo cleanup_group.lo \
-	cleanup_user.lo console.lo copydir.lo date_to_str.lo entry.lo \
-	env.lo failure.lo find_new_gid.lo find_new_uid.lo \
-	find_new_sub_gids.lo find_new_sub_uids.lo getdate.lo \
-	getgr_nam_gid.lo getrange.lo gettime.lo hushed.lo idmapping.lo \
-	isexpired.lo limits.lo list.lo log.lo loginprompt.lo mail.lo \
-	motd.lo myname.lo obscure.lo pam_pass.lo \
-	pam_pass_non_interactive.lo prefix_flag.lo pwd2spwd.lo \
-	pwdcheck.lo pwd_init.lo remove_tree.lo rlogin.lo root_flag.lo \
-	salt.lo setugid.lo setupenv.lo shell.lo strtoday.lo sub.lo \
-	sulog.lo ttytype.lo tz.lo ulimit.lo user_busy.lo utmp.lo \
-	valid.lo xgetpwnam.lo xgetpwuid.lo xgetgrnam.lo xgetgrgid.lo \
-	xgetspnam.lo xmalloc.lo yesno.lo $(am__objects_1)
-libmisc_la_OBJECTS = $(am_libmisc_la_OBJECTS)
-AM_V_lt = $(am__v_lt_@AM_V@)
-am__v_lt_ = $(am__v_lt_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_lt_0 = --silent
-am__v_lt_1 = 
-AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
-am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_P_0 = false
-am__v_P_1 = :
-AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
-am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo "  GEN     " $@;
-am__v_GEN_1 = 
-AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
-am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_at_0 = @
-am__v_at_1 = 
-DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir)
-depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp
-am__maybe_remake_depfiles = depfiles
-am__depfiles_remade = ./$(DEPDIR)/addgrps.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/age.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/audit_help.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/basename.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/btrfs.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/chkname.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/chowndir.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/chowntty.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_group.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_user.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/console.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/copydir.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/date_to_str.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/entry.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/env.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/failure.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_gid.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_gids.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_uids.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_uid.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/getdate.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/getgr_nam_gid.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/getrange.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/gettime.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/hushed.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/idmapping.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/isexpired.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/limits.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/list.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/log.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/loginprompt.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/mail.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/motd.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/myname.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/obscure.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass_non_interactive.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/prefix_flag.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/pwd2spwd.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/pwd_init.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/pwdcheck.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/remove_tree.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/rlogin.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/root_flag.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/salt.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/setugid.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/setupenv.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/shell.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/strtoday.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/sub.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/sulog.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/ttytype.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/tz.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/ulimit.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/user_busy.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/utmp.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/valid.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrgid.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrnam.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwnam.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwuid.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/xgetspnam.Plo ./$(DEPDIR)/xmalloc.Plo \
-	./$(DEPDIR)/yesno.Plo
-am__mv = mv -f
-COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \
-	$(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
-LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
-	$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) \
-	$(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) \
-	$(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
-AM_V_CC = $(am__v_CC_@AM_V@)
-am__v_CC_ = $(am__v_CC_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_CC_0 = @echo "  CC      " $@;
-am__v_CC_1 = 
-CCLD = $(CC)
-LINK = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
-	$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \
-	$(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
-AM_V_CCLD = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_V@)
-am__v_CCLD_ = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_CCLD_0 = @echo "  CCLD    " $@;
-am__v_CCLD_1 = 
-@MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE@am__skipyacc = test -f $@ ||
-am__yacc_c2h = sed -e s/cc$$/hh/ -e s/cpp$$/hpp/ -e s/cxx$$/hxx/ \
-		   -e s/c++$$/h++/ -e s/c$$/h/
-YACCCOMPILE = $(YACC) $(AM_YFLAGS) $(YFLAGS)
-LTYACCCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
-	$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=compile $(YACC) $(AM_YFLAGS) $(YFLAGS)
-AM_V_YACC = $(am__v_YACC_@AM_V@)
-am__v_YACC_ = $(am__v_YACC_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_YACC_0 = @echo "  YACC    " $@;
-am__v_YACC_1 = 
-YLWRAP = $(top_srcdir)/ylwrap
-SOURCES = $(libmisc_la_SOURCES)
-DIST_SOURCES = $(am__libmisc_la_SOURCES_DIST)
-am__can_run_installinfo = \
-  case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
-    n|no|NO) false;; \
-    *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
-  esac
-am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
-# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
-# and print each of them once, without duplicates.  Input order is
-# *not* preserved.
-am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
-  BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
-  { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
-  END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
-'
-# Make sure the list of sources is unique.  This is necessary because,
-# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
-# for different programs/libraries.
-am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
-  list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
-  unique=`for i in $$list; do \
-    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
-  done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
-am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_srcdir)/depcomp \
-	$(top_srcdir)/ylwrap getdate.c
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
-ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
-AMTAR = @AMTAR@
-AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
-AR = @AR@
-AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
-AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
-AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
-AWK = @AWK@
-CC = @CC@
-CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-CPP = @CPP@
-CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
-CSCOPE = @CSCOPE@
-CTAGS = @CTAGS@
-CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
-DEFS = @DEFS@
-DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
-DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
-DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
-DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
-ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
-ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
-ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
-ECONF_CPPFLAGS = @ECONF_CPPFLAGS@
-EGREP = @EGREP@
-ETAGS = @ETAGS@
-EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
-FGREP = @FGREP@
-GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@
-GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
-GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@
-GREP = @GREP@
-GROUP_NAME_MAX_LENGTH = @GROUP_NAME_MAX_LENGTH@
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
-INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
-INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
-INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
-INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
-LD = @LD@
-LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
-LIBACL = @LIBACL@
-LIBATTR = @LIBATTR@
-LIBAUDIT = @LIBAUDIT@
-LIBCRACK = @LIBCRACK@
-LIBCRYPT = @LIBCRYPT@
-LIBECONF = @LIBECONF@
-LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
-LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
-LIBMD = @LIBMD@
-LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
-LIBPAM = @LIBPAM@
-LIBS = @LIBS@
-LIBSELINUX = @LIBSELINUX@
-LIBSEMANAGE = @LIBSEMANAGE@
-LIBSKEY = @LIBSKEY@
-LIBSUBID_ABI = @LIBSUBID_ABI@
-LIBSUBID_ABI_MAJOR = @LIBSUBID_ABI_MAJOR@
-LIBSUBID_ABI_MICRO = @LIBSUBID_ABI_MICRO@
-LIBSUBID_ABI_MINOR = @LIBSUBID_ABI_MINOR@
-LIBTCB = @LIBTCB@
-LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
-LIPO = @LIPO@
-LIYESCRYPT = @LIYESCRYPT@
-LN_S = @LN_S@
-LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
-LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
-LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
-LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH = @LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH@
-MAINT = @MAINT@
-MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
-MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@
-MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
-MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
-MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@
-MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@
-NM = @NM@
-NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
-OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
-OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
-OTOOL = @OTOOL@
-OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
-PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
-PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
-PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
-PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
-PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
-PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
-POSUB = @POSUB@
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-SED = @SED@
-SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SHELL = @SHELL@
-STRIP = @STRIP@
-USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
-VENDORDIR = @VENDORDIR@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
-XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@
-XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@
-XMLCATALOG = @XMLCATALOG@
-XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
-XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
-YACC = @YACC@
-YFLAGS = @YFLAGS@
-abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
-abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
-abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
-abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
-ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
-ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
-ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
-am__include = @am__include@
-am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
-am__quote = @am__quote@
-am__tar = @am__tar@
-am__untar = @am__untar@
-bindir = @bindir@
-build = @build@
-build_alias = @build_alias@
-build_cpu = @build_cpu@
-build_os = @build_os@
-build_vendor = @build_vendor@
-builddir = @builddir@
-capcmd = @capcmd@
-datadir = @datadir@
-datarootdir = @datarootdir@
-docdir = @docdir@
-dvidir = @dvidir@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-host = @host@
-host_alias = @host_alias@
-host_cpu = @host_cpu@
-host_os = @host_os@
-host_vendor = @host_vendor@
-htmldir = @htmldir@
-includedir = @includedir@
-infodir = @infodir@
-install_sh = @install_sh@
-libdir = @libdir@
-libexecdir = @libexecdir@
-localedir = @localedir@
-localstatedir = @localstatedir@
-mandir = @mandir@
-mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
-oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
-pdfdir = @pdfdir@
-prefix = @prefix@
-program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
-psdir = @psdir@
-runstatedir = @runstatedir@
-sbindir = @sbindir@
-sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
-target_alias = @target_alias@
-top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
-top_builddir = @top_builddir@
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-EXTRA_DIST = .indent.pro xgetXXbyYY.c
-AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/lib -I$(top_srcdir) $(ECONF_CPPFLAGS)
-noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libmisc.la
-libmisc_la_SOURCES = addgrps.c age.c audit_help.c basename.c chkname.c \
-	chkname.h chowndir.c chowntty.c cleanup.c cleanup_group.c \
-	cleanup_user.c console.c copydir.c date_to_str.c entry.c env.c \
-	failure.c failure.h find_new_gid.c find_new_uid.c \
-	find_new_sub_gids.c find_new_sub_uids.c getdate.h getdate.y \
-	getgr_nam_gid.c getrange.c gettime.c hushed.c idmapping.h \
-	idmapping.c isexpired.c limits.c list.c log.c loginprompt.c \
-	mail.c motd.c myname.c obscure.c pam_pass.c \
-	pam_pass_non_interactive.c prefix_flag.c pwd2spwd.c pwdcheck.c \
-	pwd_init.c remove_tree.c rlogin.c root_flag.c salt.c setugid.c \
-	setupenv.c shell.c strtoday.c sub.c sulog.c ttytype.c tz.c \
-	ulimit.c user_busy.c utmp.c valid.c xgetpwnam.c xgetpwuid.c \
-	xgetgrnam.c xgetgrgid.c xgetspnam.c xmalloc.c yesno.c \
-	$(am__append_1)
-all: all-am
-
-.SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .c .lo .o .obj .y
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
-	@for dep in $?; do \
-	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
-	    *$$dep*) \
-	      ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
-	        && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
-	      exit 1;; \
-	  esac; \
-	done; \
-	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign libmisc/Makefile'; \
-	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
-	  $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign libmisc/Makefile
-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
-	@case '$?' in \
-	  *config.status*) \
-	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
-	  *) \
-	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles)'; \
-	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles);; \
-	esac;
-
-$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
-	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-
-$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps)
-	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
-	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
-
-clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES:
-	-test -z "$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)
-	@list='$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)'; \
-	locs=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | \
-	      sed 's|^[^/]*$$|.|; s|/[^/]*$$||; s|$$|/so_locations|' | \
-	      sort -u`; \
-	test -z "$$locs" || { \
-	  echo rm -f $${locs}; \
-	  rm -f $${locs}; \
-	}
-
-libmisc.la: $(libmisc_la_OBJECTS) $(libmisc_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_libmisc_la_DEPENDENCIES) 
-	$(AM_V_CCLD)$(LINK)  $(libmisc_la_OBJECTS) $(libmisc_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS)
-
-mostlyclean-compile:
-	-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT)
-
-distclean-compile:
-	-rm -f *.tab.c
-
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/addgrps.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/age.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/audit_help.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/basename.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/btrfs.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/chkname.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/chowndir.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/chowntty.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_group.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_user.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/console.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/copydir.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/date_to_str.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/entry.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/env.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/failure.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_gid.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_gids.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_uids.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_uid.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/getdate.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/getgr_nam_gid.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/getrange.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/gettime.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/hushed.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/idmapping.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/isexpired.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/limits.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/list.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/log.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/loginprompt.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/mail.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/motd.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/myname.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/obscure.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass_non_interactive.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/prefix_flag.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pwd2spwd.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pwd_init.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/pwdcheck.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/remove_tree.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/rlogin.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/root_flag.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/salt.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/setugid.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/setupenv.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/shell.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/strtoday.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/sub.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/sulog.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/ttytype.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/tz.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/ulimit.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/user_busy.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/utmp.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/valid.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrgid.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrnam.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwnam.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwuid.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/xgetspnam.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/xmalloc.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/yesno.Plo@am__quote@ # am--include-marker
-
-$(am__depfiles_remade):
-	@$(MKDIR_P) $(@D)
-	@echo '# dummy' >$@-t && $(am__mv) $@-t $@
-
-am--depfiles: $(am__depfiles_remade)
-
-.c.o:
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ $<
-
-.c.obj:
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
-
-.c.lo:
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_CC)$(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
-@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	$(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Plo
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=yes @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(LTCOMPILE) -c -o $@ $<
-
-.y.c:
-	$(AM_V_YACC)$(am__skipyacc) $(SHELL) $(YLWRAP) $< y.tab.c $@ y.tab.h `echo $@ | $(am__yacc_c2h)` y.output $*.output -- $(YACCCOMPILE)
-
-mostlyclean-libtool:
-	-rm -f *.lo
-
-clean-libtool:
-	-rm -rf .libs _libs
-
-ID: $(am__tagged_files)
-	$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
-tags: tags-am
-TAGS: tags
-
-tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
-	set x; \
-	here=`pwd`; \
-	$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
-	shift; \
-	if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
-	  test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
-	  if test $$# -gt 0; then \
-	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
-	      "$$@" $$unique; \
-	  else \
-	    $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
-	      $$unique; \
-	  fi; \
-	fi
-ctags: ctags-am
-
-CTAGS: ctags
-ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
-	$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
-	test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
-	  || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
-	     $$unique
-
-GTAGS:
-	here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
-	  && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
-	  && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
-cscopelist: cscopelist-am
-
-cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
-	list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
-	case "$(srcdir)" in \
-	  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
-	  *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
-	esac; \
-	for i in $$list; do \
-	  if test -f "$$i"; then \
-	    echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
-	  else \
-	    echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
-	  fi; \
-	done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
-
-distclean-tags:
-	-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
-distdir: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distdir-am
-
-distdir-am: $(DISTFILES)
-	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
-	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
-	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
-	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
-	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
-	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
-	case $$dist_files in \
-	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
-			   sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
-			   sort -u` ;; \
-	esac; \
-	for file in $$dist_files; do \
-	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
-	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
-	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
-	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
-	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
-	    fi; \
-	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
-	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
-	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
-	    fi; \
-	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
-	  else \
-	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
-	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
-	    || exit 1; \
-	  fi; \
-	done
-check-am: all-am
-check: check-am
-all-am: Makefile $(LTLIBRARIES)
-installdirs:
-install: install-am
-install-exec: install-exec-am
-install-data: install-data-am
-uninstall: uninstall-am
-
-install-am: all-am
-	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
-
-installcheck: installcheck-am
-install-strip:
-	if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \
-	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
-	    install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
-	      install; \
-	else \
-	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
-	    install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
-	    "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
-	fi
-mostlyclean-generic:
-
-clean-generic:
-
-distclean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
-
-maintainer-clean-generic:
-	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
-	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
-	-rm -f getdate.c
-clean: clean-am
-
-clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES \
-	mostlyclean-am
-
-distclean: distclean-am
-		-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/addgrps.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/age.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/audit_help.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/basename.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/btrfs.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/chkname.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/chowndir.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/chowntty.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_group.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_user.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/console.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/copydir.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/date_to_str.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/entry.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/env.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/failure.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_gid.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_gids.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_uids.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_uid.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/getdate.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/getgr_nam_gid.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/getrange.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/gettime.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/hushed.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/idmapping.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/isexpired.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/limits.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/list.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/log.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/loginprompt.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/mail.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/motd.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/myname.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/obscure.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass_non_interactive.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/prefix_flag.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pwd2spwd.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pwd_init.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pwdcheck.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/remove_tree.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/rlogin.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/root_flag.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/salt.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/setugid.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/setupenv.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/shell.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/strtoday.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/sub.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/sulog.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/ttytype.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/tz.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/ulimit.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/user_busy.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/utmp.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/valid.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrgid.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrnam.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwnam.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwuid.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetspnam.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xmalloc.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/yesno.Plo
-	-rm -f Makefile
-distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \
-	distclean-tags
-
-dvi: dvi-am
-
-dvi-am:
-
-html: html-am
-
-html-am:
-
-info: info-am
-
-info-am:
-
-install-data-am:
-
-install-dvi: install-dvi-am
-
-install-dvi-am:
-
-install-exec-am:
-
-install-html: install-html-am
-
-install-html-am:
-
-install-info: install-info-am
-
-install-info-am:
-
-install-man:
-
-install-pdf: install-pdf-am
-
-install-pdf-am:
-
-install-ps: install-ps-am
-
-install-ps-am:
-
-installcheck-am:
-
-maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-		-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/addgrps.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/age.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/audit_help.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/basename.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/btrfs.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/chkname.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/chowndir.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/chowntty.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_group.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/cleanup_user.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/console.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/copydir.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/date_to_str.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/entry.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/env.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/failure.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_gid.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_gids.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_sub_uids.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/find_new_uid.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/getdate.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/getgr_nam_gid.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/getrange.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/gettime.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/hushed.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/idmapping.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/isexpired.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/limits.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/list.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/log.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/loginprompt.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/mail.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/motd.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/myname.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/obscure.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pam_pass_non_interactive.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/prefix_flag.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pwd2spwd.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pwd_init.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/pwdcheck.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/remove_tree.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/rlogin.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/root_flag.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/salt.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/setugid.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/setupenv.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/shell.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/strtoday.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/sub.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/sulog.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/ttytype.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/tz.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/ulimit.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/user_busy.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/utmp.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/valid.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrgid.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetgrnam.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwnam.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetpwuid.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xgetspnam.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/xmalloc.Plo
-	-rm -f ./$(DEPDIR)/yesno.Plo
-	-rm -f Makefile
-maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
-
-mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
-
-mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \
-	mostlyclean-libtool
-
-pdf: pdf-am
-
-pdf-am:
-
-ps: ps-am
-
-ps-am:
-
-uninstall-am:
-
-.MAKE: install-am install-strip
-
-.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am am--depfiles check check-am clean \
-	clean-generic clean-libtool clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES \
-	cscopelist-am ctags ctags-am distclean distclean-compile \
-	distclean-generic distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi \
-	dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
-	install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \
-	install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
-	install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \
-	install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \
-	installcheck installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
-	maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \
-	mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
-	tags tags-am uninstall uninstall-am
-
-.PRECIOUS: Makefile
-
-
-# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
-# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
-.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/libmisc/addgrps.c b/libmisc/addgrps.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 845d383..0000000
--- a/libmisc/addgrps.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#if defined (HAVE_SETGROUPS) && ! defined (USE_PAM)
-
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <grp.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#define SEP ",:"
-/*
- * Add groups with names from LIST (separated by commas or colons)
- * to the supplementary group set.  Silently ignore groups which are
- * already there.  Warning: uses strtok().
- */
-int add_groups (const char *list)
-{
-	GETGROUPS_T *grouplist, *tmp;
-	size_t i;
-	int ngroups;
-	bool added;
-	char *token;
-	char buf[1024];
-	int ret;
-	FILE *shadow_logfd = log_get_logfd();
-
-	if (strlen (list) >= sizeof (buf)) {
-		errno = EINVAL;
-		return -1;
-	}
-	strcpy (buf, list);
-
-	i = 16;
-	for (;;) {
-		grouplist = (gid_t *) malloc (i * sizeof (GETGROUPS_T));
-		if (NULL == grouplist) {
-			return -1;
-		}
-		ngroups = getgroups (i, grouplist);
-		if (   (   (-1 == ngroups)
-		        && (EINVAL != errno))
-		    || (i > (size_t)ngroups)) {
-			/* Unexpected failure of getgroups or successful
-			 * reception of the groups */
-			break;
-		}
-		/* not enough room, so try allocating a larger buffer */
-		free (grouplist);
-		i *= 2;
-	}
-	if (ngroups < 0) {
-		free (grouplist);
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	added = false;
-	for (token = strtok (buf, SEP); NULL != token; token = strtok (NULL, SEP)) {
-		struct group *grp;
-
-		grp = getgrnam (token); /* local, no need for xgetgrnam */
-		if (NULL == grp) {
-			fprintf (shadow_logfd, _("Warning: unknown group %s\n"),
-				 token);
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		for (i = 0; i < (size_t)ngroups && grouplist[i] != grp->gr_gid; i++);
-
-		if (i < (size_t)ngroups) {
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		if (ngroups >= sysconf (_SC_NGROUPS_MAX)) {
-			fputs (_("Warning: too many groups\n"), shadow_logfd);
-			break;
-		}
-		tmp = (gid_t *) realloc (grouplist, (size_t)(ngroups + 1) * sizeof (GETGROUPS_T));
-		if (NULL == tmp) {
-			free (grouplist);
-			return -1;
-		}
-		tmp[ngroups] = grp->gr_gid;
-		ngroups++;
-		grouplist = tmp;
-		added = true;
-	}
-
-	if (added) {
-		ret = setgroups ((size_t)ngroups, grouplist);
-		free (grouplist);
-		return ret;
-	}
-
-	free (grouplist);
-	return 0;
-}
-#else				/* HAVE_SETGROUPS && !USE_PAM */
-extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
-#endif				/* HAVE_SETGROUPS && !USE_PAM */
-
diff --git a/libmisc/age.c b/libmisc/age.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d10f71b..0000000
--- a/libmisc/age.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "exitcodes.h"
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include <grp.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#ifndef PASSWD_PROGRAM
-#define PASSWD_PROGRAM "/bin/passwd"
-#endif
-/*
- * expire - force password change if password expired
- *
- *	expire() calls /bin/passwd to change the user's password
- *	if it has expired.
- */
-int expire (const struct passwd *pw, /*@null@*/const struct spwd *sp)
-{
-	int status;
-	pid_t child;
-	pid_t pid;
-
-	if (NULL == sp) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * See if the user's password has expired, and if so
-	 * force them to change their password.
-	 */
-
-	status = isexpired (pw, sp);
-	switch (status) {
-	case 0:
-		return 0;
-	case 1:
-		(void) fputs (_("Your password has expired."), stdout);
-		break;
-	case 2:
-		(void) fputs (_("Your password is inactive."), stdout);
-		break;
-	case 3:
-		(void) fputs (_("Your login has expired."), stdout);
-		break;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Setting the maximum valid period to less than the minimum
-	 * valid period means that the minimum period will never
-	 * occur while the password is valid, so the user can never
-	 * change that password.
-	 */
-
-	if ((status > 1) || (sp->sp_max < sp->sp_min)) {
-		(void) puts (_("  Contact the system administrator."));
-		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
-	}
-	(void) puts (_("  Choose a new password."));
-	(void) fflush (stdout);
-
-	/*
-	 * Close all the files so that unauthorized access won't
-	 * occur.  This needs to be done anyway because those files
-	 * might become stale after "passwd" is executed.
-	 */
-
-	endspent ();
-	endpwent ();
-#ifdef SHADOWGRP
-	endsgent ();
-#endif
-	endgrent ();
-
-	/*
-	 * Execute the /bin/passwd command.  The exit status will be
-	 * examined to see what the result is.  If there are any
-	 * errors the routine will exit.  This forces the user to
-	 * change their password before being able to use the account.
-	 */
-
-	pid = fork ();
-	if (0 == pid) {
-		int err;
-
-		/*
-		 * Set the UID to be that of the user.  This causes
-		 * passwd to work just like it would had they executed
-		 * it from the command line while logged in.
-		 */
-#if defined(HAVE_INITGROUPS) && ! defined(USE_PAM)
-		if (setup_uid_gid (pw, false) != 0)
-#else
-		if (setup_uid_gid (pw) != 0)
-#endif
-		{
-			_exit (126);
-		}
-
-		(void) execl (PASSWD_PROGRAM, PASSWD_PROGRAM, pw->pw_name, (char *) 0);
-		err = errno;
-		perror ("Can't execute " PASSWD_PROGRAM);
-		_exit ((ENOENT == err) ? E_CMD_NOTFOUND : E_CMD_NOEXEC);
-	} else if ((pid_t) -1 == pid) {
-		perror ("fork");
-		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
-	}
-
-	while (((child = wait (&status)) != pid) && (child != (pid_t)-1));
-
-	if ((child == pid) && (0 == status)) {
-		return 1;
-	}
-
-	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
- /*@notreached@*/}
-
-/*
- * agecheck - see if warning is needed for password expiration
- *
- *	agecheck sees how many days until the user's password is going
- *	to expire and warns the user of the pending password expiration.
- */
-
-void agecheck (/*@null@*/const struct spwd *sp)
-{
-	long now = (long) time ((time_t *) 0) / SCALE;
-	long remain;
-
-	if (NULL == sp) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * The last, max, and warn fields must be supported or the
-	 * warning period cannot be calculated.
-	 */
-
-	if (   (-1 == sp->sp_lstchg)
-	    || (-1 == sp->sp_max)
-	    || (-1 == sp->sp_warn)) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	if (0 == sp->sp_lstchg) {
-		(void) puts (_("You must change your password."));
-		return;
-	}
-
-	remain = sp->sp_lstchg + sp->sp_max - now;
-	if (remain <= sp->sp_warn) {
-		remain /= DAY / SCALE;
-		if (remain > 1) {
-			(void) printf (_("Your password will expire in %ld days.\n"),
-			               remain);
-		} else if (1 == remain) {
-			(void) puts (_("Your password will expire tomorrow."));
-		} else if (remain == 0) {
-			(void) puts (_("Your password will expire today."));
-		}
-	}
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/audit_help.c b/libmisc/audit_help.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e6c2006..0000000
--- a/libmisc/audit_help.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2005       , Red Hat, Inc.
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2005       , Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- *  Audit helper functions used throughout shadow
- *
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <syslog.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <libaudit.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-int audit_fd;
-
-void audit_help_open (void)
-{
-	audit_fd = audit_open ();
-	if (audit_fd < 0) {
-		/* You get these only when the kernel doesn't have
-		 * audit compiled in. */
-		if (   (errno == EINVAL)
-		    || (errno == EPROTONOSUPPORT)
-		    || (errno == EAFNOSUPPORT)) {
-			return;
-		}
-		(void) fputs (_("Cannot open audit interface - aborting.\n"),
-		              log_get_logfd());
-		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
-	}
-}
-
-/*
- * This function will log a message to the audit system using a predefined
- * message format. Parameter usage is as follows:
- *
- * type - type of message: AUDIT_USER_CHAUTHTOK for changing any account
- *	  attributes.
- * pgname - program's name
- * op  -  operation. "adding user", "changing finger info", "deleting group"
- * name - user's account or group name. If not available use NULL.
- * id  -  uid or gid that the operation is being performed on. This is used
- *	  only when user is NULL.
- */
-void audit_logger (int type, unused const char *pgname, const char *op,
-                   const char *name, unsigned int id,
-                   shadow_audit_result result)
-{
-	if (audit_fd < 0) {
-		return;
-	} else {
-		audit_log_acct_message (audit_fd, type, NULL, op, name, id,
-		                        NULL, NULL, NULL, (int) result);
-	}
-}
-
-void audit_logger_message (const char *message, shadow_audit_result result)
-{
-	if (audit_fd < 0) {
-		return;
-	} else {
-		audit_log_user_message (audit_fd,
-		                        AUDIT_USYS_CONFIG,
-		                        message,
-		                        NULL, /* hostname */
-		                        NULL, /* addr */
-		                        NULL, /* tty */
-		                        (int) result);
-	}
-}
-
-#else				/* WITH_AUDIT */
-extern int errno;	/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
-#endif				/* WITH_AUDIT */
-
diff --git a/libmisc/basename.c b/libmisc/basename.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fe91653..0000000
--- a/libmisc/basename.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * basename.c - not worth copyrighting :-).  Some versions of Linux libc
- * already have basename(), other versions don't.  To avoid confusion,
- * we will not use the function from libc and use a different name here.
- * --marekm
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-/*@observer@*/const char *Basename (const char *str)
-{
-	char *cp = strrchr (str, '/');
-
-	return (NULL != cp) ? cp + 1 : str;
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/btrfs.c b/libmisc/btrfs.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a2563f7..0000000
--- a/libmisc/btrfs.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-#include <linux/btrfs_tree.h>
-#include <linux/magic.h>
-#include <sys/statfs.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-static bool path_exists(const char *p)
-{
-	struct stat sb;
-
-	return stat(p, &sb) == 0;
-}
-
-static const char *btrfs_cmd(void)
-{
-	const char *const btrfs_paths[] = {"/sbin/btrfs",
-		"/bin/btrfs", "/usr/sbin/btrfs", "/usr/bin/btrfs", NULL};
-	const char *p;
-	int i;
-
-	for (i = 0, p = btrfs_paths[i]; p; i++, p = btrfs_paths[i])
-		if (path_exists(p))
-			return p;
-
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-static int run_btrfs_subvolume_cmd(const char *subcmd, const char *arg1, const char *arg2)
-{
-	int status = 0;
-	const char *cmd = btrfs_cmd();
-	const char *argv[] = {
-		"btrfs",
-		"subvolume",
-		subcmd,
-		arg1,
-		arg2,
-		NULL
-	};
-
-	if (access(cmd, X_OK)) {
-		return 1;
-	}
-
-	if (run_command(cmd, argv, NULL, &status))
-		return -1;
-	return status;
-}
-
-
-int btrfs_create_subvolume(const char *path)
-{
-	return run_btrfs_subvolume_cmd("create", path, NULL);
-}
-
-
-int btrfs_remove_subvolume(const char *path)
-{
-	return run_btrfs_subvolume_cmd("delete", "-C", path);
-}
-
-
-/* Adapted from btrfsprogs */
-/*
- * This intentionally duplicates btrfs_util_is_subvolume_fd() instead of opening
- * a file descriptor and calling it, because fstat() and fstatfs() don't accept
- * file descriptors opened with O_PATH on old kernels (before v3.6 and before
- * v3.12, respectively), but stat() and statfs() can be called on a path that
- * the user doesn't have read or write permissions to.
- *
- * returns:
- *   1 - btrfs subvolume
- *   0 - not btrfs subvolume
- *  -1 - error
- */
-int btrfs_is_subvolume(const char *path)
-{
-	struct stat st;
-	int ret;
-
-	ret = is_btrfs(path);
-	if (ret <= 0)
-		return ret;
-
-	ret = stat(path, &st);
-	if (ret == -1)
-		return -1;
-
-	if (st.st_ino != BTRFS_FIRST_FREE_OBJECTID || !S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	return 1;
-}
-
-
-/* Adapted from btrfsprogs */
-int is_btrfs(const char *path)
-{
-	struct statfs sfs;
-	int ret;
-
-	ret = statfs(path, &sfs);
-	if (ret == -1)
-		return -1;
-
-	return sfs.f_type == BTRFS_SUPER_MAGIC;
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/chkname.c b/libmisc/chkname.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e31ee8c..0000000
--- a/libmisc/chkname.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2005 - 2008, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * is_valid_user_name(), is_valid_group_name() - check the new user/group
- * name for validity;
- * return values:
- *   true  - OK
- *   false - bad name
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "chkname.h"
-
-int allow_bad_names = false;
-
-static bool is_valid_name (const char *name)
-{
-	if (allow_bad_names) {
-		return true;
-	}
-
-	/*
-         * User/group names must match gnu e-regex:
-         *    [a-zA-Z0-9_.][a-zA-Z0-9_.-]{0,30}[a-zA-Z0-9_.$-]?
-         *
-         * as a non-POSIX, extension, allow "$" as the last char for
-         * sake of Samba 3.x "add machine script"
-         *
-         * Also do not allow fully numeric names or just "." or "..".
-         */
-	int numeric;
-
-	if ('\0' == *name ||
-	    ('.' == *name && (('.' == name[1] && '\0' == name[2]) ||
-			      '\0' == name[1])) ||
-	    !((*name >= 'a' && *name <= 'z') ||
-	      (*name >= 'A' && *name <= 'Z') ||
-	      (*name >= '0' && *name <= '9') ||
-	      *name == '_' ||
-	      *name == '.')) {
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	numeric = isdigit(*name);
-
-	while ('\0' != *++name) {
-		if (!((*name >= 'a' && *name <= 'z') ||
-		      (*name >= 'A' && *name <= 'Z') ||
-		      (*name >= '0' && *name <= '9') ||
-		      *name == '_' ||
-		      *name == '.' ||
-		      *name == '-' ||
-		      (*name == '$' && name[1] == '\0')
-		     )) {
-			return false;
-		}
-		numeric &= isdigit(*name);
-	}
-
-	return !numeric;
-}
-
-bool is_valid_user_name (const char *name)
-{
-	/*
-	 * User names are limited by whatever utmp can
-	 * handle.
-	 */
-	if (strlen (name) > USER_NAME_MAX_LENGTH) {
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	return is_valid_name (name);
-}
-
-bool is_valid_group_name (const char *name)
-{
-	/*
-	 * Arbitrary limit for group names.
-	 * HP-UX 10 limits to 16 characters
-	 */
-	if (   (GROUP_NAME_MAX_LENGTH > 0)
-	    && (strlen (name) > GROUP_NAME_MAX_LENGTH)) {
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	return is_valid_name (name);
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/chkname.h b/libmisc/chkname.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0771347..0000000
--- a/libmisc/chkname.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1997 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2005       , Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/* $Id$ */
-#ifndef _CHKNAME_H_
-#define _CHKNAME_H_
-
-/*
- * is_valid_user_name(), is_valid_group_name() - check the new user/group
- * name for validity;
- * return values:
- *   true  - OK
- *   false - bad name
- */
-
-#include "defines.h"
-
-extern bool is_valid_user_name (const char *name);
-extern bool is_valid_group_name (const char *name);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/libmisc/chowndir.c b/libmisc/chowndir.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d31618a..0000000
--- a/libmisc/chowndir.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1992 - 1993, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2010 -     , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-static int chown_tree_at (int at_fd,
-                const char *path,
-                uid_t old_uid,
-                uid_t new_uid,
-                gid_t old_gid,
-                gid_t new_gid)
-{
-	DIR *dir;
-	const struct dirent *ent;
-	struct stat dir_sb;
-	int dir_fd, rc = 0;
-
-	dir_fd = openat (at_fd, path, O_RDONLY | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC);
-	if (dir_fd < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	dir = fdopendir (dir_fd);
-	if (!dir) {
-		(void) close (dir_fd);
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Open the directory and read each entry.  Every entry is tested
-	 * to see if it is a directory, and if so this routine is called
-	 * recursively.  If not, it is checked to see if an ownership
-	 * shall be changed.
-	 */
-	while ((ent = readdir (dir))) {
-		uid_t tmpuid = (uid_t) -1;
-		gid_t tmpgid = (gid_t) -1;
-		struct stat ent_sb;
-
-		/*
-		 * Skip the "." and ".." entries
-		 */
-		if (   (strcmp (ent->d_name, ".") == 0)
-		    || (strcmp (ent->d_name, "..") == 0)) {
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		rc = fstatat (dirfd(dir), ent->d_name, &ent_sb, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
-		if (rc < 0) {
-			break;
-		}
-
-		if (S_ISDIR (ent_sb.st_mode)) {
-			/*
-			 * Do the entire subdirectory.
-			 */
-			rc = chown_tree_at (dirfd(dir), ent->d_name, old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
-			if (0 != rc) {
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-
-		/*
-		 * By default, the IDs are not changed (-1).
-		 *
-		 * If the file is not owned by the user, the owner is not
-		 * changed.
-		 *
-		 * If the file is not group-owned by the group, the
-		 * group-owner is not changed.
-		 */
-		if (((uid_t) -1 == old_uid) || (ent_sb.st_uid == old_uid)) {
-			tmpuid = new_uid;
-		}
-		if (((gid_t) -1 == old_gid) || (ent_sb.st_gid == old_gid)) {
-			tmpgid = new_gid;
-		}
-		if (((uid_t) -1 != tmpuid) || ((gid_t) -1 != tmpgid)) {
-			rc = fchownat (dirfd(dir), ent->d_name, tmpuid, tmpgid, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
-			if (0 != rc) {
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Now do the root of the tree
-	 */
-	if ((0 == rc) && (fstat (dirfd(dir), &dir_sb) == 0)) {
-		uid_t tmpuid = (uid_t) -1;
-		gid_t tmpgid = (gid_t) -1;
-		if (((uid_t) -1 == old_uid) || (dir_sb.st_uid == old_uid)) {
-			tmpuid = new_uid;
-		}
-		if (((gid_t) -1 == old_gid) || (dir_sb.st_gid == old_gid)) {
-			tmpgid = new_gid;
-		}
-		if (((uid_t) -1 != tmpuid) || ((gid_t) -1 != tmpgid)) {
-			rc = fchown (dirfd(dir), tmpuid, tmpgid);
-		}
-	} else {
-		rc = -1;
-	}
-
-	(void) closedir (dir);
-
-	return rc;
-}
-
-/*
- * chown_tree - change ownership of files in a directory tree
- *
- *	chown_dir() walks a directory tree and changes the ownership
- *	of all files owned by the provided user ID.
- *
- *	Only files owned (resp. group-owned) by old_uid (resp. by old_gid)
- *	will have their ownership (resp. group-ownership) modified, unless
- *	old_uid (resp. old_gid) is set to -1.
- *
- *	new_uid and new_gid can be set to -1 to indicate that no owner or
- *	group-owner shall be changed.
- */
-int chown_tree (const char *root,
-                uid_t old_uid,
-                uid_t new_uid,
-                gid_t old_gid,
-                gid_t new_gid)
-{
-	return chown_tree_at (AT_FDCWD, root, old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/chowntty.c b/libmisc/chowntty.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8043d8c..0000000
--- a/libmisc/chowntty.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2001, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <grp.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include "getdef.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-/*
- *	chown_tty() sets the login tty to be owned by the new user ID
- *	with TTYPERM modes
- */
-
-void chown_tty (const struct passwd *info)
-{
-	struct group *grent;
-	gid_t gid;
-
-	/*
-	 * See if login.defs has some value configured for the port group
-	 * ID.  Otherwise, use the user's primary group ID.
-	 */
-
-	grent = getgr_nam_gid (getdef_str ("TTYGROUP"));
-	if (NULL != grent) {
-		gid = grent->gr_gid;
-		gr_free (grent);
-	} else {
-		gid = info->pw_gid;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Change the permissions on the TTY to be owned by the user with
-	 * the group as determined above.
-	 */
-
-	if (   (fchown (STDIN_FILENO, info->pw_uid, gid) != 0)
-	    || (fchmod (STDIN_FILENO, (mode_t)getdef_num ("TTYPERM", 0600)) != 0)) {
-		int err = errno;
-		FILE *shadow_logfd = log_get_logfd();
-
-		fprintf (shadow_logfd,
-		         _("Unable to change owner or mode of tty stdin: %s"),
-		         strerror (err));
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
-		         "unable to change owner or mode of tty stdin for user `%s': %s\n",
-		         info->pw_name, strerror (err)));
-		if (EROFS != err) {
-			closelog ();
-			exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
-		}
-	}
-#ifdef __linux__
-	/*
-	 * Please don't add code to chown /dev/vcs* to the user logging in -
-	 * it's a potential security hole.  I wouldn't like the previous user
-	 * to hold the file descriptor open and watch my screen.  We don't
-	 * have the *BSD revoke() system call yet, and vhangup() only works
-	 * for tty devices (which vcs* is not).  --marekm
-	 */
-#endif
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/cleanup.c b/libmisc/cleanup.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c16f1bc..0000000
--- a/libmisc/cleanup.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2011, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-/*
- * The cleanup_functions stack.
- */
-#define CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS 10
-
-typedef /*@null@*/void * parg_t;
-
-static cleanup_function cleanup_functions[CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS];
-static parg_t cleanup_function_args[CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS];
-static pid_t cleanup_pid = 0;
-
-/*
- * - Cleanup functions shall not fail.
- * - You should register do_cleanups with atexit.
- * - You should add cleanup functions to the stack with add_cleanup when
- *   an operation is expected to be executed later, and remove it from the
- *   stack with del_cleanup when it has been executed.
- *
- **/
-
-/*
- * do_cleanups - perform the actions stored in the cleanup_functions stack.
- *
- * Cleanup action are not executed on exit of the processes started by the
- * parent (first caller of add_cleanup).
- *
- * It is intended to be used as:
- *     atexit (do_cleanups);
- */
-void do_cleanups (void)
-{
-	unsigned int i;
-
-	/* Make sure there were no overflow */
-	assert (NULL == cleanup_functions[CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS-1]);
-
-	if (getpid () != cleanup_pid) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	i = CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS;
-	do {
-		i--;
-		if (cleanup_functions[i] != NULL) {
-			cleanup_functions[i] (cleanup_function_args[i]);
-		}
-	} while (i>0);
-}
-
-/*
- * add_cleanup - Add a cleanup_function to the cleanup_functions stack.
- */
-void add_cleanup (/*@notnull@*/cleanup_function pcf, /*@null@*/void *arg)
-{
-	unsigned int i;
-	assert (NULL != pcf);
-
-	assert (NULL == cleanup_functions[CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS-2]);
-
-	if (0 == cleanup_pid) {
-		cleanup_pid = getpid ();
-	}
-
-	/* Add the cleanup_function at the end of the stack */
-	for (i=0; NULL != cleanup_functions[i]; i++);
-	cleanup_functions[i] = pcf;
-	cleanup_function_args[i] = arg;
-}
-
-/*
- * del_cleanup - Remove a cleanup_function from the cleanup_functions stack.
- */
-void del_cleanup (/*@notnull@*/cleanup_function pcf)
-{
-	unsigned int i;
-	assert (NULL != pcf);
-
-	/* Find the pcf cleanup function */
-	for (i=0; i<CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS; i++) {
-		if (cleanup_functions[i] == pcf) {
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	/* Make sure the cleanup function was found */
-	assert (i<CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS);
-
-	/* Move the rest of the cleanup functions */
-	for (; i<CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS; i++) {
-		/* Make sure the cleanup function was specified only once */
-		assert (   (i == (CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS -1))
-		        || (cleanup_functions[i+1] != pcf));
-
-		if (i == (CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS -1)) {
-			cleanup_functions[i] = NULL;
-			cleanup_function_args[i] = NULL;
-		} else {
-			cleanup_functions[i] = cleanup_functions[i+1];
-			cleanup_function_args[i] = cleanup_function_args[i+1];
-		}
-
-		/* A NULL indicates the end of the stack */
-		if (NULL == cleanup_functions[i]) {
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/cleanup_group.c b/libmisc/cleanup_group.c
deleted file mode 100644
index df3ebfd..0000000
--- a/libmisc/cleanup_group.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,215 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "groupio.h"
-#include "sgroupio.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-/*
- * cleanup_report_add_group - Report failure to add a group to the system
- *
- * It should be registered when it is decided to add a group to the system.
- */
-void cleanup_report_add_group (void *group_name)
-{
-	const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
-
-	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add group %s", name));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
-	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_GROUP, log_get_progname(),
-	              "",
-	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
-	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
- * cleanup_report_del_group - Report failure to remove a group from the system
- *
- * It should be registered when it is decided to remove a group from the system.
- */
-void cleanup_report_del_group (void *group_name)
-{
-	const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
-
-	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to remove group %s", name));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
-	audit_logger (AUDIT_DEL_GROUP, log_get_progname(),
-	              "",
-	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
-	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-
-void cleanup_report_mod_group (void *cleanup_info)
-{
-	const struct cleanup_info_mod *info;
-	info = (const struct cleanup_info_mod *)cleanup_info;
-
-	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
-	         "failed to change %s (%s)",
-	         gr_dbname (),
-	         info->action));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
-	audit_logger (AUDIT_USER_ACCT, log_get_progname(),
-	              info->audit_msg,
-	              info->name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
-	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-
-#ifdef SHADOWGRP
-void cleanup_report_mod_gshadow (void *cleanup_info)
-{
-	const struct cleanup_info_mod *info;
-	info = (const struct cleanup_info_mod *)cleanup_info;
-
-	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
-	         "failed to change %s (%s)",
-	         sgr_dbname (),
-	         info->action));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
-	audit_logger (AUDIT_USER_ACCT, log_get_progname(),
-	              info->audit_msg,
-	              info->name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
-	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
- * cleanup_report_add_group_group - Report failure to add a group to group
- *
- * It should be registered when it is decided to add a group to the
- * group database.
- */
-void cleanup_report_add_group_group (void *group_name)
-{
-	const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
-
-	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add group %s to %s", name, gr_dbname ()));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
-	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_GROUP, log_get_progname(),
-	              "adding group to /etc/group",
-	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
-	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-
-#ifdef SHADOWGRP
-/*
- * cleanup_report_add_group_gshadow - Report failure to add a group to gshadow
- *
- * It should be registered when it is decided to add a group to the
- * gshadow database.
- */
-void cleanup_report_add_group_gshadow (void *group_name)
-{
-	const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
-
-	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add group %s to %s", name, sgr_dbname ()));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
-	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_GROUP, log_get_progname(),
-	              "adding group to /etc/gshadow",
-	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
-	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
- * cleanup_report_del_group_group - Report failure to remove a group from the
- *                                  regular group database
- *
- * It should be registered when it is decided to remove a group from the
- * regular group database.
- */
-void cleanup_report_del_group_group (void *group_name)
-{
-	const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
-
-	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
-	         "failed to remove group %s from %s",
-	         name, gr_dbname ()));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
-	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_GROUP, log_get_progname(),
-	              "removing group from /etc/group",
-	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
-	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-
-#ifdef SHADOWGRP
-/*
- * cleanup_report_del_group_gshadow - Report failure to remove a group from
- *                                    gshadow
- *
- * It should be registered when it is decided to remove a group from the
- * gshadow database.
- */
-void cleanup_report_del_group_gshadow (void *group_name)
-{
-	const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
-
-	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
-	         "failed to remove group %s from %s",
-	         name, sgr_dbname ()));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
-	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_GROUP, log_get_progname(),
-	              "removing group from /etc/gshadow",
-	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
-	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
- * cleanup_unlock_group - Unlock the group file
- *
- * It should be registered after the group file is successfully locked.
- */
-void cleanup_unlock_group (unused void *arg)
-{
-	if (gr_unlock () == 0) {
-		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-		         _("%s: failed to unlock %s\n"),
-		         log_get_progname(), gr_dbname ());
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to unlock %s", gr_dbname ()));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
-		audit_logger_message ("unlocking group file",
-		                      SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-	}
-}
-
-#ifdef SHADOWGRP
-/*
- * cleanup_unlock_gshadow - Unlock the gshadow file
- *
- * It should be registered after the gshadow file is successfully locked.
- */
-void cleanup_unlock_gshadow (unused void *arg)
-{
-	if (sgr_unlock () == 0) {
-		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-		         _("%s: failed to unlock %s\n"),
-		         log_get_progname(), sgr_dbname ());
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to unlock %s", sgr_dbname ()));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
-		audit_logger_message ("unlocking gshadow file",
-		                      SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-	}
-}
-#endif
-
diff --git a/libmisc/cleanup_user.c b/libmisc/cleanup_user.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 26675c6..0000000
--- a/libmisc/cleanup_user.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "pwio.h"
-#include "shadowio.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-/*
- * cleanup_report_add_user - Report failure to add an user to the system
- *
- * It should be registered when it is decided to add an user to the system.
- */
-void cleanup_report_add_user (void *user_name)
-{
-	const char *name = (const char *)user_name;
-
-	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add user %s", name));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
-	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_USER, log_get_progname(),
-	              "",
-	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
-	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-
-void cleanup_report_mod_passwd (void *cleanup_info)
-{
-	const struct cleanup_info_mod *info;
-	info = (const struct cleanup_info_mod *)cleanup_info;
-
-	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
-	         "failed to change %s (%s)",
-	         pw_dbname (),
-	         info->action));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
-	audit_logger (AUDIT_USER_ACCT, log_get_progname(),
-	              info->audit_msg,
-	              info->name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
-	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
- * cleanup_report_add_user_passwd - Report failure to add an user to
- * /etc/passwd
- *
- * It should be registered when it is decided to add an user to the
- * /etc/passwd database.
- */
-void cleanup_report_add_user_passwd (void *user_name)
-{
-	const char *name = (const char *)user_name;
-
-	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add user %s to %s", name, pw_dbname ()));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
-	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_USER, log_get_progname(),
-	              "adding user to /etc/passwd",
-	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
-	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
- * cleanup_report_add_user_shadow - Report failure to add an user to
- * /etc/shadow
- *
- * It should be registered when it is decided to add an user to the
- * /etc/shadow database.
- */
-void cleanup_report_add_user_shadow (void *user_name)
-{
-	const char *name = (const char *)user_name;
-
-	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add user %s to %s", name, spw_dbname ()));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
-	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_USER, log_get_progname(),
-	              "adding user to /etc/shadow",
-	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
-	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
- * cleanup_unlock_passwd - Unlock the /etc/passwd database
- *
- * It should be registered after the passwd database is successfully locked.
- */
-void cleanup_unlock_passwd (unused void *arg)
-{
-	if (pw_unlock () == 0) {
-		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-		         _("%s: failed to unlock %s\n"),
-		         log_get_progname(), pw_dbname ());
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to unlock %s", pw_dbname ()));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
-		audit_logger_message ("unlocking passwd file",
-		                      SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-	}
-}
-
-/*
- * cleanup_unlock_shadow - Unlock the /etc/shadow database
- *
- * It should be registered after the shadow database is successfully locked.
- */
-void cleanup_unlock_shadow (unused void *arg)
-{
-	if (spw_unlock () == 0) {
-		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-		         _("%s: failed to unlock %s\n"),
-		         log_get_progname(), spw_dbname ());
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to unlock %s", spw_dbname ()));
-#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
-		audit_logger_message ("unlocking shadow file",
-		                      SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
-#endif
-	}
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/console.c b/libmisc/console.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c475aa2..0000000
--- a/libmisc/console.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991       , Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991       , Chip Rosenthal
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "getdef.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-/*
- * This is now rather generic function which decides if "tty" is listed
- * under "cfgin" in config (directly or indirectly). Fallback to default if
- * something is bad.
- */
-static bool is_listed (const char *cfgin, const char *tty, bool def)
-{
-	FILE *fp;
-	char buf[1024], *s;
-	const char *cons;
-
-	/*
-	 * If the CONSOLE configuration definition isn't given,
-	 * fallback to default.
-	 */
-
-	cons = getdef_str (cfgin);
-	if (NULL == cons) {
-		return def;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * If this isn't a filename, then it is a ":" delimited list of
-	 * console devices upon which root logins are allowed.
-	 */
-
-	if (*cons != '/') {
-		char *pbuf;
-		strncpy (buf, cons, sizeof (buf));
-		buf[sizeof (buf) - 1] = '\0';
-		pbuf = &buf[0];
-		while ((s = strtok (pbuf, ":")) != NULL) {
-			if (strcmp (s, tty) == 0) {
-				return true;
-			}
-
-			pbuf = NULL;
-		}
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * If we can't open the console list, then call everything a
-	 * console - otherwise root will never be allowed to login.
-	 */
-
-	fp = fopen (cons, "r");
-	if (NULL == fp) {
-		return def;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * See if this tty is listed in the console file.
-	 */
-
-	while (fgets (buf, (int) sizeof (buf), fp) != NULL) {
-		buf[strlen (buf) - 1] = '\0';
-		if (strcmp (buf, tty) == 0) {
-			(void) fclose (fp);
-			return true;
-		}
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * This tty isn't a console.
-	 */
-
-	(void) fclose (fp);
-	return false;
-}
-
-/*
- * console - return 1 if the "tty" is a console device, else 0.
- *
- * Note - we need to take extreme care here to avoid locking out root logins
- * if something goes awry.  That's why we do things like call everything a
- * console if the consoles file can't be opened.  Because of this, we must
- * warn the user to protect against the remove of the consoles file since
- * that would allow an unauthorized root login.
- */
-
-bool console (const char *tty)
-{
-	if (strncmp (tty, "/dev/", 5) == 0) {
-		tty += 5;
-	}
-
-	return is_listed ("CONSOLE", tty, true);
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/copydir.c b/libmisc/copydir.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b692aa9..0000000
--- a/libmisc/copydir.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,968 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2001, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
-#include <selinux/selinux.h>
-#endif				/* WITH_SELINUX */
-#if defined(WITH_ACL) || defined(WITH_ATTR)
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <attr/error_context.h>
-#endif				/* WITH_ACL || WITH_ATTR */
-#ifdef WITH_ACL
-#include <acl/libacl.h>
-#endif				/* WITH_ACL */
-#ifdef WITH_ATTR
-#include <attr/libattr.h>
-#endif				/* WITH_ATTR */
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-
-static /*@null@*/const char *src_orig;
-static /*@null@*/const char *dst_orig;
-
-struct link_name {
-	dev_t ln_dev;
-	ino_t ln_ino;
-	nlink_t ln_count;
-	char *ln_name;
-	/*@dependent@*/struct link_name *ln_next;
-};
-static /*@exposed@*/struct link_name *links;
-
-struct path_info {
-	const char *full_path;
-	int dirfd;
-	const char *name;
-};
-
-static int copy_entry (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
-                       bool reset_selinux,
-                       uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
-                       gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
-static int copy_dir (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
-                     bool reset_selinux,
-                     const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
-                     uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
-                     gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
-static /*@null@*/char *readlink_malloc (const char *filename);
-static int copy_symlink (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
-                         unused bool reset_selinux,
-                         const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
-                         uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
-                         gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
-static int copy_hardlink (const struct path_info *dst,
-                          unused bool reset_selinux,
-                          struct link_name *lp);
-static int copy_special (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
-                         bool reset_selinux,
-                         const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
-                         uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
-                         gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
-static int copy_file (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
-                      bool reset_selinux,
-                      const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
-                      uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
-                      gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
-static int chownat_if_needed (const struct path_info *dst, const struct stat *statp,
-                            uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
-                            gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
-static int fchown_if_needed (int fdst, const struct stat *statp,
-                             uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
-                             gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid);
-
-#if defined(WITH_ACL) || defined(WITH_ATTR)
-/*
- * error_acl - format the error messages for the ACL and EQ libraries.
- */
-format_attr(printf, 2, 3)
-static void error_acl (unused struct error_context *ctx, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
-	va_list ap;
-	FILE *shadow_logfd = log_get_logfd();
-
-	/* ignore the case when destination does not support ACLs
-	 * or extended attributes */
-	if (ENOTSUP == errno) {
-		errno = 0;
-		return;
-	}
-
-	va_start (ap, fmt);
-	(void) fprintf (shadow_logfd, _("%s: "), log_get_progname());
-	if (vfprintf (shadow_logfd, fmt, ap) != 0) {
-		(void) fputs (_(": "), shadow_logfd);
-	}
-	(void) fprintf (shadow_logfd, "%s\n", strerror (errno));
-	va_end (ap);
-}
-
-static struct error_context ctx = {
-	error_acl, NULL, NULL
-};
-#endif				/* WITH_ACL || WITH_ATTR */
-
-#ifdef WITH_ACL
-static int perm_copy_path(const struct path_info *src,
-						  const struct path_info *dst,
-						  struct error_context *errctx)
-{
-	int src_fd, dst_fd, ret;
-
-	src_fd = openat(src->dirfd, src->name, O_RDONLY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_NONBLOCK | O_CLOEXEC);
-	if (src_fd < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	dst_fd = openat(dst->dirfd, dst->name, O_RDONLY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_NONBLOCK | O_CLOEXEC);
-	if (dst_fd < 0) {
-		(void) close (src_fd);
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	ret = perm_copy_fd(src->full_path, src_fd, dst->full_path, dst_fd, errctx);
-	(void) close (src_fd);
-	(void) close (dst_fd);
-	return ret;
-}
-#endif				/* WITH_ACL */
-
-#ifdef WITH_ATTR
-static int attr_copy_path(const struct path_info *src,
-						  const struct path_info *dst,
-						  int (*callback) (const char *, struct error_context *),
-						  struct error_context *errctx)
-{
-	int src_fd, dst_fd, ret;
-
-	src_fd = openat(src->dirfd, src->name, O_RDONLY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_NONBLOCK | O_CLOEXEC);
-	if (src_fd < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	dst_fd = openat(dst->dirfd, dst->name, O_RDONLY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_NONBLOCK | O_CLOEXEC);
-	if (dst_fd < 0) {
-		(void) close (src_fd);
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	ret = attr_copy_fd(src->full_path, src_fd, dst->full_path, dst_fd, callback, errctx);
-	(void) close (src_fd);
-	(void) close (dst_fd);
-	return ret;
-}
-#endif				/* WITH_ATTR */
-
-/*
- * remove_link - delete a link from the linked list
- */
-static void remove_link (/*@only@*/struct link_name *ln)
-{
-	struct link_name *lp;
-
-	if (links == ln) {
-		links = ln->ln_next;
-		free (ln->ln_name);
-		free (ln);
-		return;
-	}
-	for (lp = links; NULL !=lp; lp = lp->ln_next) {
-		if (lp->ln_next == ln) {
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (NULL == lp) {
-		free (ln->ln_name);
-		free (ln);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	lp->ln_next = lp->ln_next->ln_next;
-	free (ln->ln_name);
-	free (ln);
-}
-
-/*
- * check_link - see if a file is really a link
- */
-
-static /*@exposed@*/ /*@null@*/struct link_name *check_link (const char *name, const struct stat *sb)
-{
-	struct link_name *lp;
-	size_t src_len;
-	size_t dst_len;
-	size_t name_len;
-	size_t len;
-
-	/* copy_tree () must be the entry point */
-	assert (NULL != src_orig);
-	assert (NULL != dst_orig);
-
-	for (lp = links; NULL != lp; lp = lp->ln_next) {
-		if ((lp->ln_dev == sb->st_dev) && (lp->ln_ino == sb->st_ino)) {
-			return lp;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (sb->st_nlink == 1) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	lp = (struct link_name *) xmalloc (sizeof *lp);
-	src_len = strlen (src_orig);
-	dst_len = strlen (dst_orig);
-	name_len = strlen (name);
-	lp->ln_dev = sb->st_dev;
-	lp->ln_ino = sb->st_ino;
-	lp->ln_count = sb->st_nlink;
-	len = name_len - src_len + dst_len + 1;
-	lp->ln_name = (char *) xmalloc (len);
-	(void) snprintf (lp->ln_name, len, "%s%s", dst_orig, name + src_len);
-	lp->ln_next = links;
-	links = lp;
-
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-static int copy_tree_impl (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
-               bool copy_root, bool reset_selinux,
-               uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
-               gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
-{
-	int dst_fd, src_fd, err = 0;
-	bool set_orig = false;
-	const struct dirent *ent;
-	DIR *dir;
-
-	if (copy_root) {
-		struct stat sb;
-
-		if (   fstatat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, &sb, 0) == 0
-		    || errno != ENOENT) {
-			return -1;
-		}
-
-		if (fstatat (src->dirfd, src->name, &sb, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) == -1) {
-			return -1;
-		}
-
-		if (!S_ISDIR (sb.st_mode)) {
-			fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-			         "%s: %s is not a directory",
-			         log_get_progname(), src->full_path);
-			return -1;
-		}
-
-		return copy_entry (src, dst, reset_selinux,
-		                   old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Make certain both directories exist.  This routine is called
-	 * after the home directory is created, or recursively after the
-	 * target is created.  It assumes the target directory exists.
-	 */
-
-	src_fd = openat (src->dirfd, src->name, O_DIRECTORY | O_RDONLY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC);
-	if (src_fd < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	dst_fd = openat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, O_DIRECTORY | O_RDONLY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC);
-	if (dst_fd < 0) {
-		(void) close (src_fd);
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Open the source directory and read each entry.  Every file
-	 * entry in the directory is copied with the UID and GID set
-	 * to the provided values.  As an added security feature only
-	 * regular files (and directories ...) are copied, and no file
-	 * is made set-ID.
-	 */
-	dir = fdopendir (src_fd);
-	if (NULL == dir) {
-		(void) close (src_fd);
-		(void) close (dst_fd);
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	if (src_orig == NULL) {
-		src_orig = src->full_path;
-		dst_orig = dst->full_path;
-		set_orig = true;
-	}
-	while ((0 == err) && (ent = readdir (dir)) != NULL) {
-		/*
-		 * Skip the "." and ".." entries
-		 */
-		if ((strcmp (ent->d_name, ".") != 0) &&
-		    (strcmp (ent->d_name, "..") != 0)) {
-			char *src_name;
-			char *dst_name;
-			size_t src_len = strlen (ent->d_name) + 2;
-			size_t dst_len = strlen (ent->d_name) + 2;
-			src_len += strlen (src->full_path);
-			dst_len += strlen (dst->full_path);
-
-			src_name = (char *) malloc (src_len);
-			dst_name = (char *) malloc (dst_len);
-
-			if ((NULL == src_name) || (NULL == dst_name)) {
-				err = -1;
-			} else {
-				/*
-				 * Build the filename for both the source and
-				 * the destination files.
-				 */
-				struct path_info src_entry, dst_entry;
-
-				(void) snprintf (src_name, src_len, "%s/%s",
-				                 src->full_path, ent->d_name);
-				(void) snprintf (dst_name, dst_len, "%s/%s",
-				                 dst->full_path, ent->d_name);
-
-				src_entry.full_path = src_name;
-				src_entry.dirfd = dirfd(dir);
-				src_entry.name = ent->d_name;
-
-				dst_entry.full_path = dst_name;
-				dst_entry.dirfd = dst_fd;
-				dst_entry.name = ent->d_name;
-
-				err = copy_entry (&src_entry, &dst_entry,
-				                  reset_selinux,
-				                  old_uid, new_uid,
-				                  old_gid, new_gid);
-			}
-			free (src_name);
-			free (dst_name);
-		}
-	}
-	(void) closedir (dir);
-	(void) close (dst_fd);
-
-	if (set_orig) {
-		src_orig = NULL;
-		dst_orig = NULL;
-		/* FIXME: clean links
-		 * Since there can be hardlinks elsewhere on the device,
-		 * we cannot check that all the hardlinks were found:
-		assert (NULL == links);
-		 */
-	}
-
-#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
-	/* Reset SELinux to create files with default contexts.
-	 * Note that the context is only reset on exit of copy_tree (it is
-	 * assumed that the program would quit without needing a restored
-	 * context if copy_tree failed previously), and that copy_tree can
-	 * be called recursively (hence the context is set on the
-	 * sub-functions of copy_entry).
-	 */
-	if (reset_selinux_file_context () != 0) {
-		err = -1;
-	}
-#endif				/* WITH_SELINUX */
-
-	return err;
-}
-
-/*
- * copy_entry - copy the entry of a directory
- *
- *	Copy the entry src to dst.
- *	Depending on the type of entry, this function will forward the
- *	request to copy_dir(), copy_symlink(), copy_hardlink(),
- *	copy_special(), or copy_file().
- *
- *	The access and modification time will not be modified.
- *
- *	The permissions will be set to new_uid/new_gid.
- *
- *	If new_uid (resp. new_gid) is equal to -1, the user (resp. group) will
- *	not be modified.
- *
- *	Only the files owned (resp. group-owned) by old_uid (resp.
- *	old_gid) will be modified, unless old_uid (resp. old_gid) is set
- *	to -1.
- */
-static int copy_entry (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
-                       bool reset_selinux,
-                       uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
-                       gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
-{
-	int err = 0;
-	struct stat sb;
-	struct link_name *lp;
-	struct timespec mt[2];
-
-	if (fstatat(src->dirfd, src->name, &sb, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) == -1) {
-		/* If we cannot stat the file, do not care. */
-	} else {
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM
-		mt[0].tv_sec  = sb.st_atim.tv_sec;
-		mt[0].tv_nsec = sb.st_atim.tv_nsec;
-#else				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM */
-		mt[0].tv_sec  = sb.st_atime;
-# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMENSEC
-		mt[0].tv_nsec = sb.st_atimensec;
-# else				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMENSEC */
-		mt[0].tv_nsec = 0;
-# endif				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMENSEC */
-#endif				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIM
-		mt[1].tv_sec  = sb.st_mtim.tv_sec;
-		mt[1].tv_nsec = sb.st_mtim.tv_nsec;
-#else				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIM */
-		mt[1].tv_sec  = sb.st_mtime;
-# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIMENSEC
-		mt[1].tv_nsec = sb.st_mtimensec;
-# else				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIMENSEC */
-		mt[1].tv_nsec = 0;
-# endif				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIMENSEC */
-#endif				/* !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIM */
-
-		if (S_ISDIR (sb.st_mode)) {
-			err = copy_dir (src, dst, reset_selinux, &sb, mt,
-			                old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
-		}
-
-		/*
-		 * Copy any symbolic links
-		 */
-
-		else if (S_ISLNK (sb.st_mode)) {
-			err = copy_symlink (src, dst, reset_selinux, &sb, mt,
-			                    old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
-		}
-
-		/*
-		 * See if this is a previously copied link
-		 */
-
-		else if ((lp = check_link (src->full_path, &sb)) != NULL) {
-			err = copy_hardlink (dst, reset_selinux, lp);
-		}
-
-		/*
-		 * Deal with FIFOs and special files.  The user really
-		 * shouldn't have any of these, but it seems like it
-		 * would be nice to copy everything ...
-		 */
-
-		else if (!S_ISREG (sb.st_mode)) {
-			err = copy_special (src, dst, reset_selinux, &sb, mt,
-			                    old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
-		}
-
-		/*
-		 * Create the new file and copy the contents.  The new
-		 * file will be owned by the provided UID and GID values.
-		 */
-
-		else {
-			err = copy_file (src, dst, reset_selinux, &sb, mt,
-			                 old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
-		}
-	}
-
-	return err;
-}
-
-/*
- * copy_dir - copy a directory
- *
- *	Copy a directory (recursively) from src to dst.
- *
- *	statp, mt, old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, and new_gid are used to set
- *	the access and modification and the access rights.
- *
- *	Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
- */
-static int copy_dir (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
-                     bool reset_selinux,
-                     const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
-                     uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
-                     gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
-{
-	int err = 0;
-
-	/*
-	 * Create a new target directory, make it owned by
-	 * the user and then recursively copy that directory.
-	 */
-
-#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
-	if (set_selinux_file_context (dst->full_path, S_IFDIR) != 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-#endif				/* WITH_SELINUX */
-	if (   (mkdirat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, 0700) != 0)
-	    || (chownat_if_needed (dst, statp,
-	                         old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid) != 0)
-	    || (fchmodat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, statp->st_mode & 07777, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0)
-#ifdef WITH_ACL
-	    || (   (perm_copy_path (src, dst, &ctx) != 0)
-	        && (errno != 0))
-#endif				/* WITH_ACL */
-#ifdef WITH_ATTR
-	/*
-	 * If the third parameter is NULL, all extended attributes
-	 * except those that define Access Control Lists are copied.
-	 * ACLs are excluded by default because copying them between
-	 * file systems with and without ACL support needs some
-	 * additional logic so that no unexpected permissions result.
-	 */
-	    || (   !reset_selinux
-	        && (attr_copy_path (src, dst, NULL, &ctx) != 0)
-	        && (errno != 0))
-#endif				/* WITH_ATTR */
-	    || (copy_tree_impl (src, dst, false, reset_selinux,
-	                   old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid) != 0)
-	    || (utimensat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, mt, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0)) {
-		err = -1;
-	}
-
-	return err;
-}
-
-/*
- * readlink_malloc - wrapper for readlink
- *
- * return NULL on error.
- * The return string shall be freed by the caller.
- */
-static /*@null@*/char *readlink_malloc (const char *filename)
-{
-	size_t size = 1024;
-
-	while (true) {
-		ssize_t nchars;
-		char *buffer = (char *) malloc (size);
-		if (NULL == buffer) {
-			return NULL;
-		}
-
-		nchars = readlink (filename, buffer, size);
-
-		if (nchars < 0) {
-			free(buffer);
-			return NULL;
-		}
-
-		if ((size_t) nchars < size) { /* The buffer was large enough */
-			/* readlink does not nul-terminate */
-			buffer[nchars] = '\0';
-			return buffer;
-		}
-
-		/* Try again with a bigger buffer */
-		free (buffer);
-		size *= 2;
-	}
-}
-
-/*
- * copy_symlink - copy a symlink
- *
- *	Copy a symlink from src to dst.
- *
- *	statp, mt, old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, and new_gid are used to set
- *	the access and modification and the access rights.
- *
- *	Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
- */
-static int copy_symlink (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
-                         unused bool reset_selinux,
-                         const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
-                         uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
-                         gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
-{
-	char *oldlink;
-
-	/* copy_tree () must be the entry point */
-	assert (NULL != src_orig);
-	assert (NULL != dst_orig);
-
-	/*
-	 * Get the name of the file which the link points
-	 * to.  If that name begins with the original
-	 * source directory name, that part of the link
-	 * name will be replaced with the original
-	 * destination directory name.
-	 */
-
-	oldlink = readlink_malloc (src->full_path);
-	if (NULL == oldlink) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	/* If src was a link to an entry of the src_orig directory itself,
-	 * create a link to the corresponding entry in the dst_orig
-	 * directory.
-	 */
-	if (strncmp (oldlink, src_orig, strlen (src_orig)) == 0) {
-		size_t len = strlen (dst_orig) + strlen (oldlink) - strlen (src_orig) + 1;
-		char *dummy = (char *) xmalloc (len);
-		(void) snprintf (dummy, len, "%s%s",
-		                 dst_orig,
-		                 oldlink + strlen (src_orig));
-		free (oldlink);
-		oldlink = dummy;
-	}
-
-#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
-	if (set_selinux_file_context (dst->full_path, S_IFLNK) != 0) {
-		free (oldlink);
-		return -1;
-	}
-#endif				/* WITH_SELINUX */
-	if (   (symlinkat (oldlink, dst->dirfd, dst->name) != 0)
-	    || (chownat_if_needed (dst, statp,
-	                          old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid) != 0)) {
-		/* FIXME: there are no modes on symlinks, right?
-		 *        ACL could be copied, but this would be much more
-		 *        complex than calling perm_copy_file.
-		 *        Ditto for Extended Attributes.
-		 *        We currently only document that ACL and Extended
-		 *        Attributes are not copied.
-		 */
-		free (oldlink);
-		return -1;
-	}
-	free (oldlink);
-
-	if (utimensat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, mt, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * copy_hardlink - copy a hardlink
- *
- *	Copy a hardlink from src to dst.
- *
- *	Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
- */
-static int copy_hardlink (const struct path_info *dst,
-                          unused bool reset_selinux,
-                          struct link_name *lp)
-{
-	/* FIXME: selinux, ACL, Extended Attributes needed? */
-
-	if (linkat (AT_FDCWD, lp->ln_name, dst->dirfd, dst->name, 0) != 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	/* If the file could be unlinked, decrement the links counter,
-	 * and forget about this link if it was the last reference */
-	lp->ln_count--;
-	if (lp->ln_count <= 0) {
-		remove_link (lp);
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * copy_special - copy a special file
- *
- *	Copy a special file from src to dst.
- *
- *	statp, mt, old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, and new_gid are used to set
- *	the access and modification and the access rights.
- *
- *	Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
- */
-static int copy_special (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
-                         bool reset_selinux,
-                         const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
-                         uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
-                         gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
-{
-	int err = 0;
-
-#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
-	if (set_selinux_file_context (dst->full_path, statp->st_mode & S_IFMT) != 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-#endif				/* WITH_SELINUX */
-
-	if (   (mknodat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, statp->st_mode & ~07777U, statp->st_rdev) != 0)
-	    || (chownat_if_needed (dst, statp,
-	                         old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid) != 0)
-	    || (fchmodat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, statp->st_mode & 07777, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0)
-#ifdef WITH_ACL
-	    || (   (perm_copy_path (src, dst, &ctx) != 0)
-	        && (errno != 0))
-#endif				/* WITH_ACL */
-#ifdef WITH_ATTR
-	/*
-	 * If the third parameter is NULL, all extended attributes
-	 * except those that define Access Control Lists are copied.
-	 * ACLs are excluded by default because copying them between
-	 * file systems with and without ACL support needs some
-	 * additional logic so that no unexpected permissions result.
-	 */
-	    || (   !reset_selinux
-	        && (attr_copy_path (src, dst, NULL, &ctx) != 0)
-	        && (errno != 0))
-#endif				/* WITH_ATTR */
-		|| (utimensat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, mt, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0)) {
-		err = -1;
-	}
-
-	return err;
-}
-
-/*
- * full_write - write entire buffer
- *
- * Write up to count bytes from the buffer starting at buf to the
- * file referred to by the file descriptor fd.
- * Retry in case of a short write.
- *
- * Returns the number of bytes written on success, -1 on error.
- */
-static ssize_t full_write(int fd, const void *buf, size_t count) {
-	ssize_t written = 0;
-
-	while (count > 0) {
-		ssize_t res;
-
-		res = write(fd, buf, count);
-		if (res < 0) {
-			if (errno == EINTR) {
-				continue;
-			}
-
-			return res;
-		}
-
-		if (res == 0) {
-			break;
-		}
-
-		written += res;
-		buf = (const unsigned char*)buf + res;
-		count -= (size_t)res;
-	}
-
-	return written;
-}
-
-/*
- * copy_file - copy a file
- *
- *	Copy a file from src to dst.
- *
- *	statp, mt, old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, and new_gid are used to set
- *	the access and modification and the access rights.
- *
- *	Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
- */
-static int copy_file (const struct path_info *src, const struct path_info *dst,
-                      bool reset_selinux,
-                      const struct stat *statp, const struct timespec mt[],
-                      uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
-                      gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
-{
-	int err = 0;
-	int ifd;
-	int ofd;
-
-	ifd = openat (src->dirfd, src->name, O_RDONLY|O_NOFOLLOW|O_CLOEXEC);
-	if (ifd < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
-	if (set_selinux_file_context (dst->full_path, S_IFREG) != 0) {
-		(void) close (ifd);
-		return -1;
-	}
-#endif				/* WITH_SELINUX */
-	ofd = openat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_EXCL | O_TRUNC | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC, 0600);
-	if (   (ofd < 0)
-	    || (fchown_if_needed (ofd, statp,
-	                          old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid) != 0)
-	    || (fchmod (ofd, statp->st_mode & 07777) != 0)
-#ifdef WITH_ACL
-	    || (   (perm_copy_fd (src->full_path, ifd, dst->full_path, ofd, &ctx) != 0)
-	        && (errno != 0))
-#endif				/* WITH_ACL */
-#ifdef WITH_ATTR
-	/*
-	 * If the third parameter is NULL, all extended attributes
-	 * except those that define Access Control Lists are copied.
-	 * ACLs are excluded by default because copying them between
-	 * file systems with and without ACL support needs some
-	 * additional logic so that no unexpected permissions result.
-	 */
-	    || (   !reset_selinux
-	        && (attr_copy_fd (src->full_path, ifd, dst->full_path, ofd, NULL, &ctx) != 0)
-	        && (errno != 0))
-#endif				/* WITH_ATTR */
-	   ) {
-		if (ofd >= 0) {
-			(void) close (ofd);
-		}
-		(void) close (ifd);
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	while (true) {
-		char buf[8192];
-		ssize_t cnt;
-
-		cnt = read (ifd, buf, sizeof buf);
-		if (cnt < 0) {
-			if (errno == EINTR) {
-				continue;
-			}
-			(void) close (ofd);
-			(void) close (ifd);
-			return -1;
-		}
-		if (cnt == 0) {
-			break;
-		}
-
-		if (full_write (ofd, buf, (size_t)cnt) < 0) {
-			(void) close (ofd);
-			(void) close (ifd);
-			return -1;
-		}
-	}
-
-	(void) close (ifd);
-	if (close (ofd) != 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	if (utimensat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, mt, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) != 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	return err;
-}
-
-#define def_chown_if_needed(chown_function, type_dst)                  \
-static int chown_function ## _if_needed (type_dst dst,                 \
-                                         const struct stat *statp,     \
-                                         uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid, \
-                                         gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid) \
-{                                                                      \
-	uid_t tmpuid = (uid_t) -1;                                     \
-	gid_t tmpgid = (gid_t) -1;                                     \
-                                                                       \
-	/* Use new_uid if old_uid is set to -1 or if the file was      \
-	 * owned by the user. */                                       \
-	if (((uid_t) -1 == old_uid) || (statp->st_uid == old_uid)) {   \
-		tmpuid = new_uid;                                      \
-	}                                                              \
-	/* Otherwise, or if new_uid was set to -1, we keep the same    \
-	 * owner. */                                                   \
-	if ((uid_t) -1 == tmpuid) {                                    \
-		tmpuid = statp->st_uid;                                \
-	}                                                              \
-                                                                       \
-	if (((gid_t) -1 == old_gid) || (statp->st_gid == old_gid)) {   \
-		tmpgid = new_gid;                                      \
-	}                                                              \
-	if ((gid_t) -1 == tmpgid) {                                    \
-		tmpgid = statp->st_gid;                                \
-	}                                                              \
-                                                                       \
-	return chown_function (dst, tmpuid, tmpgid);                   \
-}
-
-def_chown_if_needed (fchown, int)
-
-static int chownat_if_needed (const struct path_info *dst,
-							  const struct stat *statp,
-                              uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
-                              gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
-{
-	uid_t tmpuid = (uid_t) -1;
-	gid_t tmpgid = (gid_t) -1;
-
-	/* Use new_uid if old_uid is set to -1 or if the file was
-	 * owned by the user. */
-	if (((uid_t) -1 == old_uid) || (statp->st_uid == old_uid)) {
-		tmpuid = new_uid;
-	}
-	/* Otherwise, or if new_uid was set to -1, we keep the same
-	 * owner. */
-	if ((uid_t) -1 == tmpuid) {
-		tmpuid = statp->st_uid;
-	}
-
-	if (((gid_t) -1 == old_gid) || (statp->st_gid == old_gid)) {
-		tmpgid = new_gid;
-	}
-	if ((gid_t) -1 == tmpgid) {
-		tmpgid = statp->st_gid;
-	}
-
-	return fchownat (dst->dirfd, dst->name, tmpuid, tmpgid, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
-}
-
-/*
- * copy_tree - copy files in a directory tree
- *
- *	copy_tree() walks a directory tree and copies ordinary files
- *	as it goes.
- *
- *	When reset_selinux is enabled, extended attributes (and thus
- *	SELinux attributes) are not copied.
- *
- *	old_uid and new_uid are used to set the ownership of the copied
- *	files. Unless old_uid is set to -1, only the files owned by
- *	old_uid have their ownership changed to new_uid. In addition, if
- *	new_uid is set to -1, no ownership will be changed.
- *
- *	The same logic applies for the group-ownership and
- *	old_gid/new_gid.
- */
-int copy_tree (const char *src_root, const char *dst_root,
-               bool copy_root, bool reset_selinux,
-               uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid,
-               gid_t old_gid, gid_t new_gid)
-{
-	const struct path_info src = {
-		.full_path = src_root,
-		.dirfd = AT_FDCWD,
-		.name = src_root
-	};
-	const struct path_info dst = {
-		.full_path = dst_root,
-		.dirfd = AT_FDCWD,
-		.name = dst_root
-	};
-
-	return copy_tree_impl(&src, &dst, copy_root, reset_selinux,
-						  old_uid, new_uid, old_gid, new_gid);
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/date_to_str.c b/libmisc/date_to_str.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 07e99f1..0000000
--- a/libmisc/date_to_str.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2021, Alejandro Colomar <alx.manpages@gmail.com>
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
- *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
- *    specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
- * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
- * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
- * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
- * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
- * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#include <string.h>
-#include <time.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-void date_to_str (size_t size, char buf[size], long date)
-{
-	time_t t;
-
-	t = date;
-	if (date < 0)
-		(void) strncpy (buf, "never", size);
-	else
-		(void) strftime (buf, size, "%Y-%m-%d", gmtime (&t));
-	buf[size - 1] = '\0';
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/entry.c b/libmisc/entry.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 87f5754..0000000
--- a/libmisc/entry.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <pwd.h>
-
-void pw_entry (const char *name, struct passwd *pwent)
-{
-	struct passwd *passwd;
-
-	struct spwd *spwd;
-
-	if (!(passwd = getpwnam (name))) { /* local, no need for xgetpwnam */
-		pwent->pw_name = (char *) 0;
-		return;
-	} else {
-		pwent->pw_name = xstrdup (passwd->pw_name);
-		pwent->pw_uid = passwd->pw_uid;
-		pwent->pw_gid = passwd->pw_gid;
-		pwent->pw_gecos = xstrdup (passwd->pw_gecos);
-		pwent->pw_dir = xstrdup (passwd->pw_dir);
-		pwent->pw_shell = xstrdup (passwd->pw_shell);
-#if !defined(AUTOSHADOW)
-		/* local, no need for xgetspnam */
-		if ((spwd = getspnam (name))) {
-			pwent->pw_passwd = xstrdup (spwd->sp_pwdp);
-			return;
-		}
-#endif
-		pwent->pw_passwd = xstrdup (passwd->pw_passwd);
-	}
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/env.c b/libmisc/env.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fc6dbce..0000000
--- a/libmisc/env.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,253 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1992, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-/*
- * NEWENVP_STEP must be a power of two.  This is the number
- * of (char *) pointers to allocate at a time, to avoid using
- * realloc() too often.
- */
-#define NEWENVP_STEP 16
-size_t newenvc = 0;
-/*@null@*/char **newenvp = NULL;
-extern char **environ;
-
-static const char *const forbid[] = {
-	"_RLD_=",
-	"BASH_ENV=",		/* GNU creeping featurism strikes again... */
-	"ENV=",
-	"HOME=",
-	"IFS=",
-	"KRB_CONF=",
-	"LD_",			/* anything with the LD_ prefix */
-	"LIBPATH=",
-	"MAIL=",
-	"NLSPATH=",
-	"PATH=",
-	"SHELL=",
-	"SHLIB_PATH=",
-	(char *) 0
-};
-
-/* these are allowed, but with no slashes inside
-   (to work around security problems in GNU gettext) */
-static const char *const noslash[] = {
-	"LANG=",
-	"LANGUAGE=",
-	"LC_",			/* anything with the LC_ prefix */
-	(char *) 0
-};
-
-/*
- * initenv() must be called once before using addenv().
- */
-void initenv (void)
-{
-	newenvp = (char **) xmalloc (NEWENVP_STEP * sizeof (char *));
-	*newenvp = NULL;
-}
-
-
-void addenv (const char *string, /*@null@*/const char *value)
-{
-	char *cp, *newstring;
-	size_t i;
-	size_t n;
-
-	if (NULL != value) {
-		size_t len = strlen (string) + strlen (value) + 2;
-		int wlen;
-		newstring = xmalloc (len);
-		wlen = snprintf (newstring, len, "%s=%s", string, value);
-		assert (wlen == (int) len -1);
-	} else {
-		newstring = xstrdup (string);
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Search for a '=' character within the string and if none is found
-	 * just ignore the whole string.
-	 */
-
-	cp = strchr (newstring, '=');
-	if (NULL == cp) {
-		free (newstring);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	n = (size_t) (cp - newstring);
-
-	/*
-	 * If this environment variable is already set, change its value.
-	 */
-	for (i = 0; i < newenvc; i++) {
-		if (   (strncmp (newstring, newenvp[i], n) == 0)
-		    && (('=' == newenvp[i][n]) || ('\0' == newenvp[i][n]))) {
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (i < newenvc) {
-		free (newenvp[i]);
-		newenvp[i] = newstring;
-		return;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Otherwise, save the new environment variable
-	 */
-	newenvp[newenvc++] = newstring;
-
-	/*
-	 * And extend the environment if needed.
-	 */
-
-	/*
-	 * Check whether newenvc is a multiple of NEWENVP_STEP.
-	 * If so we have to resize the vector.
-	 * the expression (newenvc & (NEWENVP_STEP - 1)) == 0
-	 * is equal to    (newenvc %  NEWENVP_STEP) == 0
-	 * as long as NEWENVP_STEP is a power of 2.
-	 */
-
-	if ((newenvc & (NEWENVP_STEP - 1)) == 0) {
-		char **__newenvp;
-		size_t newsize;
-
-		/*
-		 * If the resize operation succeeds we can
-		 * happily go on, else print a message.
-		 */
-
-		newsize = (newenvc + NEWENVP_STEP) * sizeof (char *);
-		__newenvp = (char **) realloc (newenvp, newsize);
-
-		if (NULL != __newenvp) {
-			/*
-			 * If this is our current environment, update
-			 * environ so that it doesn't point to some
-			 * free memory area (realloc() could move it).
-			 */
-			if (environ == newenvp) {
-				environ = __newenvp;
-			}
-			newenvp = __newenvp;
-		} else {
-			(void) fputs (_("Environment overflow\n"), log_get_logfd());
-			newenvc--;
-			free (newenvp[newenvc]);
-		}
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * The last entry of newenvp must be NULL
-	 */
-
-	newenvp[newenvc] = NULL;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * set_env - copy command line arguments into the environment
- */
-void set_env (int argc, char *const *argv)
-{
-	int noname = 1;
-	char variable[1024];
-	char *cp;
-
-	for (; argc > 0; argc--, argv++) {
-		if (strlen (*argv) >= sizeof variable) {
-			continue;	/* ignore long entries */
-		}
-
-		cp = strchr (*argv, '=');
-		if (NULL == cp) {
-			int wlen;
-			wlen = snprintf (variable, sizeof variable, "L%d", noname);
-			assert (wlen < (int) sizeof(variable));
-			noname++;
-			addenv (variable, *argv);
-		} else {
-			const char *const *p;
-
-			for (p = forbid; NULL != *p; p++) {
-				if (strncmp (*argv, *p, strlen (*p)) == 0) {
-					break;
-				}
-			}
-
-			if (NULL != *p) {
-				strncpy (variable, *argv, (size_t)(cp - *argv));
-				variable[cp - *argv] = '\0';
-				printf (_("You may not change $%s\n"),
-					variable);
-				continue;
-			}
-
-			addenv (*argv, NULL);
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-/*
- * sanitize_env - remove some nasty environment variables
- * If you fall into a total paranoia, you should call this
- * function for any root-setuid program or anything the user
- * might change the environment with. 99% useless as almost
- * all modern Unixes will handle setuid executables properly,
- * but... I feel better with that silly precaution. -j.
- */
-
-void sanitize_env (void)
-{
-	char **envp = environ;
-	const char *const *bad;
-	char **cur;
-	char **move;
-
-	for (cur = envp; NULL != *cur; cur++) {
-		for (bad = forbid; NULL != *bad; bad++) {
-			if (strncmp (*cur, *bad, strlen (*bad)) == 0) {
-				for (move = cur; NULL != *move; move++) {
-					*move = *(move + 1);
-				}
-				cur--;
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-	for (cur = envp; NULL != *cur; cur++) {
-		for (bad = noslash; NULL != *bad; bad++) {
-			if (strncmp (*cur, *bad, strlen (*bad)) != 0) {
-				continue;
-			}
-			if (strchr (*cur, '/') == NULL) {
-				continue;	/* OK */
-			}
-			for (move = cur; NULL != *move; move++) {
-				*move = *(move + 1);
-			}
-			cur--;
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/failure.c b/libmisc/failure.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1aab299..0000000
--- a/libmisc/failure.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,295 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2002 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "faillog.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-#include "failure.h"
-#define	YEAR	(365L*DAY)
-/*
- * failure - make failure entry
- *
- *	failure() creates a new (struct faillog) entry or updates an
- *	existing one with the current failed login information.
- */
-void failure (uid_t uid, const char *tty, struct faillog *fl)
-{
-	int fd;
-	off_t offset_uid = (off_t) (sizeof *fl) * uid;
-
-	/*
-	 * Don't do anything if failure logging isn't set up.
-	 */
-
-	if (access (FAILLOG_FILE, F_OK) != 0) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	fd = open (FAILLOG_FILE, O_RDWR);
-	if (fd < 0) {
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
-		         "Can't write faillog entry for UID %lu in %s.",
-		         (unsigned long) uid, FAILLOG_FILE));
-		return;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * The file is indexed by UID value meaning that shared UID's
-	 * share failure log records.  That's OK since they really
-	 * share just about everything else ...
-	 */
-
-	if (   (lseek (fd, offset_uid, SEEK_SET) != offset_uid)
-	    || (read (fd, (char *) fl, sizeof *fl) != (ssize_t) sizeof *fl)) {
-		/* This is not necessarily a failure. The file is
-		 * initially zero length.
-		 *
-		 * If lseek() or read() failed for any other reason, this
-		 * might reset the counter. But the new failure will be
-		 * logged.
-		 */
-		memzero (fl, sizeof *fl);
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Update the record.  We increment the failure count to log the
-	 * latest failure.  The only concern here is overflow, and we'll
-	 * check for that.  The line name and time of day are both
-	 * updated as well.
-	 */
-
-	if (fl->fail_cnt + 1 > 0) {
-		fl->fail_cnt++;
-	}
-
-	strncpy (fl->fail_line, tty, sizeof (fl->fail_line) - 1);
-	(void) time (&fl->fail_time);
-
-	/*
-	 * Seek back to the correct position in the file and write the
-	 * record out.  Ideally we should lock the file in case the same
-	 * account is being logged simultaneously.  But the risk doesn't
-	 * seem that great.
-	 */
-
-	if (   (lseek (fd, offset_uid, SEEK_SET) != offset_uid)
-	    || (write (fd, (char *) fl, sizeof *fl) != (ssize_t) sizeof *fl)
-	    || (close (fd) != 0)) {
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
-		         "Can't write faillog entry for UID %lu in %s.",
-		         (unsigned long) uid, FAILLOG_FILE));
-		(void) close (fd);
-	}
-}
-
-static bool too_many_failures (const struct faillog *fl)
-{
-	time_t now;
-
-	if ((0 == fl->fail_max) || (fl->fail_cnt < fl->fail_max)) {
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	if (0 == fl->fail_locktime) {
-		return true;	/* locked until reset manually */
-	}
-
-	(void) time (&now);
-	if ((fl->fail_time + fl->fail_locktime) < now) {
-		return false;	/* enough time since last failure */
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-/*
- * failcheck - check for failures > allowable
- *
- *	failcheck() is called AFTER the password has been validated.  If the
- *	account has been "attacked" with too many login failures, failcheck()
- *	returns 0 to indicate that the login should be denied even though
- *	the password is valid.
- *
- *	failed indicates if the login failed AFTER the password has been
- *	       validated.
- */
-
-int failcheck (uid_t uid, struct faillog *fl, bool failed)
-{
-	int fd;
-	struct faillog fail;
-	off_t offset_uid = (off_t) (sizeof *fl) * uid;
-
-	/*
-	 * Suppress the check if the log file isn't there.
-	 */
-
-	if (access (FAILLOG_FILE, F_OK) != 0) {
-		return 1;
-	}
-
-	fd = open (FAILLOG_FILE, failed?O_RDONLY:O_RDWR);
-	if (fd < 0) {
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
-		         "Can't open the faillog file (%s) to check UID %lu. "
-		         "User access authorized.",
-		         FAILLOG_FILE, (unsigned long) uid));
-		return 1;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Get the record from the file and determine if the user has
-	 * exceeded the failure limit.  If "max" is zero, any number
-	 * of failures are permitted.  Only when "max" is non-zero and
-	 * "cnt" is greater than or equal to "max" is the account
-	 * considered to be locked.
-	 *
-	 * If read fails, there is no record for this user yet (the
-	 * file is initially zero length and extended by writes), so
-	 * no need to reset the count.
-	 */
-
-	if (   (lseek (fd, offset_uid, SEEK_SET) != offset_uid)
-	    || (read (fd, (char *) fl, sizeof *fl) != (ssize_t) sizeof *fl)) {
-		(void) close (fd);
-		return 1;
-	}
-
-	if (too_many_failures (fl)) {
-		(void) close (fd);
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * The record is updated if this is not a failure.  The count will
-	 * be reset to zero, but the rest of the information will be left
-	 * in the record in case someone wants to see where the failed
-	 * login originated.
-	 */
-
-	if (!failed) {
-		fail = *fl;
-		fail.fail_cnt = 0;
-
-		if (   (lseek (fd, offset_uid, SEEK_SET) != offset_uid)
-		    || (write (fd, (const void *) &fail, sizeof fail) != (ssize_t) sizeof fail)
-		    || (close (fd) != 0)) {
-			SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
-			         "Can't reset faillog entry for UID %lu in %s.",
-			         (unsigned long) uid, FAILLOG_FILE));
-			(void) close (fd);
-		}
-	} else {
-		(void) close (fd);
-	}
-
-	return 1;
-}
-
-/*
- * failprint - print line of failure information
- *
- *	failprint takes a (struct faillog) entry and formats it into a
- *	message which is displayed at login time.
- */
-
-void failprint (const struct faillog *fail)
-{
-	struct tm *tp;
-	char lasttimeb[256];
-	char *lasttime = lasttimeb;
-	time_t NOW;
-
-	if (0 == fail->fail_cnt) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	tp = localtime (&(fail->fail_time));
-	(void) time (&NOW);
-
-	/*
-	 * Print all information we have.
-	 */
-	(void) strftime (lasttimeb, sizeof lasttimeb, "%c", tp);
-
-	/*@-formatconst@*/
-	(void) printf (ngettext ("%d failure since last login.\n"
-	                         "Last was %s on %s.\n",
-	                         "%d failures since last login.\n"
-	                         "Last was %s on %s.\n",
-	                         (unsigned long) fail->fail_cnt),
-	               fail->fail_cnt, lasttime, fail->fail_line);
-	/*@=formatconst@*/
-}
-
-/*
- * failtmp - update the cumulative failure log
- *
- *	failtmp updates the (struct utmp) formatted failure log which
- *	maintains a record of all login failures.
- */
-
-void failtmp (const char *username,
-#ifdef USE_UTMPX
-		     const struct utmpx *failent
-#else				/* !USE_UTMPX */
-		     const struct utmp *failent
-#endif				/* !USE_UTMPX */
-    )
-{
-	const char *ftmp;
-	int fd;
-
-	/*
-	 * Get the name of the failure file.  If no file has been defined
-	 * in login.defs, don't do this.
-	 */
-
-	ftmp = getdef_str ("FTMP_FILE");
-	if (NULL == ftmp) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Open the file for append.  It must already exist for this
-	 * feature to be used.
-	 */
-
-	if (access (ftmp, F_OK) != 0) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	fd = open (ftmp, O_WRONLY | O_APPEND);
-	if (-1 == fd) {
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
-		         "Can't append failure of user %s to %s.",
-		         username, ftmp));
-		return;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Append the new failure record and close the log file.
-	 */
-
-	if (   (write (fd, (const void *) failent, sizeof *failent) != (ssize_t) sizeof *failent)
-	    || (close (fd) != 0)) {
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
-		         "Can't append failure of user %s to %s.",
-		         username, ftmp));
-		(void) close (fd);
-	}
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/failure.h b/libmisc/failure.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ac30d7..0000000
--- a/libmisc/failure.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1997 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2005       , Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/* $Id$ */
-#ifndef _FAILURE_H_
-#define _FAILURE_H_
-
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "faillog.h"
-#ifdef USE_UTMPX
-#include <utmpx.h>
-#else					/* !USE_UTMPX */
-#include <utmp.h>
-#endif					/* !USE_UTMPX */
-
-/*
- * failure - make failure entry
- *
- *	failure() creates a new (struct faillog) entry or updates an
- *	existing one with the current failed login information.
- */
-extern void failure (uid_t, const char *, struct faillog *);
-
-/*
- * failcheck - check for failures > allowable
- *
- *	failcheck() is called AFTER the password has been validated.  If the
- *	account has been "attacked" with too many login failures, failcheck()
- *	returns FALSE to indicate that the login should be denied even though
- *	the password is valid.
- */
-extern int failcheck (uid_t uid, struct faillog *fl, bool failed);
-
-/*
- * failprint - print line of failure information
- *
- *	failprint takes a (struct faillog) entry and formats it into a
- *	message which is displayed at login time.
- */
-extern void failprint (const struct faillog *);
-
-/*
- * failtmp - update the cumulative failure log
- *
- *	failtmp updates the (struct utmp) formatted failure log which
- *	maintains a record of all login failures.
- */
-#ifdef USE_UTMPX
-extern void failtmp (const char *username, const struct utmpx *);
-#else				/* !USE_UTMPX */
-extern void failtmp (const char *username, const struct utmp *);
-#endif				/* !USE_UTMPX */
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/libmisc/find_new_gid.c b/libmisc/find_new_gid.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 65ab5d0..0000000
--- a/libmisc/find_new_gid.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,483 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2011, Nicolas François
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2014, Red Hat, Inc.
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "groupio.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-/*
- * get_ranges - Get the minimum and maximum ID ranges for the search
- *
- * This function will return the minimum and maximum ranges for IDs
- *
- * 0: The function completed successfully
- * EINVAL: The provided ranges are impossible (such as maximum < minimum)
- *
- * preferred_min: The special-case minimum value for a specifically-
- * requested ID, which may be lower than the standard min_id
- */
-static int get_ranges (bool sys_group, gid_t *min_id, gid_t *max_id,
-		       gid_t *preferred_min)
-{
-	gid_t gid_def_max = 0;
-
-	if (sys_group) {
-		/* System groups */
-
-		/* A requested ID is allowed to be below the autoselect range */
-		*preferred_min = (gid_t) 1;
-
-		/* Get the minimum ID range from login.defs or default to 101 */
-		*min_id = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_GID_MIN", 101UL);
-
-		/*
-		 * If SYS_GID_MAX is unspecified, we should assume it to be one
-		 * less than the GID_MIN (which is reserved for non-system accounts)
-		 */
-		gid_def_max = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("GID_MIN", 1000UL) - 1;
-		*max_id = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_GID_MAX",
-				(unsigned long) gid_def_max);
-
-		/* Check that the ranges make sense */
-		if (*max_id < *min_id) {
-			(void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-                            _("%s: Invalid configuration: SYS_GID_MIN (%lu), "
-                              "GID_MIN (%lu), SYS_GID_MAX (%lu)\n"),
-                            log_get_progname(), (unsigned long) *min_id,
-                            getdef_ulong ("GID_MIN", 1000UL),
-                            (unsigned long) *max_id);
-			return EINVAL;
-		}
-		/*
-		 * Zero is reserved for root and the allocation algorithm does not
-		 * work right with it.
-		 */
-		if (*min_id == 0) {
-			*min_id = (gid_t) 1;
-		}
-	} else {
-		/* Non-system groups */
-
-		/* Get the values from login.defs or use reasonable defaults */
-		*min_id = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("GID_MIN", 1000UL);
-		*max_id = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("GID_MAX", 60000UL);
-
-		/*
-		 * The preferred minimum should match the standard ID minimum
-		 * for non-system groups.
-		 */
-		*preferred_min = *min_id;
-
-		/* Check that the ranges make sense */
-		if (*max_id < *min_id) {
-			(void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-					_("%s: Invalid configuration: GID_MIN (%lu), "
-					  "GID_MAX (%lu)\n"),
-					log_get_progname(), (unsigned long) *min_id,
-					(unsigned long) *max_id);
-			return EINVAL;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * check_gid - See if the requested GID is available
- *
- * On success, return 0
- * If the ID is in use, return EEXIST
- * If the ID is outside the range, return ERANGE
- * In other cases, return errno from getgrgid()
- */
-static int check_gid (const gid_t gid,
-		      const gid_t gid_min,
-		      const gid_t gid_max,
-		      const bool *used_gids)
-{
-	/* First test that the preferred ID is in the range */
-	if (gid < gid_min || gid > gid_max) {
-		return ERANGE;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Check whether we already detected this GID
-	 * using the gr_next() loop
-	 */
-	if (used_gids != NULL && used_gids[gid]) {
-		return EEXIST;
-	}
-	/* Check if the GID exists according to NSS */
-	errno = 0;
-	if (prefix_getgrgid (gid) != NULL) {
-		return EEXIST;
-	} else {
-		/* getgrgid() was NULL
-		 * we have to ignore errors as temporary
-		 * failures of remote user identity services
-		 * would completely block user/group creation
-		 */
-	}
-
-	/* If we've made it here, the GID must be available */
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * find_new_gid - Find a new unused GID.
- *
- * If successful, find_new_gid provides an unused group ID in the
- * [GID_MIN:GID_MAX] range.
- * This ID should be higher than all the used GID, but if not possible,
- * the lowest unused ID in the range will be returned.
- *
- * Return 0 on success, -1 if no unused GIDs are available.
- */
-int find_new_gid (bool sys_group,
-                 gid_t *gid,
-                 /*@null@*/gid_t const *preferred_gid)
-{
-	bool *used_gids;
-	const struct group *grp;
-	gid_t gid_min, gid_max, preferred_min;
-	gid_t id;
-	gid_t lowest_found, highest_found;
-	int result;
-	int nospam = 0;
-
-	assert(gid != NULL);
-
-	/*
-	 * First, figure out what ID range is appropriate for
-	 * automatic assignment
-	 */
-	result = get_ranges (sys_group, &gid_min, &gid_max, &preferred_min);
-	if (result == EINVAL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	/* Check if the preferred GID is available */
-	if (preferred_gid) {
-		result = check_gid (*preferred_gid, preferred_min, gid_max, NULL);
-		if (result == 0) {
-			/*
-			 * Make sure the GID isn't queued for use already
-			 */
-			if (gr_locate_gid (*preferred_gid) == NULL) {
-				*gid = *preferred_gid;
-				return 0;
-			}
-			/*
-			 * gr_locate_gid() found the GID in an as-yet uncommitted
-			 * entry. We'll proceed below and auto-set a GID.
-			 */
-		} else if (result == EEXIST || result == ERANGE) {
-			/*
-			 * Continue on below. At this time, we won't
-			 * treat these two cases differently.
-			 */
-		} else {
-			/*
-			 * An unexpected error occurred. We should report
-			 * this and fail the group creation.
-			 * This differs from the automatic creation
-			 * behavior below, since if a specific GID was
-			 * requested and generated an error, the user is
-			 * more likely to want to stop and address the
-			 * issue.
-			 */
-			fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-				_("%s: Encountered error attempting to use "
-				  "preferred GID: %s\n"),
-				log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
-			return -1;
-		}
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Search the entire group file,
-	 * looking for the next unused value.
-	 *
-	 * We first check the local database with gr_rewind/gr_next to find
-	 * all local values that are in use.
-	 *
-	 * We then compare the next free value to all databases (local and
-	 * remote) and iterate until we find a free one. If there are free
-	 * values beyond the lowest (system groups) or highest (non-system
-	 * groups), we will prefer those and avoid potentially reclaiming a
-	 * deleted group (which can be a security issue, since it may grant
-	 * access to files belonging to that former group).
-	 *
-	 * If there are no GIDs available at the end of the search, we will
-	 * have no choice but to iterate through the range looking for gaps.
-	 *
-	 */
-
-	/* Create an array to hold all of the discovered GIDs */
-	used_gids = malloc (sizeof (bool) * (gid_max +1));
-	if (NULL == used_gids) {
-		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-			 _("%s: failed to allocate memory: %s\n"),
-			 log_get_progname(), strerror (errno));
-		return -1;
-	}
-	memset (used_gids, false, sizeof (bool) * (gid_max + 1));
-
-	/* First look for the lowest and highest value in the local database */
-	(void) gr_rewind ();
-	highest_found = gid_min;
-	lowest_found = gid_max;
-	while ((grp = gr_next ()) != NULL) {
-		/*
-		 * Does this entry have a lower GID than the lowest we've found
-		 * so far?
-		 */
-		if ((grp->gr_gid <= lowest_found) && (grp->gr_gid >= gid_min)) {
-			lowest_found = grp->gr_gid - 1;
-		}
-
-		/*
-		 * Does this entry have a higher GID than the highest we've found
-		 * so far?
-		 */
-		if ((grp->gr_gid >= highest_found) && (grp->gr_gid <= gid_max)) {
-			highest_found = grp->gr_gid + 1;
-		}
-
-		/* create index of used GIDs */
-		if (grp->gr_gid >= gid_min
-			&& grp->gr_gid <= gid_max) {
-
-			used_gids[grp->gr_gid] = true;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (sys_group) {
-		/*
-		 * For system groups, we want to start from the
-		 * top of the range and work downwards.
-		 */
-
-		/*
-		 * At the conclusion of the gr_next() search, we will either
-		 * have a presumed-free GID or we will be at GID_MIN - 1.
-		 */
-		if (lowest_found < gid_min) {
-			/*
-			 * In this case, a GID is in use at GID_MIN.
-			 *
-			 * We will reset the search to GID_MAX and proceed down
-			 * through all the GIDs (skipping those we detected with
-			 * used_gids) for a free one. It is a known issue that
-			 * this may result in reusing a previously-deleted GID,
-			 * so administrators should be instructed to use this
-			 * auto-detection with care (and prefer to assign GIDs
-			 * explicitly).
-			 */
-			lowest_found = gid_max;
-		}
-
-		/* Search through all of the IDs in the range */
-		for (id = lowest_found; id >= gid_min; id--) {
-			result = check_gid (id, gid_min, gid_max, used_gids);
-			if (result == 0) {
-				/* This GID is available. Return it. */
-				*gid = id;
-				free (used_gids);
-				return 0;
-			} else if (result == EEXIST) {
-				/* This GID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
-			} else {
-				/*
-				 * An unexpected error occurred.
-				 *
-				 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
-				 * the logs
-				 *
-				 */
-				if (!nospam) {
-					fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-						_("%s: Can't get unique system GID (%s). "
-						  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
-						log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
-					SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
-						"Error checking available GIDs: %s",
-						strerror (result)));
-					nospam = 1;
-				}
-				/*
-				 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later GID
-				 * will work properly.
-				 */
-			}
-		}
-
-		/*
-		 * If we get all the way through the loop, try again from GID_MAX,
-		 * unless that was where we previously started. (NOTE: the worst-case
-		 * scenario here is that we will run through (GID_MAX - GID_MIN - 1)
-		 * cycles *again* if we fall into this case with lowest_found as
-		 * GID_MAX - 1, all groups in the range in use and maintained by
-		 * network services such as LDAP.)
-		 */
-		if (lowest_found != gid_max) {
-			for (id = gid_max; id >= gid_min; id--) {
-				result = check_gid (id, gid_min, gid_max, used_gids);
-				if (result == 0) {
-					/* This GID is available. Return it. */
-					*gid = id;
-					free (used_gids);
-					return 0;
-				} else if (result == EEXIST) {
-					/* This GID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
-				} else {
-					/*
-					 * An unexpected error occurred.
-					 *
-					 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
-					 * the logs
-					 *
-					 */
-					if (!nospam) {
-						fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-							_("%s: Can't get unique system GID (%s). "
-							  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
-							log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
-						SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
-							"Error checking available GIDs: %s",
-							strerror (result)));
-						nospam = 1;
-					}
-					/*
-					 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later GID
-					 * will work properly.
-					 */
-				}
-			}
-		}
-	} else { /* !sys_group */
-		/*
-		 * For non-system groups, we want to start from the
-		 * bottom of the range and work upwards.
-		 */
-
-		/*
-		 * At the conclusion of the gr_next() search, we will either
-		 * have a presumed-free GID or we will be at GID_MAX + 1.
-		 */
-		if (highest_found > gid_max) {
-			/*
-			 * In this case, a GID is in use at GID_MAX.
-			 *
-			 * We will reset the search to GID_MIN and proceed up
-			 * through all the GIDs (skipping those we detected with
-			 * used_gids) for a free one. It is a known issue that
-			 * this may result in reusing a previously-deleted GID,
-			 * so administrators should be instructed to use this
-			 * auto-detection with care (and prefer to assign GIDs
-			 * explicitly).
-			 */
-			highest_found = gid_min;
-		}
-
-		/* Search through all of the IDs in the range */
-		for (id = highest_found; id <= gid_max; id++) {
-			result = check_gid (id, gid_min, gid_max, used_gids);
-			if (result == 0) {
-				/* This GID is available. Return it. */
-				*gid = id;
-				free (used_gids);
-				return 0;
-			} else if (result == EEXIST) {
-				/* This GID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
-			} else {
-				/*
-				 * An unexpected error occurred.
-				 *
-				 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
-				 * the logs
-				 *
-				 */
-				if (!nospam) {
-					fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-						_("%s: Can't get unique GID (%s). "
-						  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
-						log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
-					SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
-						"Error checking available GIDs: %s",
-						strerror (result)));
-					nospam = 1;
-				}
-				/*
-				 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later GID
-				 * will work properly.
-				 */
-			}
-		}
-
-		/*
-		 * If we get all the way through the loop, try again from GID_MIN,
-		 * unless that was where we previously started. (NOTE: the worst-case
-		 * scenario here is that we will run through (GID_MAX - GID_MIN - 1)
-		 * cycles *again* if we fall into this case with highest_found as
-		 * GID_MIN + 1, all groups in the range in use and maintained by
-		 * network services such as LDAP.)
-		 */
-		if (highest_found != gid_min) {
-			for (id = gid_min; id <= gid_max; id++) {
-				result = check_gid (id, gid_min, gid_max, used_gids);
-				if (result == 0) {
-					/* This GID is available. Return it. */
-					*gid = id;
-					free (used_gids);
-					return 0;
-				} else if (result == EEXIST) {
-					/* This GID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
-				} else {
-					/*
-					 * An unexpected error occurred.
-					 *
-					 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
-					 * the logs
-					 *
-					 */
-					if (!nospam) {
-						fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-							_("%s: Can't get unique GID (%s). "
-							  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
-							log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
-						SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
-							"Error checking available GIDs: %s",
-							strerror (result)));
-						nospam = 1;
-					}
-					/*
-					 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later GID
-					 * will work properly.
-					 */
-				}
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-	/* The code reached here and found no available IDs in the range */
-	fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-		_("%s: Can't get unique GID (no more available GIDs)\n"),
-		log_get_progname());
-	SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "no more available GIDs on the system"));
-	free (used_gids);
-	return -1;
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/find_new_sub_gids.c b/libmisc/find_new_sub_gids.c
deleted file mode 100644
index bbd4570..0000000
--- a/libmisc/find_new_sub_gids.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2012 Eric Biederman
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "subordinateio.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-/*
- * find_new_sub_gids - Find a new unused range of GIDs.
- *
- * If successful, find_new_sub_gids provides a range of unused
- * user IDs in the [SUB_GID_MIN:SUB_GID_MAX] range.
- *
- * Return 0 on success, -1 if no unused GIDs are available.
- */
-int find_new_sub_gids (gid_t *range_start, unsigned long *range_count)
-{
-	unsigned long min, max;
-	unsigned long count;
-	gid_t start;
-
-	assert (range_start != NULL);
-	assert (range_count != NULL);
-
-	min = getdef_ulong ("SUB_GID_MIN", 100000UL);
-	max = getdef_ulong ("SUB_GID_MAX", 600100000UL);
-	count = getdef_ulong ("SUB_GID_COUNT", 65536);
-
-	if (min > max || count >= max || (min + count - 1) > max) {
-		(void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-				_("%s: Invalid configuration: SUB_GID_MIN (%lu),"
-				  " SUB_GID_MAX (%lu), SUB_GID_COUNT (%lu)\n"),
-			log_get_progname(), min, max, count);
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	start = sub_gid_find_free_range(min, max, count);
-	if (start == (gid_t)-1) {
-		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-		         _("%s: Can't get unique subordinate GID range\n"),
-		         log_get_progname());
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "no more available subordinate GIDs on the system"));
-		return -1;
-	}
-	*range_start = start;
-	*range_count = count;
-	return 0;
-}
-#else				/* !ENABLE_SUBIDS */
-extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
-#endif				/* !ENABLE_SUBIDS */
-
diff --git a/libmisc/find_new_sub_uids.c b/libmisc/find_new_sub_uids.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a86b311..0000000
--- a/libmisc/find_new_sub_uids.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2012 Eric Biederman
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "subordinateio.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-/*
- * find_new_sub_uids - Find a new unused range of UIDs.
- *
- * If successful, find_new_sub_uids provides a range of unused
- * user IDs in the [SUB_UID_MIN:SUB_UID_MAX] range.
- *
- * Return 0 on success, -1 if no unused UIDs are available.
- */
-int find_new_sub_uids (uid_t *range_start, unsigned long *range_count)
-{
-	unsigned long min, max;
-	unsigned long count;
-	uid_t start;
-
-	assert (range_start != NULL);
-	assert (range_count != NULL);
-
-	min = getdef_ulong ("SUB_UID_MIN", 100000UL);
-	max = getdef_ulong ("SUB_UID_MAX", 600100000UL);
-	count = getdef_ulong ("SUB_UID_COUNT", 65536);
-
-	if (min > max || count >= max || (min + count - 1) > max) {
-		(void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-				_("%s: Invalid configuration: SUB_UID_MIN (%lu),"
-				  " SUB_UID_MAX (%lu), SUB_UID_COUNT (%lu)\n"),
-			log_get_progname(), min, max, count);
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	start = sub_uid_find_free_range(min, max, count);
-	if (start == (uid_t)-1) {
-		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-		         _("%s: Can't get unique subordinate UID range\n"),
-		         log_get_progname());
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "no more available subordinate UIDs on the system"));
-		return -1;
-	}
-	*range_start = start;
-	*range_count = count;
-	return 0;
-}
-#else				/* !ENABLE_SUBIDS */
-extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
-#endif				/* !ENABLE_SUBIDS */
-
diff --git a/libmisc/find_new_uid.c b/libmisc/find_new_uid.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f7e74b..0000000
--- a/libmisc/find_new_uid.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,483 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2011, Nicolas François
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2014, Red Hat, Inc.
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "pwio.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-/*
- * get_ranges - Get the minimum and maximum ID ranges for the search
- *
- * This function will return the minimum and maximum ranges for IDs
- *
- * 0: The function completed successfully
- * EINVAL: The provided ranges are impossible (such as maximum < minimum)
- *
- * preferred_min: The special-case minimum value for a specifically-
- * requested ID, which may be lower than the standard min_id
- */
-static int get_ranges (bool sys_user, uid_t *min_id, uid_t *max_id,
-			uid_t *preferred_min)
-{
-	uid_t uid_def_max = 0;
-
-	if (sys_user) {
-		/* System users */
-
-		/* A requested ID is allowed to be below the autoselect range */
-		*preferred_min = (uid_t) 1;
-
-		/* Get the minimum ID range from login.defs or default to 101 */
-		*min_id = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_UID_MIN", 101UL);
-
-		/*
-		 * If SYS_UID_MAX is unspecified, we should assume it to be one
-		 * less than the UID_MIN (which is reserved for non-system accounts)
-		 */
-		uid_def_max = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("UID_MIN", 1000UL) - 1;
-		*max_id = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_UID_MAX",
-				(unsigned long) uid_def_max);
-
-		/* Check that the ranges make sense */
-		if (*max_id < *min_id) {
-			(void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-                            _("%s: Invalid configuration: SYS_UID_MIN (%lu), "
-                              "UID_MIN (%lu), SYS_UID_MAX (%lu)\n"),
-                            log_get_progname(), (unsigned long) *min_id,
-                            getdef_ulong ("UID_MIN", 1000UL),
-                            (unsigned long) *max_id);
-			return EINVAL;
-		}
-		/*
-		 * Zero is reserved for root and the allocation algorithm does not
-		 * work right with it.
-		 */
-		if (*min_id == 0) {
-			*min_id = (uid_t) 1;
-		}
-	} else {
-		/* Non-system users */
-
-		/* Get the values from login.defs or use reasonable defaults */
-		*min_id = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("UID_MIN", 1000UL);
-		*max_id = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("UID_MAX", 60000UL);
-
-		/*
-		 * The preferred minimum should match the standard ID minimum
-		 * for non-system users.
-		 */
-		*preferred_min = *min_id;
-
-		/* Check that the ranges make sense */
-		if (*max_id < *min_id) {
-			(void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-					_("%s: Invalid configuration: UID_MIN (%lu), "
-					  "UID_MAX (%lu)\n"),
-					log_get_progname(), (unsigned long) *min_id,
-					(unsigned long) *max_id);
-			return EINVAL;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * check_uid - See if the requested UID is available
- *
- * On success, return 0
- * If the ID is in use, return EEXIST
- * If the ID is outside the range, return ERANGE
- * In other cases, return errno from getpwuid()
- */
-static int check_uid(const uid_t uid,
-		     const uid_t uid_min,
-		     const uid_t uid_max,
-		     const bool *used_uids)
-{
-	/* First test that the preferred ID is in the range */
-	if (uid < uid_min || uid > uid_max) {
-		return ERANGE;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Check whether we already detected this UID
-	 * using the pw_next() loop
-	 */
-	if (used_uids != NULL && used_uids[uid]) {
-		return EEXIST;
-	}
-	/* Check if the UID exists according to NSS */
-	errno = 0;
-	if (prefix_getpwuid(uid) != NULL) {
-		return EEXIST;
-	} else {
-		/* getpwuid() was NULL
-		 * we have to ignore errors as temporary
-		 * failures of remote user identity services
-		 * would completely block user/group creation
-		 */
-	}
-
-	/* If we've made it here, the UID must be available */
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * find_new_uid - Find a new unused UID.
- *
- * If successful, find_new_uid provides an unused user ID in the
- * [UID_MIN:UID_MAX] range.
- * This ID should be higher than all the used UID, but if not possible,
- * the lowest unused ID in the range will be returned.
- *
- * Return 0 on success, -1 if no unused UIDs are available.
- */
-int find_new_uid(bool sys_user,
-                 uid_t *uid,
-                 /*@null@*/uid_t const *preferred_uid)
-{
-	bool *used_uids;
-	const struct passwd *pwd;
-	uid_t uid_min, uid_max, preferred_min;
-	uid_t id;
-	uid_t lowest_found, highest_found;
-	int result;
-	int nospam = 0;
-
-	assert (uid != NULL);
-
-	/*
-	 * First, figure out what ID range is appropriate for
-	 * automatic assignment
-	 */
-	result = get_ranges (sys_user, &uid_min, &uid_max, &preferred_min);
-	if (result == EINVAL) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	/* Check if the preferred UID is available */
-	if (preferred_uid) {
-		result = check_uid (*preferred_uid, preferred_min, uid_max, NULL);
-		if (result == 0) {
-			/*
-			 * Make sure the UID isn't queued for use already
-			 */
-			if (pw_locate_uid (*preferred_uid) == NULL) {
-				*uid = *preferred_uid;
-				return 0;
-			}
-			/*
-			 * pw_locate_uid() found the UID in an as-yet uncommitted
-			 * entry. We'll proceed below and auto-set an UID.
-			 */
-		} else if (result == EEXIST || result == ERANGE) {
-			/*
-			 * Continue on below. At this time, we won't
-			 * treat these two cases differently.
-			 */
-		} else {
-			/*
-			 * An unexpected error occurred. We should report
-			 * this and fail the user creation.
-			 * This differs from the automatic creation
-			 * behavior below, since if a specific UID was
-			 * requested and generated an error, the user is
-			 * more likely to want to stop and address the
-			 * issue.
-			 */
-			fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-				_("%s: Encountered error attempting to use "
-				  "preferred UID: %s\n"),
-				log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
-			return -1;
-		}
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Search the entire passwd file,
-	 * looking for the next unused value.
-	 *
-	 * We first check the local database with pw_rewind/pw_next to find
-	 * all local values that are in use.
-	 *
-	 * We then compare the next free value to all databases (local and
-	 * remote) and iterate until we find a free one. If there are free
-	 * values beyond the lowest (system users) or highest (non-system
-	 * users), we will prefer those and avoid potentially reclaiming a
-	 * deleted user (which can be a security issue, since it may grant
-	 * access to files belonging to that former user).
-	 *
-	 * If there are no UIDs available at the end of the search, we will
-	 * have no choice but to iterate through the range looking for gaps.
-	 *
-	 */
-
-	/* Create an array to hold all of the discovered UIDs */
-	used_uids = malloc (sizeof (bool) * (uid_max +1));
-	if (NULL == used_uids) {
-		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-			 _("%s: failed to allocate memory: %s\n"),
-			 log_get_progname(), strerror (errno));
-		return -1;
-	}
-	memset (used_uids, false, sizeof (bool) * (uid_max + 1));
-
-	/* First look for the lowest and highest value in the local database */
-	(void) pw_rewind ();
-	highest_found = uid_min;
-	lowest_found = uid_max;
-	while ((pwd = pw_next ()) != NULL) {
-		/*
-		 * Does this entry have a lower UID than the lowest we've found
-		 * so far?
-		 */
-		if ((pwd->pw_uid <= lowest_found) && (pwd->pw_uid >= uid_min)) {
-			lowest_found = pwd->pw_uid - 1;
-		}
-
-		/*
-		 * Does this entry have a higher UID than the highest we've found
-		 * so far?
-		 */
-		if ((pwd->pw_uid >= highest_found) && (pwd->pw_uid <= uid_max)) {
-			highest_found = pwd->pw_uid + 1;
-		}
-
-		/* create index of used UIDs */
-		if (pwd->pw_uid >= uid_min
-			&& pwd->pw_uid <= uid_max) {
-
-			used_uids[pwd->pw_uid] = true;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (sys_user) {
-		/*
-		 * For system users, we want to start from the
-		 * top of the range and work downwards.
-		 */
-
-		/*
-		 * At the conclusion of the pw_next() search, we will either
-		 * have a presumed-free UID or we will be at UID_MIN - 1.
-		 */
-		if (lowest_found < uid_min) {
-			/*
-			 * In this case, an UID is in use at UID_MIN.
-			 *
-			 * We will reset the search to UID_MAX and proceed down
-			 * through all the UIDs (skipping those we detected with
-			 * used_uids) for a free one. It is a known issue that
-			 * this may result in reusing a previously-deleted UID,
-			 * so administrators should be instructed to use this
-			 * auto-detection with care (and prefer to assign UIDs
-			 * explicitly).
-			 */
-			lowest_found = uid_max;
-		}
-
-		/* Search through all of the IDs in the range */
-		for (id = lowest_found; id >= uid_min; id--) {
-			result = check_uid (id, uid_min, uid_max, used_uids);
-			if (result == 0) {
-				/* This UID is available. Return it. */
-				*uid = id;
-				free (used_uids);
-				return 0;
-			} else if (result == EEXIST) {
-				/* This UID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
-			} else {
-				/*
-				 * An unexpected error occurred.
-				 *
-				 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
-				 * the logs
-				 *
-				 */
-				if (!nospam) {
-					fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-						_("%s: Can't get unique system UID (%s). "
-						  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
-						log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
-					SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
-						"Error checking available UIDs: %s",
-						strerror (result)));
-					nospam = 1;
-				}
-				/*
-				 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later UID
-				 * will work properly.
-				 */
-			}
-		}
-
-		/*
-		 * If we get all the way through the loop, try again from UID_MAX,
-		 * unless that was where we previously started. (NOTE: the worst-case
-		 * scenario here is that we will run through (UID_MAX - UID_MIN - 1)
-		 * cycles *again* if we fall into this case with lowest_found as
-		 * UID_MAX - 1, all users in the range in use and maintained by
-		 * network services such as LDAP.)
-		 */
-		if (lowest_found != uid_max) {
-			for (id = uid_max; id >= uid_min; id--) {
-				result = check_uid (id, uid_min, uid_max, used_uids);
-				if (result == 0) {
-					/* This UID is available. Return it. */
-					*uid = id;
-					free (used_uids);
-					return 0;
-				} else if (result == EEXIST) {
-					/* This UID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
-				} else {
-					/*
-					 * An unexpected error occurred.
-					 *
-					 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
-					 * the logs
-					 *
-					 */
-					if (!nospam) {
-						fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-							_("%s: Can't get unique system UID (%s). "
-							  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
-							log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
-						SYSLOG((LOG_ERR,
-							"Error checking available UIDs: %s",
-							strerror (result)));
-						nospam = 1;
-					}
-					/*
-					 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later UID
-					 * will work properly.
-					 */
-				}
-			}
-		}
-	} else { /* !sys_user */
-		/*
-		 * For non-system users, we want to start from the
-		 * bottom of the range and work upwards.
-		 */
-
-		/*
-		 * At the conclusion of the pw_next() search, we will either
-		 * have a presumed-free UID or we will be at UID_MAX + 1.
-		 */
-		if (highest_found > uid_max) {
-			/*
-			 * In this case, a UID is in use at UID_MAX.
-			 *
-			 * We will reset the search to UID_MIN and proceed up
-			 * through all the UIDs (skipping those we detected with
-			 * used_uids) for a free one. It is a known issue that
-			 * this may result in reusing a previously-deleted UID,
-			 * so administrators should be instructed to use this
-			 * auto-detection with care (and prefer to assign UIDs
-			 * explicitly).
-			 */
-			highest_found = uid_min;
-		}
-
-		/* Search through all of the IDs in the range */
-		for (id = highest_found; id <= uid_max; id++) {
-			result = check_uid (id, uid_min, uid_max, used_uids);
-			if (result == 0) {
-				/* This UID is available. Return it. */
-				*uid = id;
-				free (used_uids);
-				return 0;
-			} else if (result == EEXIST) {
-				/* This UID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
-			} else {
-				/*
-				 * An unexpected error occurred.
-				 *
-				 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
-				 * the logs
-				 *
-				 */
-				if (!nospam) {
-					fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-						_("%s: Can't get unique UID (%s). "
-						  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
-						log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
-					SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
-						"Error checking available UIDs: %s",
-						strerror (result)));
-					nospam = 1;
-				}
-				/*
-				 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later UID
-				 * will work properly.
-				 */
-			}
-		}
-
-		/*
-		 * If we get all the way through the loop, try again from UID_MIN,
-		 * unless that was where we previously started. (NOTE: the worst-case
-		 * scenario here is that we will run through (UID_MAX - UID_MIN - 1)
-		 * cycles *again* if we fall into this case with highest_found as
-		 * UID_MIN + 1, all users in the range in use and maintained by
-		 * network services such as LDAP.)
-		 */
-		if (highest_found != uid_min) {
-			for (id = uid_min; id <= uid_max; id++) {
-				result = check_uid (id, uid_min, uid_max, used_uids);
-				if (result == 0) {
-					/* This UID is available. Return it. */
-					*uid = id;
-					free (used_uids);
-					return 0;
-				} else if (result == EEXIST) {
-					/* This UID is in use, we'll continue to the next */
-				} else {
-					/*
-					 * An unexpected error occurred.
-					 *
-					 * Only report it the first time to avoid spamming
-					 * the logs
-					 *
-					 */
-					if (!nospam) {
-						fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-							_("%s: Can't get unique UID (%s). "
-							  "Suppressing additional messages.\n"),
-							log_get_progname(), strerror (result));
-						SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
-							"Error checking available UIDs: %s",
-							strerror (result)));
-						nospam = 1;
-					}
-					/*
-					 * We will continue anyway. Hopefully a later UID
-					 * will work properly.
-					 */
-				}
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-	/* The code reached here and found no available IDs in the range */
-	fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-		_("%s: Can't get unique UID (no more available UIDs)\n"),
-		log_get_progname());
-	SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "no more available UIDs on the system"));
-	free (used_uids);
-	return -1;
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/getdate.c b/libmisc/getdate.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fc17c18..0000000
--- a/libmisc/getdate.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2540 +0,0 @@
-/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison 3.8.2.  */
-
-/* Bison implementation for Yacc-like parsers in C
-
-   Copyright (C) 1984, 1989-1990, 2000-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc.
-
-   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
-
-/* As a special exception, you may create a larger work that contains
-   part or all of the Bison parser skeleton and distribute that work
-   under terms of your choice, so long as that work isn't itself a
-   parser generator using the skeleton or a modified version thereof
-   as a parser skeleton.  Alternatively, if you modify or redistribute
-   the parser skeleton itself, you may (at your option) remove this
-   special exception, which will cause the skeleton and the resulting
-   Bison output files to be licensed under the GNU General Public
-   License without this special exception.
-
-   This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation in
-   version 2.2 of Bison.  */
-
-/* C LALR(1) parser skeleton written by Richard Stallman, by
-   simplifying the original so-called "semantic" parser.  */
-
-/* DO NOT RELY ON FEATURES THAT ARE NOT DOCUMENTED in the manual,
-   especially those whose name start with YY_ or yy_.  They are
-   private implementation details that can be changed or removed.  */
-
-/* All symbols defined below should begin with yy or YY, to avoid
-   infringing on user name space.  This should be done even for local
-   variables, as they might otherwise be expanded by user macros.
-   There are some unavoidable exceptions within include files to
-   define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON
-   USER NAME SPACE" below.  */
-
-/* Identify Bison output, and Bison version.  */
-#define YYBISON 30802
-
-/* Bison version string.  */
-#define YYBISON_VERSION "3.8.2"
-
-/* Skeleton name.  */
-#define YYSKELETON_NAME "yacc.c"
-
-/* Pure parsers.  */
-#define YYPURE 0
-
-/* Push parsers.  */
-#define YYPUSH 0
-
-/* Pull parsers.  */
-#define YYPULL 1
-
-
-
-
-/* First part of user prologue.  */
-#line 1 "getdate.y"
-
-/*
-**  Originally written by Steven M. Bellovin <smb@research.att.com> while
-**  at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.  Later tweaked by
-**  a couple of people on Usenet.  Completely overhauled by Rich $alz
-**  <rsalz@bbn.com> and Jim Berets <jberets@bbn.com> in August, 1990;
-**
-**  This grammar has 13 shift/reduce conflicts.
-**
-**  This code is in the public domain and has no copyright.
-*/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-# ifdef FORCE_ALLOCA_H
-#  include <alloca.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Since the code of getdate.y is not included in the Emacs executable
-   itself, there is no need to #define static in this file.  Even if
-   the code were included in the Emacs executable, it probably
-   wouldn't do any harm to #undef it here; this will only cause
-   problems if we try to write to a static variable, which I don't
-   think this code needs to do.  */
-#ifdef emacs
-# undef static
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <time.h>
-
-#include "getdate.h"
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-/* Some old versions of bison generate parsers that use bcopy.
-   That loses on systems that don't provide the function, so we have
-   to redefine it here.  */
-#if !defined (HAVE_BCOPY) && !defined (bcopy)
-# define bcopy(from, to, len) memcpy ((to), (from), (len))
-#endif
-
-/* Remap normal yacc parser interface names (yyparse, yylex, yyerror, etc),
-   as well as gratuitously global symbol names, so we can have multiple
-   yacc generated parsers in the same program.  Note that these are only
-   the variables produced by yacc.  If other parser generators (bison,
-   byacc, etc) produce additional global names that conflict at link time,
-   then those parser generators need to be fixed instead of adding those
-   names to this list. */
-
-#define yymaxdepth gd_maxdepth
-#define yyparse gd_parse
-#define yylex   gd_lex
-#define yyerror gd_error
-#define yylval  gd_lval
-#define yychar  gd_char
-#define yydebug gd_debug
-#define yypact  gd_pact
-#define yyr1    gd_r1
-#define yyr2    gd_r2
-#define yydef   gd_def
-#define yychk   gd_chk
-#define yypgo   gd_pgo
-#define yyact   gd_act
-#define yyexca  gd_exca
-#define yyerrflag gd_errflag
-#define yynerrs gd_nerrs
-#define yyps    gd_ps
-#define yypv    gd_pv
-#define yys     gd_s
-#define yy_yys  gd_yys
-#define yystate gd_state
-#define yytmp   gd_tmp
-#define yyv     gd_v
-#define yy_yyv  gd_yyv
-#define yyval   gd_val
-#define yylloc  gd_lloc
-#define yyreds  gd_reds          /* With YYDEBUG defined */
-#define yytoks  gd_toks          /* With YYDEBUG defined */
-#define yylhs   gd_yylhs
-#define yylen   gd_yylen
-#define yydefred gd_yydefred
-#define yydgoto gd_yydgoto
-#define yysindex gd_yysindex
-#define yyrindex gd_yyrindex
-#define yygindex gd_yygindex
-#define yytable  gd_yytable
-#define yycheck  gd_yycheck
-
-static int yylex (void);
-static int yyerror (const char *s);
-
-#define EPOCH		1970
-#define HOUR(x)		((x) * 60)
-
-#define MAX_BUFF_LEN    128   /* size of buffer to read the date into */
-
-/*
-**  An entry in the lexical lookup table.
-*/
-typedef struct _TABLE {
-    const char	*name;
-    int		type;
-    int		value;
-} TABLE;
-
-
-/*
-**  Meridian:  am, pm, or 24-hour style.
-*/
-typedef enum _MERIDIAN {
-    MERam, MERpm, MER24
-} MERIDIAN;
-
-
-/*
-**  Global variables.  We could get rid of most of these by using a good
-**  union as the yacc stack.  (This routine was originally written before
-**  yacc had the %union construct.)  Maybe someday; right now we only use
-**  the %union very rarely.
-*/
-static const char	*yyInput;
-static int	yyDayOrdinal;
-static int	yyDayNumber;
-static int	yyHaveDate;
-static int	yyHaveDay;
-static int	yyHaveRel;
-static int	yyHaveTime;
-static int	yyHaveZone;
-static int	yyTimezone;
-static int	yyDay;
-static int	yyHour;
-static int	yyMinutes;
-static int	yyMonth;
-static int	yySeconds;
-static int	yyYear;
-static MERIDIAN	yyMeridian;
-static int	yyRelDay;
-static int	yyRelHour;
-static int	yyRelMinutes;
-static int	yyRelMonth;
-static int	yyRelSeconds;
-static int	yyRelYear;
-
-
-#line 219 "getdate.c"
-
-# ifndef YY_CAST
-#  ifdef __cplusplus
-#   define YY_CAST(Type, Val) static_cast<Type> (Val)
-#   define YY_REINTERPRET_CAST(Type, Val) reinterpret_cast<Type> (Val)
-#  else
-#   define YY_CAST(Type, Val) ((Type) (Val))
-#   define YY_REINTERPRET_CAST(Type, Val) ((Type) (Val))
-#  endif
-# endif
-# ifndef YY_NULLPTR
-#  if defined __cplusplus
-#   if 201103L <= __cplusplus
-#    define YY_NULLPTR nullptr
-#   else
-#    define YY_NULLPTR 0
-#   endif
-#  else
-#   define YY_NULLPTR ((void*)0)
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-
-/* Debug traces.  */
-#ifndef YYDEBUG
-# define YYDEBUG 0
-#endif
-#if YYDEBUG
-extern int yydebug;
-#endif
-
-/* Token kinds.  */
-#ifndef YYTOKENTYPE
-# define YYTOKENTYPE
-  enum yytokentype
-  {
-    YYEMPTY = -2,
-    YYEOF = 0,                     /* "end of file"  */
-    YYerror = 256,                 /* error  */
-    YYUNDEF = 257,                 /* "invalid token"  */
-    tAGO = 258,                    /* tAGO  */
-    tDAY = 259,                    /* tDAY  */
-    tDAY_UNIT = 260,               /* tDAY_UNIT  */
-    tDAYZONE = 261,                /* tDAYZONE  */
-    tDST = 262,                    /* tDST  */
-    tHOUR_UNIT = 263,              /* tHOUR_UNIT  */
-    tID = 264,                     /* tID  */
-    tMERIDIAN = 265,               /* tMERIDIAN  */
-    tMINUTE_UNIT = 266,            /* tMINUTE_UNIT  */
-    tMONTH = 267,                  /* tMONTH  */
-    tMONTH_UNIT = 268,             /* tMONTH_UNIT  */
-    tSEC_UNIT = 269,               /* tSEC_UNIT  */
-    tSNUMBER = 270,                /* tSNUMBER  */
-    tUNUMBER = 271,                /* tUNUMBER  */
-    tYEAR_UNIT = 272,              /* tYEAR_UNIT  */
-    tZONE = 273                    /* tZONE  */
-  };
-  typedef enum yytokentype yytoken_kind_t;
-#endif
-/* Token kinds.  */
-#define YYEMPTY -2
-#define YYEOF 0
-#define YYerror 256
-#define YYUNDEF 257
-#define tAGO 258
-#define tDAY 259
-#define tDAY_UNIT 260
-#define tDAYZONE 261
-#define tDST 262
-#define tHOUR_UNIT 263
-#define tID 264
-#define tMERIDIAN 265
-#define tMINUTE_UNIT 266
-#define tMONTH 267
-#define tMONTH_UNIT 268
-#define tSEC_UNIT 269
-#define tSNUMBER 270
-#define tUNUMBER 271
-#define tYEAR_UNIT 272
-#define tZONE 273
-
-/* Value type.  */
-#if ! defined YYSTYPE && ! defined YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED
-union YYSTYPE
-{
-#line 149 "getdate.y"
-
-    int			Number;
-    enum _MERIDIAN	Meridian;
-
-#line 310 "getdate.c"
-
-};
-typedef union YYSTYPE YYSTYPE;
-# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1
-# define YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED 1
-#endif
-
-
-extern YYSTYPE yylval;
-
-
-int yyparse (void);
-
-
-
-/* Symbol kind.  */
-enum yysymbol_kind_t
-{
-  YYSYMBOL_YYEMPTY = -2,
-  YYSYMBOL_YYEOF = 0,                      /* "end of file"  */
-  YYSYMBOL_YYerror = 1,                    /* error  */
-  YYSYMBOL_YYUNDEF = 2,                    /* "invalid token"  */
-  YYSYMBOL_tAGO = 3,                       /* tAGO  */
-  YYSYMBOL_tDAY = 4,                       /* tDAY  */
-  YYSYMBOL_tDAY_UNIT = 5,                  /* tDAY_UNIT  */
-  YYSYMBOL_tDAYZONE = 6,                   /* tDAYZONE  */
-  YYSYMBOL_tDST = 7,                       /* tDST  */
-  YYSYMBOL_tHOUR_UNIT = 8,                 /* tHOUR_UNIT  */
-  YYSYMBOL_tID = 9,                        /* tID  */
-  YYSYMBOL_tMERIDIAN = 10,                 /* tMERIDIAN  */
-  YYSYMBOL_tMINUTE_UNIT = 11,              /* tMINUTE_UNIT  */
-  YYSYMBOL_tMONTH = 12,                    /* tMONTH  */
-  YYSYMBOL_tMONTH_UNIT = 13,               /* tMONTH_UNIT  */
-  YYSYMBOL_tSEC_UNIT = 14,                 /* tSEC_UNIT  */
-  YYSYMBOL_tSNUMBER = 15,                  /* tSNUMBER  */
-  YYSYMBOL_tUNUMBER = 16,                  /* tUNUMBER  */
-  YYSYMBOL_tYEAR_UNIT = 17,                /* tYEAR_UNIT  */
-  YYSYMBOL_tZONE = 18,                     /* tZONE  */
-  YYSYMBOL_19_ = 19,                       /* ':'  */
-  YYSYMBOL_20_ = 20,                       /* ','  */
-  YYSYMBOL_21_ = 21,                       /* '/'  */
-  YYSYMBOL_YYACCEPT = 22,                  /* $accept  */
-  YYSYMBOL_spec = 23,                      /* spec  */
-  YYSYMBOL_item = 24,                      /* item  */
-  YYSYMBOL_time = 25,                      /* time  */
-  YYSYMBOL_zone = 26,                      /* zone  */
-  YYSYMBOL_day = 27,                       /* day  */
-  YYSYMBOL_date = 28,                      /* date  */
-  YYSYMBOL_rel = 29,                       /* rel  */
-  YYSYMBOL_relunit = 30,                   /* relunit  */
-  YYSYMBOL_number = 31,                    /* number  */
-  YYSYMBOL_o_merid = 32                    /* o_merid  */
-};
-typedef enum yysymbol_kind_t yysymbol_kind_t;
-
-
-
-
-#ifdef short
-# undef short
-#endif
-
-/* On compilers that do not define __PTRDIFF_MAX__ etc., make sure
-   <limits.h> and (if available) <stdint.h> are included
-   so that the code can choose integer types of a good width.  */
-
-#ifndef __PTRDIFF_MAX__
-# include <limits.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && 199901 <= __STDC_VERSION__
-#  include <stdint.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-#  define YY_STDINT_H
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Narrow types that promote to a signed type and that can represent a
-   signed or unsigned integer of at least N bits.  In tables they can
-   save space and decrease cache pressure.  Promoting to a signed type
-   helps avoid bugs in integer arithmetic.  */
-
-#ifdef __INT_LEAST8_MAX__
-typedef __INT_LEAST8_TYPE__ yytype_int8;
-#elif defined YY_STDINT_H
-typedef int_least8_t yytype_int8;
-#else
-typedef signed char yytype_int8;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __INT_LEAST16_MAX__
-typedef __INT_LEAST16_TYPE__ yytype_int16;
-#elif defined YY_STDINT_H
-typedef int_least16_t yytype_int16;
-#else
-typedef short yytype_int16;
-#endif
-
-/* Work around bug in HP-UX 11.23, which defines these macros
-   incorrectly for preprocessor constants.  This workaround can likely
-   be removed in 2023, as HPE has promised support for HP-UX 11.23
-   (aka HP-UX 11i v2) only through the end of 2022; see Table 2 of
-   <https://h20195.www2.hpe.com/V2/getpdf.aspx/4AA4-7673ENW.pdf>.  */
-#ifdef __hpux
-# undef UINT_LEAST8_MAX
-# undef UINT_LEAST16_MAX
-# define UINT_LEAST8_MAX 255
-# define UINT_LEAST16_MAX 65535
-#endif
-
-#if defined __UINT_LEAST8_MAX__ && __UINT_LEAST8_MAX__ <= __INT_MAX__
-typedef __UINT_LEAST8_TYPE__ yytype_uint8;
-#elif (!defined __UINT_LEAST8_MAX__ && defined YY_STDINT_H \
-       && UINT_LEAST8_MAX <= INT_MAX)
-typedef uint_least8_t yytype_uint8;
-#elif !defined __UINT_LEAST8_MAX__ && UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX
-typedef unsigned char yytype_uint8;
-#else
-typedef short yytype_uint8;
-#endif
-
-#if defined __UINT_LEAST16_MAX__ && __UINT_LEAST16_MAX__ <= __INT_MAX__
-typedef __UINT_LEAST16_TYPE__ yytype_uint16;
-#elif (!defined __UINT_LEAST16_MAX__ && defined YY_STDINT_H \
-       && UINT_LEAST16_MAX <= INT_MAX)
-typedef uint_least16_t yytype_uint16;
-#elif !defined __UINT_LEAST16_MAX__ && USHRT_MAX <= INT_MAX
-typedef unsigned short yytype_uint16;
-#else
-typedef int yytype_uint16;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef YYPTRDIFF_T
-# if defined __PTRDIFF_TYPE__ && defined __PTRDIFF_MAX__
-#  define YYPTRDIFF_T __PTRDIFF_TYPE__
-#  define YYPTRDIFF_MAXIMUM __PTRDIFF_MAX__
-# elif defined PTRDIFF_MAX
-#  ifndef ptrdiff_t
-#   include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-#  endif
-#  define YYPTRDIFF_T ptrdiff_t
-#  define YYPTRDIFF_MAXIMUM PTRDIFF_MAX
-# else
-#  define YYPTRDIFF_T long
-#  define YYPTRDIFF_MAXIMUM LONG_MAX
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef YYSIZE_T
-# ifdef __SIZE_TYPE__
-#  define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__
-# elif defined size_t
-#  define YYSIZE_T size_t
-# elif defined __STDC_VERSION__ && 199901 <= __STDC_VERSION__
-#  include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-#  define YYSIZE_T size_t
-# else
-#  define YYSIZE_T unsigned
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#define YYSIZE_MAXIMUM                                  \
-  YY_CAST (YYPTRDIFF_T,                                 \
-           (YYPTRDIFF_MAXIMUM < YY_CAST (YYSIZE_T, -1)  \
-            ? YYPTRDIFF_MAXIMUM                         \
-            : YY_CAST (YYSIZE_T, -1)))
-
-#define YYSIZEOF(X) YY_CAST (YYPTRDIFF_T, sizeof (X))
-
-
-/* Stored state numbers (used for stacks). */
-typedef yytype_int8 yy_state_t;
-
-/* State numbers in computations.  */
-typedef int yy_state_fast_t;
-
-#ifndef YY_
-# if defined YYENABLE_NLS && YYENABLE_NLS
-#  if ENABLE_NLS
-#   include <libintl.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-#   define YY_(Msgid) dgettext ("bison-runtime", Msgid)
-#  endif
-# endif
-# ifndef YY_
-#  define YY_(Msgid) Msgid
-# endif
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef YY_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
-# if defined __GNUC__ && 2 < __GNUC__ + (96 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
-#  define YY_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
-# else
-#  define YY_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef YY_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
-# if defined __GNUC__ && 2 < __GNUC__ + (7 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
-#  define YY_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
-# else
-#  define YY_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Suppress unused-variable warnings by "using" E.  */
-#if ! defined lint || defined __GNUC__
-# define YY_USE(E) ((void) (E))
-#else
-# define YY_USE(E) /* empty */
-#endif
-
-/* Suppress an incorrect diagnostic about yylval being uninitialized.  */
-#if defined __GNUC__ && ! defined __ICC && 406 <= __GNUC__ * 100 + __GNUC_MINOR__
-# if __GNUC__ * 100 + __GNUC_MINOR__ < 407
-#  define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN                           \
-    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic push")                                     \
-    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wuninitialized\"")
-# else
-#  define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN                           \
-    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic push")                                     \
-    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wuninitialized\"")              \
-    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wmaybe-uninitialized\"")
-# endif
-# define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END      \
-    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic pop")
-#else
-# define YY_INITIAL_VALUE(Value) Value
-#endif
-#ifndef YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
-# define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
-# define YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END
-#endif
-#ifndef YY_INITIAL_VALUE
-# define YY_INITIAL_VALUE(Value) /* Nothing. */
-#endif
-
-#if defined __cplusplus && defined __GNUC__ && ! defined __ICC && 6 <= __GNUC__
-# define YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_BEGIN                          \
-    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic push")                            \
-    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wuseless-cast\"")
-# define YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_END            \
-    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic pop")
-#endif
-#ifndef YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_BEGIN
-# define YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_BEGIN
-# define YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_END
-#endif
-
-
-#define YY_ASSERT(E) ((void) (0 && (E)))
-
-#if !defined yyoverflow
-
-/* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols.  */
-
-# ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#  if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#   ifdef __GNUC__
-#    define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca
-#   elif defined __BUILTIN_VA_ARG_INCR
-#    include <alloca.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-#   elif defined _AIX
-#    define YYSTACK_ALLOC __alloca
-#   elif defined _MSC_VER
-#    include <malloc.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-#    define alloca _alloca
-#   else
-#    define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
-#    if ! defined _ALLOCA_H && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS
-#     include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-      /* Use EXIT_SUCCESS as a witness for stdlib.h.  */
-#     ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS
-#      define EXIT_SUCCESS 0
-#     endif
-#    endif
-#   endif
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-# ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC
-   /* Pacify GCC's 'empty if-body' warning.  */
-#  define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (0)
-#  ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM
-    /* The OS might guarantee only one guard page at the bottom of the stack,
-       and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes.  So we cannot safely
-       invoke alloca (N) if N exceeds 4096.  Use a slightly smaller number
-       to allow for a few compiler-allocated temporary stack slots.  */
-#   define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM 4032 /* reasonable circa 2006 */
-#  endif
-# else
-#  define YYSTACK_ALLOC YYMALLOC
-#  define YYSTACK_FREE YYFREE
-#  ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM
-#   define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM YYSIZE_MAXIMUM
-#  endif
-#  if (defined __cplusplus && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS \
-       && ! ((defined YYMALLOC || defined malloc) \
-             && (defined YYFREE || defined free)))
-#   include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-#   ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS
-#    define EXIT_SUCCESS 0
-#   endif
-#  endif
-#  ifndef YYMALLOC
-#   define YYMALLOC malloc
-#   if ! defined malloc && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS
-void *malloc (YYSIZE_T); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-#   endif
-#  endif
-#  ifndef YYFREE
-#   define YYFREE free
-#   if ! defined free && ! defined EXIT_SUCCESS
-void free (void *); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-#   endif
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined yyoverflow */
-
-#if (! defined yyoverflow \
-     && (! defined __cplusplus \
-         || (defined YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL)))
-
-/* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member.  */
-union yyalloc
-{
-  yy_state_t yyss_alloc;
-  YYSTYPE yyvs_alloc;
-};
-
-/* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next.  */
-# define YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM (YYSIZEOF (union yyalloc) - 1)
-
-/* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with
-   N elements.  */
-# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \
-     ((N) * (YYSIZEOF (yy_state_t) + YYSIZEOF (YYSTYPE)) \
-      + YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM)
-
-# define YYCOPY_NEEDED 1
-
-/* Relocate STACK from its old location to the new one.  The
-   local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of
-   elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the
-   stack.  Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next
-   stack.  */
-# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack_alloc, Stack)                           \
-    do                                                                  \
-      {                                                                 \
-        YYPTRDIFF_T yynewbytes;                                         \
-        YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack_alloc, Stack, yysize);                    \
-        Stack = &yyptr->Stack_alloc;                                    \
-        yynewbytes = yystacksize * YYSIZEOF (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM; \
-        yyptr += yynewbytes / YYSIZEOF (*yyptr);                        \
-      }                                                                 \
-    while (0)
-
-#endif
-
-#if defined YYCOPY_NEEDED && YYCOPY_NEEDED
-/* Copy COUNT objects from SRC to DST.  The source and destination do
-   not overlap.  */
-# ifndef YYCOPY
-#  if defined __GNUC__ && 1 < __GNUC__
-#   define YYCOPY(Dst, Src, Count) \
-      __builtin_memcpy (Dst, Src, YY_CAST (YYSIZE_T, (Count)) * sizeof (*(Src)))
-#  else
-#   define YYCOPY(Dst, Src, Count)              \
-      do                                        \
-        {                                       \
-          YYPTRDIFF_T yyi;                      \
-          for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++)   \
-            (Dst)[yyi] = (Src)[yyi];            \
-        }                                       \
-      while (0)
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif /* !YYCOPY_NEEDED */
-
-/* YYFINAL -- State number of the termination state.  */
-#define YYFINAL  2
-/* YYLAST -- Last index in YYTABLE.  */
-#define YYLAST   50
-
-/* YYNTOKENS -- Number of terminals.  */
-#define YYNTOKENS  22
-/* YYNNTS -- Number of nonterminals.  */
-#define YYNNTS  11
-/* YYNRULES -- Number of rules.  */
-#define YYNRULES  51
-/* YYNSTATES -- Number of states.  */
-#define YYNSTATES  61
-
-/* YYMAXUTOK -- Last valid token kind.  */
-#define YYMAXUTOK   273
-
-
-/* YYTRANSLATE(TOKEN-NUM) -- Symbol number corresponding to TOKEN-NUM
-   as returned by yylex, with out-of-bounds checking.  */
-#define YYTRANSLATE(YYX)                                \
-  (0 <= (YYX) && (YYX) <= YYMAXUTOK                     \
-   ? YY_CAST (yysymbol_kind_t, yytranslate[YYX])        \
-   : YYSYMBOL_YYUNDEF)
-
-/* YYTRANSLATE[TOKEN-NUM] -- Symbol number corresponding to TOKEN-NUM
-   as returned by yylex.  */
-static const yytype_int8 yytranslate[] =
-{
-       0,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,    20,     2,     2,    21,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,    19,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
-       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     1,     2,     3,     4,
-       5,     6,     7,     8,     9,    10,    11,    12,    13,    14,
-      15,    16,    17,    18
-};
-
-#if YYDEBUG
-/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- Source line where rule number YYN was defined.  */
-static const yytype_int16 yyrline[] =
-{
-       0,   165,   165,   166,   169,   172,   175,   178,   181,   184,
-     187,   193,   199,   208,   214,   226,   229,   233,   238,   242,
-     246,   252,   256,   274,   280,   286,   290,   295,   299,   306,
-     314,   317,   320,   323,   326,   329,   332,   335,   338,   341,
-     344,   347,   350,   353,   356,   359,   362,   365,   368,   373,
-     407,   410
-};
-#endif
-
-/** Accessing symbol of state STATE.  */
-#define YY_ACCESSING_SYMBOL(State) YY_CAST (yysymbol_kind_t, yystos[State])
-
-#if YYDEBUG || 0
-/* The user-facing name of the symbol whose (internal) number is
-   YYSYMBOL.  No bounds checking.  */
-static const char *yysymbol_name (yysymbol_kind_t yysymbol) YY_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-
-/* YYTNAME[SYMBOL-NUM] -- String name of the symbol SYMBOL-NUM.
-   First, the terminals, then, starting at YYNTOKENS, nonterminals.  */
-static const char *const yytname[] =
-{
-  "\"end of file\"", "error", "\"invalid token\"", "tAGO", "tDAY",
-  "tDAY_UNIT", "tDAYZONE", "tDST", "tHOUR_UNIT", "tID", "tMERIDIAN",
-  "tMINUTE_UNIT", "tMONTH", "tMONTH_UNIT", "tSEC_UNIT", "tSNUMBER",
-  "tUNUMBER", "tYEAR_UNIT", "tZONE", "':'", "','", "'/'", "$accept",
-  "spec", "item", "time", "zone", "day", "date", "rel", "relunit",
-  "number", "o_merid", YY_NULLPTR
-};
-
-static const char *
-yysymbol_name (yysymbol_kind_t yysymbol)
-{
-  return yytname[yysymbol];
-}
-#endif
-
-#define YYPACT_NINF (-20)
-
-#define yypact_value_is_default(Yyn) \
-  ((Yyn) == YYPACT_NINF)
-
-#define YYTABLE_NINF (-1)
-
-#define yytable_value_is_error(Yyn) \
-  0
-
-/* YYPACT[STATE-NUM] -- Index in YYTABLE of the portion describing
-   STATE-NUM.  */
-static const yytype_int8 yypact[] =
-{
-     -20,     0,   -20,   -19,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -13,   -20,
-     -20,    30,    15,   -20,    14,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,
-     -20,    19,   -20,   -20,     4,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,
-     -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,    -6,   -20,   -20,    16,
-     -20,    17,    23,   -20,   -20,    24,   -20,   -20,   -20,    27,
-      28,   -20,   -20,   -20,    29,   -20,    32,    -8,   -20,   -20,
-     -20
-};
-
-/* YYDEFACT[STATE-NUM] -- Default reduction number in state STATE-NUM.
-   Performed when YYTABLE does not specify something else to do.  Zero
-   means the default is an error.  */
-static const yytype_int8 yydefact[] =
-{
-       2,     0,     1,    18,    39,    16,    42,    45,     0,    36,
-      48,     0,    49,    33,    15,     3,     4,     5,     7,     6,
-       8,    30,     9,    19,    25,    38,    41,    44,    35,    47,
-      32,    20,    37,    40,    10,    43,    27,    34,    46,     0,
-      31,     0,     0,    17,    29,     0,    24,    28,    23,    50,
-      21,    26,    51,    12,     0,    11,     0,    50,    22,    14,
-      13
-};
-
-/* YYPGOTO[NTERM-NUM].  */
-static const yytype_int8 yypgoto[] =
-{
-     -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,   -20,
-      -7
-};
-
-/* YYDEFGOTO[NTERM-NUM].  */
-static const yytype_int8 yydefgoto[] =
-{
-       0,     1,    15,    16,    17,    18,    19,    20,    21,    22,
-      55
-};
-
-/* YYTABLE[YYPACT[STATE-NUM]] -- What to do in state STATE-NUM.  If
-   positive, shift that token.  If negative, reduce the rule whose
-   number is the opposite.  If YYTABLE_NINF, syntax error.  */
-static const yytype_int8 yytable[] =
-{
-       2,    23,    52,    24,     3,     4,     5,    59,     6,    46,
-      47,     7,     8,     9,    10,    11,    12,    13,    14,    31,
-      32,    43,    44,    33,    45,    34,    35,    36,    37,    38,
-      39,    48,    40,    49,    41,    25,    42,    52,    26,    50,
-      51,    27,    53,    28,    29,    57,    54,    30,    58,    56,
-      60
-};
-
-static const yytype_int8 yycheck[] =
-{
-       0,    20,    10,    16,     4,     5,     6,    15,     8,    15,
-      16,    11,    12,    13,    14,    15,    16,    17,    18,     4,
-       5,     7,     3,     8,    20,    10,    11,    12,    13,    14,
-      15,    15,    17,    16,    19,     5,    21,    10,     8,    16,
-      16,    11,    15,    13,    14,    16,    19,    17,    16,    21,
-      57
-};
-
-/* YYSTOS[STATE-NUM] -- The symbol kind of the accessing symbol of
-   state STATE-NUM.  */
-static const yytype_int8 yystos[] =
-{
-       0,    23,     0,     4,     5,     6,     8,    11,    12,    13,
-      14,    15,    16,    17,    18,    24,    25,    26,    27,    28,
-      29,    30,    31,    20,    16,     5,     8,    11,    13,    14,
-      17,     4,     5,     8,    10,    11,    12,    13,    14,    15,
-      17,    19,    21,     7,     3,    20,    15,    16,    15,    16,
-      16,    16,    10,    15,    19,    32,    21,    16,    16,    15,
-      32
-};
-
-/* YYR1[RULE-NUM] -- Symbol kind of the left-hand side of rule RULE-NUM.  */
-static const yytype_int8 yyr1[] =
-{
-       0,    22,    23,    23,    24,    24,    24,    24,    24,    24,
-      25,    25,    25,    25,    25,    26,    26,    26,    27,    27,
-      27,    28,    28,    28,    28,    28,    28,    28,    28,    29,
-      29,    30,    30,    30,    30,    30,    30,    30,    30,    30,
-      30,    30,    30,    30,    30,    30,    30,    30,    30,    31,
-      32,    32
-};
-
-/* YYR2[RULE-NUM] -- Number of symbols on the right-hand side of rule RULE-NUM.  */
-static const yytype_int8 yyr2[] =
-{
-       0,     2,     0,     2,     1,     1,     1,     1,     1,     1,
-       2,     4,     4,     6,     6,     1,     1,     2,     1,     2,
-       2,     3,     5,     3,     3,     2,     4,     2,     3,     2,
-       1,     2,     2,     1,     2,     2,     1,     2,     2,     1,
-       2,     2,     1,     2,     2,     1,     2,     2,     1,     1,
-       0,     1
-};
-
-
-enum { YYENOMEM = -2 };
-
-#define yyerrok         (yyerrstatus = 0)
-#define yyclearin       (yychar = YYEMPTY)
-
-#define YYACCEPT        goto yyacceptlab
-#define YYABORT         goto yyabortlab
-#define YYERROR         goto yyerrorlab
-#define YYNOMEM         goto yyexhaustedlab
-
-
-#define YYRECOVERING()  (!!yyerrstatus)
-
-#define YYBACKUP(Token, Value)                                    \
-  do                                                              \
-    if (yychar == YYEMPTY)                                        \
-      {                                                           \
-        yychar = (Token);                                         \
-        yylval = (Value);                                         \
-        YYPOPSTACK (yylen);                                       \
-        yystate = *yyssp;                                         \
-        goto yybackup;                                            \
-      }                                                           \
-    else                                                          \
-      {                                                           \
-        yyerror (YY_("syntax error: cannot back up")); \
-        YYERROR;                                                  \
-      }                                                           \
-  while (0)
-
-/* Backward compatibility with an undocumented macro.
-   Use YYerror or YYUNDEF. */
-#define YYERRCODE YYUNDEF
-
-
-/* Enable debugging if requested.  */
-#if YYDEBUG
-
-# ifndef YYFPRINTF
-#  include <stdio.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-#  define YYFPRINTF fprintf
-# endif
-
-# define YYDPRINTF(Args)                        \
-do {                                            \
-  if (yydebug)                                  \
-    YYFPRINTF Args;                             \
-} while (0)
-
-
-
-
-# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Kind, Value, Location)                    \
-do {                                                                      \
-  if (yydebug)                                                            \
-    {                                                                     \
-      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", Title);                                   \
-      yy_symbol_print (stderr,                                            \
-                  Kind, Value); \
-      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");                                           \
-    }                                                                     \
-} while (0)
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------.
-| Print this symbol's value on YYO.  |
-`-----------------------------------*/
-
-static void
-yy_symbol_value_print (FILE *yyo,
-                       yysymbol_kind_t yykind, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep)
-{
-  FILE *yyoutput = yyo;
-  YY_USE (yyoutput);
-  if (!yyvaluep)
-    return;
-  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
-  YY_USE (yykind);
-  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END
-}
-
-
-/*---------------------------.
-| Print this symbol on YYO.  |
-`---------------------------*/
-
-static void
-yy_symbol_print (FILE *yyo,
-                 yysymbol_kind_t yykind, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep)
-{
-  YYFPRINTF (yyo, "%s %s (",
-             yykind < YYNTOKENS ? "token" : "nterm", yysymbol_name (yykind));
-
-  yy_symbol_value_print (yyo, yykind, yyvaluep);
-  YYFPRINTF (yyo, ")");
-}
-
-/*------------------------------------------------------------------.
-| yy_stack_print -- Print the state stack from its BOTTOM up to its |
-| TOP (included).                                                   |
-`------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void
-yy_stack_print (yy_state_t *yybottom, yy_state_t *yytop)
-{
-  YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Stack now");
-  for (; yybottom <= yytop; yybottom++)
-    {
-      int yybot = *yybottom;
-      YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", yybot);
-    }
-  YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
-}
-
-# define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top)                            \
-do {                                                            \
-  if (yydebug)                                                  \
-    yy_stack_print ((Bottom), (Top));                           \
-} while (0)
-
-
-/*------------------------------------------------.
-| Report that the YYRULE is going to be reduced.  |
-`------------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void
-yy_reduce_print (yy_state_t *yyssp, YYSTYPE *yyvsp,
-                 int yyrule)
-{
-  int yylno = yyrline[yyrule];
-  int yynrhs = yyr2[yyrule];
-  int yyi;
-  YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing stack by rule %d (line %d):\n",
-             yyrule - 1, yylno);
-  /* The symbols being reduced.  */
-  for (yyi = 0; yyi < yynrhs; yyi++)
-    {
-      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "   $%d = ", yyi + 1);
-      yy_symbol_print (stderr,
-                       YY_ACCESSING_SYMBOL (+yyssp[yyi + 1 - yynrhs]),
-                       &yyvsp[(yyi + 1) - (yynrhs)]);
-      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
-    }
-}
-
-# define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule)          \
-do {                                    \
-  if (yydebug)                          \
-    yy_reduce_print (yyssp, yyvsp, Rule); \
-} while (0)
-
-/* Nonzero means print parse trace.  It is left uninitialized so that
-   multiple parsers can coexist.  */
-int yydebug;
-#else /* !YYDEBUG */
-# define YYDPRINTF(Args) ((void) 0)
-# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Kind, Value, Location)
-# define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top)
-# define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule)
-#endif /* !YYDEBUG */
-
-
-/* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks.  */
-#ifndef YYINITDEPTH
-# define YYINITDEPTH 200
-#endif
-
-/* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only
-   if the built-in stack extension method is used).
-
-   Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if
-   YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH)
-   evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic.  */
-
-#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
-# define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
-#endif
-
-
-
-
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------.
-| Release the memory associated to this symbol.  |
-`-----------------------------------------------*/
-
-static void
-yydestruct (const char *yymsg,
-            yysymbol_kind_t yykind, YYSTYPE *yyvaluep)
-{
-  YY_USE (yyvaluep);
-  if (!yymsg)
-    yymsg = "Deleting";
-  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT (yymsg, yykind, yyvaluep, yylocationp);
-
-  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
-  YY_USE (yykind);
-  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END
-}
-
-
-/* Lookahead token kind.  */
-int yychar;
-
-/* The semantic value of the lookahead symbol.  */
-YYSTYPE yylval;
-/* Number of syntax errors so far.  */
-int yynerrs;
-
-
-
-
-/*----------.
-| yyparse.  |
-`----------*/
-
-int
-yyparse (void)
-{
-    yy_state_fast_t yystate = 0;
-    /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled.  */
-    int yyerrstatus = 0;
-
-    /* Refer to the stacks through separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow
-       to reallocate them elsewhere.  */
-
-    /* Their size.  */
-    YYPTRDIFF_T yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
-
-    /* The state stack: array, bottom, top.  */
-    yy_state_t yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];
-    yy_state_t *yyss = yyssa;
-    yy_state_t *yyssp = yyss;
-
-    /* The semantic value stack: array, bottom, top.  */
-    YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH];
-    YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa;
-    YYSTYPE *yyvsp = yyvs;
-
-  int yyn;
-  /* The return value of yyparse.  */
-  int yyresult;
-  /* Lookahead symbol kind.  */
-  yysymbol_kind_t yytoken = YYSYMBOL_YYEMPTY;
-  /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the
-     action routines.  */
-  YYSTYPE yyval;
-
-
-
-#define YYPOPSTACK(N)   (yyvsp -= (N), yyssp -= (N))
-
-  /* The number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced rule.
-     Keep to zero when no symbol should be popped.  */
-  int yylen = 0;
-
-  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n"));
-
-  yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read.  */
-
-  goto yysetstate;
-
-
-/*------------------------------------------------------------.
-| yynewstate -- push a new state, which is found in yystate.  |
-`------------------------------------------------------------*/
-yynewstate:
-  /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
-     have just been pushed.  So pushing a state here evens the stacks.  */
-  yyssp++;
-
-
-/*--------------------------------------------------------------------.
-| yysetstate -- set current state (the top of the stack) to yystate.  |
-`--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-yysetstate:
-  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate));
-  YY_ASSERT (0 <= yystate && yystate < YYNSTATES);
-  YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_BEGIN
-  *yyssp = YY_CAST (yy_state_t, yystate);
-  YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_END
-  YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
-
-  if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp)
-#if !defined yyoverflow && !defined YYSTACK_RELOCATE
-    YYNOMEM;
-#else
-    {
-      /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements.  */
-      YYPTRDIFF_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1;
-
-# if defined yyoverflow
-      {
-        /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack.  Use copies of
-           these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into
-           memory.  */
-        yy_state_t *yyss1 = yyss;
-        YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
-
-        /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the
-           data in use in that stack, in bytes.  This used to be a
-           conditional around just the two extra args, but that might
-           be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro.  */
-        yyoverflow (YY_("memory exhausted"),
-                    &yyss1, yysize * YYSIZEOF (*yyssp),
-                    &yyvs1, yysize * YYSIZEOF (*yyvsp),
-                    &yystacksize);
-        yyss = yyss1;
-        yyvs = yyvs1;
-      }
-# else /* defined YYSTACK_RELOCATE */
-      /* Extend the stack our own way.  */
-      if (YYMAXDEPTH <= yystacksize)
-        YYNOMEM;
-      yystacksize *= 2;
-      if (YYMAXDEPTH < yystacksize)
-        yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
-
-      {
-        yy_state_t *yyss1 = yyss;
-        union yyalloc *yyptr =
-          YY_CAST (union yyalloc *,
-                   YYSTACK_ALLOC (YY_CAST (YYSIZE_T, YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize))));
-        if (! yyptr)
-          YYNOMEM;
-        YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss_alloc, yyss);
-        YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs_alloc, yyvs);
-#  undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
-        if (yyss1 != yyssa)
-          YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1);
-      }
-# endif
-
-      yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1;
-      yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1;
-
-      YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_BEGIN
-      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %ld\n",
-                  YY_CAST (long, yystacksize)));
-      YY_IGNORE_USELESS_CAST_END
-
-      if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp)
-        YYABORT;
-    }
-#endif /* !defined yyoverflow && !defined YYSTACK_RELOCATE */
-
-
-  if (yystate == YYFINAL)
-    YYACCEPT;
-
-  goto yybackup;
-
-
-/*-----------.
-| yybackup.  |
-`-----------*/
-yybackup:
-  /* Do appropriate processing given the current state.  Read a
-     lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one.  */
-
-  /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token.  */
-  yyn = yypact[yystate];
-  if (yypact_value_is_default (yyn))
-    goto yydefault;
-
-  /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one.  */
-
-  /* YYCHAR is either empty, or end-of-input, or a valid lookahead.  */
-  if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
-    {
-      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token\n"));
-      yychar = yylex ();
-    }
-
-  if (yychar <= YYEOF)
-    {
-      yychar = YYEOF;
-      yytoken = YYSYMBOL_YYEOF;
-      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n"));
-    }
-  else if (yychar == YYerror)
-    {
-      /* The scanner already issued an error message, process directly
-         to error recovery.  But do not keep the error token as
-         lookahead, it is too special and may lead us to an endless
-         loop in error recovery. */
-      yychar = YYUNDEF;
-      yytoken = YYSYMBOL_YYerror;
-      goto yyerrlab1;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
-      YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Next token is", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc);
-    }
-
-  /* If the proper action on seeing token YYTOKEN is to reduce or to
-     detect an error, take that action.  */
-  yyn += yytoken;
-  if (yyn < 0 || YYLAST < yyn || yycheck[yyn] != yytoken)
-    goto yydefault;
-  yyn = yytable[yyn];
-  if (yyn <= 0)
-    {
-      if (yytable_value_is_error (yyn))
-        goto yyerrlab;
-      yyn = -yyn;
-      goto yyreduce;
-    }
-
-  /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error
-     status.  */
-  if (yyerrstatus)
-    yyerrstatus--;
-
-  /* Shift the lookahead token.  */
-  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc);
-  yystate = yyn;
-  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
-  *++yyvsp = yylval;
-  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END
-
-  /* Discard the shifted token.  */
-  yychar = YYEMPTY;
-  goto yynewstate;
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------.
-| yydefault -- do the default action for the current state.  |
-`-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-yydefault:
-  yyn = yydefact[yystate];
-  if (yyn == 0)
-    goto yyerrlab;
-  goto yyreduce;
-
-
-/*-----------------------------.
-| yyreduce -- do a reduction.  |
-`-----------------------------*/
-yyreduce:
-  /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with.  */
-  yylen = yyr2[yyn];
-
-  /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action:
-     '$$ = $1'.
-
-     Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to garbage.
-     This behavior is undocumented and Bison
-     users should not rely upon it.  Assigning to YYVAL
-     unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a
-     GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized.  */
-  yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen];
-
-
-  YY_REDUCE_PRINT (yyn);
-  switch (yyn)
-    {
-  case 4: /* item: time  */
-#line 169 "getdate.y"
-               {
-	    yyHaveTime++;
-	}
-#line 1360 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 5: /* item: zone  */
-#line 172 "getdate.y"
-               {
-	    yyHaveZone++;
-	}
-#line 1368 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 6: /* item: date  */
-#line 175 "getdate.y"
-               {
-	    yyHaveDate++;
-	}
-#line 1376 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 7: /* item: day  */
-#line 178 "getdate.y"
-              {
-	    yyHaveDay++;
-	}
-#line 1384 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 8: /* item: rel  */
-#line 181 "getdate.y"
-              {
-	    yyHaveRel++;
-	}
-#line 1392 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 10: /* time: tUNUMBER tMERIDIAN  */
-#line 187 "getdate.y"
-                             {
-	    yyHour = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
-	    yyMinutes = 0;
-	    yySeconds = 0;
-	    yyMeridian = (yyvsp[0].Meridian);
-	}
-#line 1403 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 11: /* time: tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER o_merid  */
-#line 193 "getdate.y"
-                                        {
-	    yyHour = (yyvsp[-3].Number);
-	    yyMinutes = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
-	    yySeconds = 0;
-	    yyMeridian = (yyvsp[0].Meridian);
-	}
-#line 1414 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 12: /* time: tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER tSNUMBER  */
-#line 199 "getdate.y"
-                                         {
-	    yyHour = (yyvsp[-3].Number);
-	    yyMinutes = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
-	    yyMeridian = MER24;
-	    yyHaveZone++;
-	    yyTimezone = ((yyvsp[0].Number) < 0
-			  ? -(yyvsp[0].Number) % 100 + (-(yyvsp[0].Number) / 100) * 60
-			  : - ((yyvsp[0].Number) % 100 + ((yyvsp[0].Number) / 100) * 60));
-	}
-#line 1428 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 13: /* time: tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER o_merid  */
-#line 208 "getdate.y"
-                                                     {
-	    yyHour = (yyvsp[-5].Number);
-	    yyMinutes = (yyvsp[-3].Number);
-	    yySeconds = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
-	    yyMeridian = (yyvsp[0].Meridian);
-	}
-#line 1439 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 14: /* time: tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER tSNUMBER  */
-#line 214 "getdate.y"
-                                                      {
-	    yyHour = (yyvsp[-5].Number);
-	    yyMinutes = (yyvsp[-3].Number);
-	    yySeconds = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
-	    yyMeridian = MER24;
-	    yyHaveZone++;
-	    yyTimezone = ((yyvsp[0].Number) < 0
-			  ? -(yyvsp[0].Number) % 100 + (-(yyvsp[0].Number) / 100) * 60
-			  : - ((yyvsp[0].Number) % 100 + ((yyvsp[0].Number) / 100) * 60));
-	}
-#line 1454 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 15: /* zone: tZONE  */
-#line 226 "getdate.y"
-                {
-	    yyTimezone = (yyvsp[0].Number);
-	}
-#line 1462 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 16: /* zone: tDAYZONE  */
-#line 229 "getdate.y"
-                   {
-	    yyTimezone = (yyvsp[0].Number) - 60;
-	}
-#line 1470 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 17: /* zone: tZONE tDST  */
-#line 233 "getdate.y"
-                     {
-	    yyTimezone = (yyvsp[-1].Number) - 60;
-	}
-#line 1478 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 18: /* day: tDAY  */
-#line 238 "getdate.y"
-               {
-	    yyDayOrdinal = 1;
-	    yyDayNumber = (yyvsp[0].Number);
-	}
-#line 1487 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 19: /* day: tDAY ','  */
-#line 242 "getdate.y"
-                   {
-	    yyDayOrdinal = 1;
-	    yyDayNumber = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
-	}
-#line 1496 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 20: /* day: tUNUMBER tDAY  */
-#line 246 "getdate.y"
-                        {
-	    yyDayOrdinal = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
-	    yyDayNumber = (yyvsp[0].Number);
-	}
-#line 1505 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 21: /* date: tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER  */
-#line 252 "getdate.y"
-                                {
-	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
-	    yyDay = (yyvsp[0].Number);
-	}
-#line 1514 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 22: /* date: tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER  */
-#line 256 "getdate.y"
-                                             {
-	  /* Interpret as YYYY/MM/DD if $1 >= 1000, otherwise as MM/DD/YY.
-	     The goal in recognizing YYYY/MM/DD is solely to support legacy
-	     machine-generated dates like those in an RCS log listing.  If
-	     you want portability, use the ISO 8601 format.  */
-	  if ((yyvsp[-4].Number) >= 1000)
-	    {
-	      yyYear = (yyvsp[-4].Number);
-	      yyMonth = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
-	      yyDay = (yyvsp[0].Number);
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      yyMonth = (yyvsp[-4].Number);
-	      yyDay = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
-	      yyYear = (yyvsp[0].Number);
-	    }
-	}
-#line 1537 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 23: /* date: tUNUMBER tSNUMBER tSNUMBER  */
-#line 274 "getdate.y"
-                                     {
-	    /* ISO 8601 format.  yyyy-mm-dd.  */
-	    yyYear = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
-	    yyMonth = -(yyvsp[-1].Number);
-	    yyDay = -(yyvsp[0].Number);
-	}
-#line 1548 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 24: /* date: tUNUMBER tMONTH tSNUMBER  */
-#line 280 "getdate.y"
-                                   {
-	    /* e.g. 17-JUN-1992.  */
-	    yyDay = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
-	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
-	    yyYear = -(yyvsp[0].Number);
-	}
-#line 1559 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 25: /* date: tMONTH tUNUMBER  */
-#line 286 "getdate.y"
-                          {
-	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
-	    yyDay = (yyvsp[0].Number);
-	}
-#line 1568 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 26: /* date: tMONTH tUNUMBER ',' tUNUMBER  */
-#line 290 "getdate.y"
-                                       {
-	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[-3].Number);
-	    yyDay = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
-	    yyYear = (yyvsp[0].Number);
-	}
-#line 1578 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 27: /* date: tUNUMBER tMONTH  */
-#line 295 "getdate.y"
-                          {
-	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[0].Number);
-	    yyDay = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
-	}
-#line 1587 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 28: /* date: tUNUMBER tMONTH tUNUMBER  */
-#line 299 "getdate.y"
-                                   {
-	    yyMonth = (yyvsp[-1].Number);
-	    yyDay = (yyvsp[-2].Number);
-	    yyYear = (yyvsp[0].Number);
-	}
-#line 1597 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 29: /* rel: relunit tAGO  */
-#line 306 "getdate.y"
-                       {
-	    yyRelSeconds = -yyRelSeconds;
-	    yyRelMinutes = -yyRelMinutes;
-	    yyRelHour = -yyRelHour;
-	    yyRelDay = -yyRelDay;
-	    yyRelMonth = -yyRelMonth;
-	    yyRelYear = -yyRelYear;
-	}
-#line 1610 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 31: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT  */
-#line 317 "getdate.y"
-                              {
-	    yyRelYear += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
-	}
-#line 1618 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 32: /* relunit: tSNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT  */
-#line 320 "getdate.y"
-                              {
-	    yyRelYear += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
-	}
-#line 1626 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 33: /* relunit: tYEAR_UNIT  */
-#line 323 "getdate.y"
-                     {
-	    yyRelYear++;
-	}
-#line 1634 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 34: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT  */
-#line 326 "getdate.y"
-                               {
-	    yyRelMonth += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
-	}
-#line 1642 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 35: /* relunit: tSNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT  */
-#line 329 "getdate.y"
-                               {
-	    yyRelMonth += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
-	}
-#line 1650 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 36: /* relunit: tMONTH_UNIT  */
-#line 332 "getdate.y"
-                      {
-	    yyRelMonth++;
-	}
-#line 1658 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 37: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tDAY_UNIT  */
-#line 335 "getdate.y"
-                             {
-	    yyRelDay += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
-	}
-#line 1666 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 38: /* relunit: tSNUMBER tDAY_UNIT  */
-#line 338 "getdate.y"
-                             {
-	    yyRelDay += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
-	}
-#line 1674 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 39: /* relunit: tDAY_UNIT  */
-#line 341 "getdate.y"
-                    {
-	    yyRelDay++;
-	}
-#line 1682 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 40: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tHOUR_UNIT  */
-#line 344 "getdate.y"
-                              {
-	    yyRelHour += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
-	}
-#line 1690 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 41: /* relunit: tSNUMBER tHOUR_UNIT  */
-#line 347 "getdate.y"
-                              {
-	    yyRelHour += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
-	}
-#line 1698 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 42: /* relunit: tHOUR_UNIT  */
-#line 350 "getdate.y"
-                     {
-	    yyRelHour++;
-	}
-#line 1706 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 43: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tMINUTE_UNIT  */
-#line 353 "getdate.y"
-                                {
-	    yyRelMinutes += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
-	}
-#line 1714 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 44: /* relunit: tSNUMBER tMINUTE_UNIT  */
-#line 356 "getdate.y"
-                                {
-	    yyRelMinutes += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
-	}
-#line 1722 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 45: /* relunit: tMINUTE_UNIT  */
-#line 359 "getdate.y"
-                       {
-	    yyRelMinutes++;
-	}
-#line 1730 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 46: /* relunit: tUNUMBER tSEC_UNIT  */
-#line 362 "getdate.y"
-                             {
-	    yyRelSeconds += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
-	}
-#line 1738 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 47: /* relunit: tSNUMBER tSEC_UNIT  */
-#line 365 "getdate.y"
-                             {
-	    yyRelSeconds += (yyvsp[-1].Number) * (yyvsp[0].Number);
-	}
-#line 1746 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 48: /* relunit: tSEC_UNIT  */
-#line 368 "getdate.y"
-                    {
-	    yyRelSeconds++;
-	}
-#line 1754 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 49: /* number: tUNUMBER  */
-#line 374 "getdate.y"
-          {
-	    if ((yyHaveTime != 0) && (yyHaveDate != 0) && (yyHaveRel == 0))
-	      yyYear = (yyvsp[0].Number);
-	    else
-	      {
-		if ((yyvsp[0].Number)>10000)
-		  {
-		    yyHaveDate++;
-		    yyDay= ((yyvsp[0].Number))%100;
-		    yyMonth= ((yyvsp[0].Number)/100)%100;
-		    yyYear = (yyvsp[0].Number)/10000;
-		  }
-		else
-		  {
-		    yyHaveTime++;
-		    if ((yyvsp[0].Number) < 100)
-		      {
-			yyHour = (yyvsp[0].Number);
-			yyMinutes = 0;
-		      }
-		    else
-		      {
-		    	yyHour = (yyvsp[0].Number) / 100;
-		    	yyMinutes = (yyvsp[0].Number) % 100;
-		      }
-		    yySeconds = 0;
-		    yyMeridian = MER24;
-		  }
-	      }
-	  }
-#line 1789 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 50: /* o_merid: %empty  */
-#line 407 "getdate.y"
-          {
-	    (yyval.Meridian) = MER24;
-	  }
-#line 1797 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-  case 51: /* o_merid: tMERIDIAN  */
-#line 411 "getdate.y"
-          {
-	    (yyval.Meridian) = (yyvsp[0].Meridian);
-	  }
-#line 1805 "getdate.c"
-    break;
-
-
-#line 1809 "getdate.c"
-
-      default: break;
-    }
-  /* User semantic actions sometimes alter yychar, and that requires
-     that yytoken be updated with the new translation.  We take the
-     approach of translating immediately before every use of yytoken.
-     One alternative is translating here after every semantic action,
-     but that translation would be missed if the semantic action invokes
-     YYABORT, YYACCEPT, or YYERROR immediately after altering yychar or
-     if it invokes YYBACKUP.  In the case of YYABORT or YYACCEPT, an
-     incorrect destructor might then be invoked immediately.  In the
-     case of YYERROR or YYBACKUP, subsequent parser actions might lead
-     to an incorrect destructor call or verbose syntax error message
-     before the lookahead is translated.  */
-  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("-> $$ =", YY_CAST (yysymbol_kind_t, yyr1[yyn]), &yyval, &yyloc);
-
-  YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
-  yylen = 0;
-
-  *++yyvsp = yyval;
-
-  /* Now 'shift' the result of the reduction.  Determine what state
-     that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule
-     number reduced by.  */
-  {
-    const int yylhs = yyr1[yyn] - YYNTOKENS;
-    const int yyi = yypgoto[yylhs] + *yyssp;
-    yystate = (0 <= yyi && yyi <= YYLAST && yycheck[yyi] == *yyssp
-               ? yytable[yyi]
-               : yydefgoto[yylhs]);
-  }
-
-  goto yynewstate;
-
-
-/*--------------------------------------.
-| yyerrlab -- here on detecting error.  |
-`--------------------------------------*/
-yyerrlab:
-  /* Make sure we have latest lookahead translation.  See comments at
-     user semantic actions for why this is necessary.  */
-  yytoken = yychar == YYEMPTY ? YYSYMBOL_YYEMPTY : YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
-  /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error.  */
-  if (!yyerrstatus)
-    {
-      ++yynerrs;
-      yyerror (YY_("syntax error"));
-    }
-
-  if (yyerrstatus == 3)
-    {
-      /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an
-         error, discard it.  */
-
-      if (yychar <= YYEOF)
-        {
-          /* Return failure if at end of input.  */
-          if (yychar == YYEOF)
-            YYABORT;
-        }
-      else
-        {
-          yydestruct ("Error: discarding",
-                      yytoken, &yylval);
-          yychar = YYEMPTY;
-        }
-    }
-
-  /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error
-     token.  */
-  goto yyerrlab1;
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------.
-| yyerrorlab -- error raised explicitly by YYERROR.  |
-`---------------------------------------------------*/
-yyerrorlab:
-  /* Pacify compilers when the user code never invokes YYERROR and the
-     label yyerrorlab therefore never appears in user code.  */
-  if (0)
-    YYERROR;
-  ++yynerrs;
-
-  /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule whose action triggered
-     this YYERROR.  */
-  YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
-  yylen = 0;
-  YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
-  yystate = *yyssp;
-  goto yyerrlab1;
-
-
-/*-------------------------------------------------------------.
-| yyerrlab1 -- common code for both syntax error and YYERROR.  |
-`-------------------------------------------------------------*/
-yyerrlab1:
-  yyerrstatus = 3;      /* Each real token shifted decrements this.  */
-
-  /* Pop stack until we find a state that shifts the error token.  */
-  for (;;)
-    {
-      yyn = yypact[yystate];
-      if (!yypact_value_is_default (yyn))
-        {
-          yyn += YYSYMBOL_YYerror;
-          if (0 <= yyn && yyn <= YYLAST && yycheck[yyn] == YYSYMBOL_YYerror)
-            {
-              yyn = yytable[yyn];
-              if (0 < yyn)
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-
-      /* Pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token.  */
-      if (yyssp == yyss)
-        YYABORT;
-
-
-      yydestruct ("Error: popping",
-                  YY_ACCESSING_SYMBOL (yystate), yyvsp);
-      YYPOPSTACK (1);
-      yystate = *yyssp;
-      YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
-    }
-
-  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_BEGIN
-  *++yyvsp = yylval;
-  YY_IGNORE_MAYBE_UNINITIALIZED_END
-
-
-  /* Shift the error token.  */
-  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", YY_ACCESSING_SYMBOL (yyn), yyvsp, yylsp);
-
-  yystate = yyn;
-  goto yynewstate;
-
-
-/*-------------------------------------.
-| yyacceptlab -- YYACCEPT comes here.  |
-`-------------------------------------*/
-yyacceptlab:
-  yyresult = 0;
-  goto yyreturnlab;
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------.
-| yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here.  |
-`-----------------------------------*/
-yyabortlab:
-  yyresult = 1;
-  goto yyreturnlab;
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------.
-| yyexhaustedlab -- YYNOMEM (memory exhaustion) comes here.  |
-`-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-yyexhaustedlab:
-  yyerror (YY_("memory exhausted"));
-  yyresult = 2;
-  goto yyreturnlab;
-
-
-/*----------------------------------------------------------.
-| yyreturnlab -- parsing is finished, clean up and return.  |
-`----------------------------------------------------------*/
-yyreturnlab:
-  if (yychar != YYEMPTY)
-    {
-      /* Make sure we have latest lookahead translation.  See comments at
-         user semantic actions for why this is necessary.  */
-      yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
-      yydestruct ("Cleanup: discarding lookahead",
-                  yytoken, &yylval);
-    }
-  /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule whose action triggered
-     this YYABORT or YYACCEPT.  */
-  YYPOPSTACK (yylen);
-  YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
-  while (yyssp != yyss)
-    {
-      yydestruct ("Cleanup: popping",
-                  YY_ACCESSING_SYMBOL (+*yyssp), yyvsp);
-      YYPOPSTACK (1);
-    }
-#ifndef yyoverflow
-  if (yyss != yyssa)
-    YYSTACK_FREE (yyss);
-#endif
-
-  return yyresult;
-}
-
-#line 416 "getdate.y"
-
-
-/* Month and day table. */
-static TABLE const MonthDayTable[] = {
-    { "january",	tMONTH,  1 },
-    { "february",	tMONTH,  2 },
-    { "march",		tMONTH,  3 },
-    { "april",		tMONTH,  4 },
-    { "may",		tMONTH,  5 },
-    { "june",		tMONTH,  6 },
-    { "july",		tMONTH,  7 },
-    { "august",		tMONTH,  8 },
-    { "september",	tMONTH,  9 },
-    { "sept",		tMONTH,  9 },
-    { "october",	tMONTH, 10 },
-    { "november",	tMONTH, 11 },
-    { "december",	tMONTH, 12 },
-    { "sunday",		tDAY, 0 },
-    { "monday",		tDAY, 1 },
-    { "tuesday",	tDAY, 2 },
-    { "tues",		tDAY, 2 },
-    { "wednesday",	tDAY, 3 },
-    { "wednes",		tDAY, 3 },
-    { "thursday",	tDAY, 4 },
-    { "thur",		tDAY, 4 },
-    { "thurs",		tDAY, 4 },
-    { "friday",		tDAY, 5 },
-    { "saturday",	tDAY, 6 },
-    { NULL, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* Time units table. */
-static TABLE const UnitsTable[] = {
-    { "year",		tYEAR_UNIT,	1 },
-    { "month",		tMONTH_UNIT,	1 },
-    { "fortnight",	tDAY_UNIT,	14 },
-    { "week",		tDAY_UNIT,	7 },
-    { "day",		tDAY_UNIT,	1 },
-    { "hour",		tHOUR_UNIT,	1 },
-    { "minute",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	1 },
-    { "min",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	1 },
-    { "second",		tSEC_UNIT,	1 },
-    { "sec",		tSEC_UNIT,	1 },
-    { NULL, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* Assorted relative-time words. */
-static TABLE const OtherTable[] = {
-    { "tomorrow",	tMINUTE_UNIT,	1 * 24 * 60 },
-    { "yesterday",	tMINUTE_UNIT,	-1 * 24 * 60 },
-    { "today",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	0 },
-    { "now",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	0 },
-    { "last",		tUNUMBER,	-1 },
-    { "this",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	0 },
-    { "next",		tUNUMBER,	2 },
-    { "first",		tUNUMBER,	1 },
-/*  { "second",		tUNUMBER,	2 }, */
-    { "third",		tUNUMBER,	3 },
-    { "fourth",		tUNUMBER,	4 },
-    { "fifth",		tUNUMBER,	5 },
-    { "sixth",		tUNUMBER,	6 },
-    { "seventh",	tUNUMBER,	7 },
-    { "eighth",		tUNUMBER,	8 },
-    { "ninth",		tUNUMBER,	9 },
-    { "tenth",		tUNUMBER,	10 },
-    { "eleventh",	tUNUMBER,	11 },
-    { "twelfth",	tUNUMBER,	12 },
-    { "ago",		tAGO,	1 },
-    { NULL, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* The timezone table. */
-static TABLE const TimezoneTable[] = {
-    { "gmt",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) },	/* Greenwich Mean */
-    { "ut",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) },	/* Universal (Coordinated) */
-    { "utc",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) },
-    { "wet",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) },	/* Western European */
-    { "bst",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 0) },	/* British Summer */
-    { "wat",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 1) },	/* West Africa */
-    { "at",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 2) },	/* Azores */
-    { "ast",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 4) },	/* Atlantic Standard */
-    { "adt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 4) },	/* Atlantic Daylight */
-    { "est",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 5) },	/* Eastern Standard */
-    { "edt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 5) },	/* Eastern Daylight */
-    { "cst",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 6) },	/* Central Standard */
-    { "cdt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 6) },	/* Central Daylight */
-    { "mst",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 7) },	/* Mountain Standard */
-    { "mdt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 7) },	/* Mountain Daylight */
-    { "pst",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 8) },	/* Pacific Standard */
-    { "pdt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 8) },	/* Pacific Daylight */
-    { "yst",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 9) },	/* Yukon Standard */
-    { "ydt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 9) },	/* Yukon Daylight */
-    { "hst",	tZONE,     HOUR (10) },	/* Hawaii Standard */
-    { "hdt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR (10) },	/* Hawaii Daylight */
-    { "cat",	tZONE,     HOUR (10) },	/* Central Alaska */
-    { "ahst",	tZONE,     HOUR (10) },	/* Alaska-Hawaii Standard */
-    { "nt",	tZONE,     HOUR (11) },	/* Nome */
-    { "idlw",	tZONE,     HOUR (12) },	/* International Date Line West */
-    { "cet",	tZONE,     -HOUR (1) },	/* Central European */
-    { "met",	tZONE,     -HOUR (1) },	/* Middle European */
-    { "mewt",	tZONE,     -HOUR (1) },	/* Middle European Winter */
-    { "mest",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (1) },	/* Middle European Summer */
-    { "mesz",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (1) },	/* Middle European Summer */
-    { "swt",	tZONE,     -HOUR (1) },	/* Swedish Winter */
-    { "sst",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (1) },	/* Swedish Summer */
-    { "fwt",	tZONE,     -HOUR (1) },	/* French Winter */
-    { "fst",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (1) },	/* French Summer */
-    { "eet",	tZONE,     -HOUR (2) },	/* Eastern Europe, USSR Zone 1 */
-    { "bt",	tZONE,     -HOUR (3) },	/* Baghdad, USSR Zone 2 */
-    { "zp4",	tZONE,     -HOUR (4) },	/* USSR Zone 3 */
-    { "zp5",	tZONE,     -HOUR (5) },	/* USSR Zone 4 */
-    { "zp6",	tZONE,     -HOUR (6) },	/* USSR Zone 5 */
-    { "wast",	tZONE,     -HOUR (7) },	/* West Australian Standard */
-    { "wadt",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (7) },	/* West Australian Daylight */
-    { "cct",	tZONE,     -HOUR (8) },	/* China Coast, USSR Zone 7 */
-    { "jst",	tZONE,     -HOUR (9) },	/* Japan Standard, USSR Zone 8 */
-    { "east",	tZONE,     -HOUR (10) },	/* Eastern Australian Standard */
-    { "eadt",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (10) },	/* Eastern Australian Daylight */
-    { "gst",	tZONE,     -HOUR (10) },	/* Guam Standard, USSR Zone 9 */
-    { "nzt",	tZONE,     -HOUR (12) },	/* New Zealand */
-    { "nzst",	tZONE,     -HOUR (12) },	/* New Zealand Standard */
-    { "nzdt",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (12) },	/* New Zealand Daylight */
-    { "idle",	tZONE,     -HOUR (12) },	/* International Date Line East */
-    { NULL, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* Military timezone table. */
-static TABLE const MilitaryTable[] = {
-    { "a",	tZONE,	HOUR (  1) },
-    { "b",	tZONE,	HOUR (  2) },
-    { "c",	tZONE,	HOUR (  3) },
-    { "d",	tZONE,	HOUR (  4) },
-    { "e",	tZONE,	HOUR (  5) },
-    { "f",	tZONE,	HOUR (  6) },
-    { "g",	tZONE,	HOUR (  7) },
-    { "h",	tZONE,	HOUR (  8) },
-    { "i",	tZONE,	HOUR (  9) },
-    { "k",	tZONE,	HOUR ( 10) },
-    { "l",	tZONE,	HOUR ( 11) },
-    { "m",	tZONE,	HOUR ( 12) },
-    { "n",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 1) },
-    { "o",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 2) },
-    { "p",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 3) },
-    { "q",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 4) },
-    { "r",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 5) },
-    { "s",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 6) },
-    { "t",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 7) },
-    { "u",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 8) },
-    { "v",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 9) },
-    { "w",	tZONE,	HOUR (-10) },
-    { "x",	tZONE,	HOUR (-11) },
-    { "y",	tZONE,	HOUR (-12) },
-    { "z",	tZONE,	HOUR (  0) },
-    { NULL, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-
-
-
-static int yyerror (unused const char *s)
-{
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static int ToHour (int Hours, MERIDIAN Meridian)
-{
-  switch (Meridian)
-    {
-    case MER24:
-      if (Hours < 0 || Hours > 23)
-	return -1;
-      return Hours;
-    case MERam:
-      if (Hours < 1 || Hours > 12)
-	return -1;
-      if (Hours == 12)
-	Hours = 0;
-      return Hours;
-    case MERpm:
-      if (Hours < 1 || Hours > 12)
-	return -1;
-      if (Hours == 12)
-	Hours = 0;
-      return Hours + 12;
-    default:
-      abort ();
-    }
-  /* NOTREACHED */
-}
-
-static int ToYear (int Year)
-{
-  if (Year < 0)
-    Year = -Year;
-
-  /* XPG4 suggests that years 00-68 map to 2000-2068, and
-     years 69-99 map to 1969-1999.  */
-  if (Year < 69)
-    Year += 2000;
-  else if (Year < 100)
-    Year += 1900;
-
-  return Year;
-}
-
-static int LookupWord (char *buff)
-{
-  register char *p;
-  register char *q;
-  register const TABLE *tp;
-  int i;
-  bool abbrev;
-
-  /* Make it lowercase. */
-  for (p = buff; '\0' != *p; p++)
-    if (isupper (*p))
-      *p = tolower (*p);
-
-  if (strcmp (buff, "am") == 0 || strcmp (buff, "a.m.") == 0)
-    {
-      yylval.Meridian = MERam;
-      return tMERIDIAN;
-    }
-  if (strcmp (buff, "pm") == 0 || strcmp (buff, "p.m.") == 0)
-    {
-      yylval.Meridian = MERpm;
-      return tMERIDIAN;
-    }
-
-  /* See if we have an abbreviation for a month. */
-  if (strlen (buff) == 3)
-    abbrev = true;
-  else if (strlen (buff) == 4 && buff[3] == '.')
-    {
-      abbrev = true;
-      buff[3] = '\0';
-    }
-  else
-    abbrev = false;
-
-  for (tp = MonthDayTable; tp->name; tp++)
-    {
-      if (abbrev)
-	{
-	  if (strncmp (buff, tp->name, 3) == 0)
-	    {
-	      yylval.Number = tp->value;
-	      return tp->type;
-	    }
-	}
-      else if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
-	{
-	  yylval.Number = tp->value;
-	  return tp->type;
-	}
-    }
-
-  for (tp = TimezoneTable; tp->name; tp++)
-    if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
-      {
-	yylval.Number = tp->value;
-	return tp->type;
-      }
-
-  if (strcmp (buff, "dst") == 0)
-    return tDST;
-
-  for (tp = UnitsTable; tp->name; tp++)
-    if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
-      {
-	yylval.Number = tp->value;
-	return tp->type;
-      }
-
-  /* Strip off any plural and try the units table again. */
-  i = strlen (buff) - 1;
-  if (buff[i] == 's')
-    {
-      buff[i] = '\0';
-      for (tp = UnitsTable; tp->name; tp++)
-	if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
-	  {
-	    yylval.Number = tp->value;
-	    return tp->type;
-	  }
-      buff[i] = 's';		/* Put back for "this" in OtherTable. */
-    }
-
-  for (tp = OtherTable; tp->name; tp++)
-    if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
-      {
-	yylval.Number = tp->value;
-	return tp->type;
-      }
-
-  /* Military timezones. */
-  if (buff[1] == '\0' && isalpha (*buff))
-    {
-      for (tp = MilitaryTable; tp->name; tp++)
-	if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
-	  {
-	    yylval.Number = tp->value;
-	    return tp->type;
-	  }
-    }
-
-  /* Drop out any periods and try the timezone table again. */
-  for (i = 0, p = q = buff; '\0' != *q; q++)
-    if (*q != '.')
-      *p++ = *q;
-    else
-      i++;
-  *p = '\0';
-  if (0 != i)
-    for (tp = TimezoneTable; NULL != tp->name; tp++)
-      if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
-	{
-	  yylval.Number = tp->value;
-	  return tp->type;
-	}
-
-  return tID;
-}
-
-static int
-yylex (void)
-{
-  register char c;
-  register char *p;
-  char buff[20];
-  int Count;
-  int sign;
-
-  for (;;)
-    {
-      while (isspace (*yyInput))
-	yyInput++;
-
-      if (isdigit (c = *yyInput) || c == '-' || c == '+')
-	{
-	  if (c == '-' || c == '+')
-	    {
-	      sign = c == '-' ? -1 : 1;
-	      if (!isdigit (*++yyInput))
-		/* skip the '-' sign */
-		continue;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    sign = 0;
-	  for (yylval.Number = 0; isdigit (c = *yyInput++);)
-	    yylval.Number = 10 * yylval.Number + c - '0';
-	  yyInput--;
-	  if (sign < 0)
-	    yylval.Number = -yylval.Number;
-	  return (0 != sign) ? tSNUMBER : tUNUMBER;
-	}
-      if (isalpha (c))
-	{
-	  for (p = buff; (c = *yyInput++, isalpha (c)) || c == '.';)
-	    if (p < &buff[sizeof buff - 1])
-	      *p++ = c;
-	  *p = '\0';
-	  yyInput--;
-	  return LookupWord (buff);
-	}
-      if (c != '(')
-	return *yyInput++;
-      Count = 0;
-      do
-	{
-	  c = *yyInput++;
-	  if (c == '\0')
-	    return c;
-	  if (c == '(')
-	    Count++;
-	  else if (c == ')')
-	    Count--;
-	}
-      while (Count > 0);
-    }
-}
-
-#define TM_YEAR_ORIGIN 1900
-
-/* Yield A - B, measured in seconds.  */
-static long difftm (struct tm *a, struct tm *b)
-{
-  int ay = a->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1);
-  int by = b->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1);
-  long days = (
-  /* difference in day of year */
-		a->tm_yday - b->tm_yday
-  /* + intervening leap days */
-		+ ((ay >> 2) - (by >> 2))
-		- (ay / 100 - by / 100)
-		+ ((ay / 100 >> 2) - (by / 100 >> 2))
-  /* + difference in years * 365 */
-		+ (long) (ay - by) * 365
-  );
-  return (60 * (60 * (24 * days + (a->tm_hour - b->tm_hour))
-		+ (a->tm_min - b->tm_min))
-	  + (a->tm_sec - b->tm_sec));
-}
-
-time_t get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
-{
-  struct tm tm, tm0, *tmp;
-  time_t Start;
-
-  yyInput = p;
-  Start = now ? *now : time ((time_t *) NULL);
-  tmp = localtime (&Start);
-  yyYear = tmp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_ORIGIN;
-  yyMonth = tmp->tm_mon + 1;
-  yyDay = tmp->tm_mday;
-  yyHour = tmp->tm_hour;
-  yyMinutes = tmp->tm_min;
-  yySeconds = tmp->tm_sec;
-  yyMeridian = MER24;
-  yyRelSeconds = 0;
-  yyRelMinutes = 0;
-  yyRelHour = 0;
-  yyRelDay = 0;
-  yyRelMonth = 0;
-  yyRelYear = 0;
-  yyHaveDate = 0;
-  yyHaveDay = 0;
-  yyHaveRel = 0;
-  yyHaveTime = 0;
-  yyHaveZone = 0;
-
-  if (yyparse ()
-      || yyHaveTime > 1 || yyHaveZone > 1 || yyHaveDate > 1 || yyHaveDay > 1)
-    return -1;
-
-  tm.tm_year = ToYear (yyYear) - TM_YEAR_ORIGIN + yyRelYear;
-  tm.tm_mon = yyMonth - 1 + yyRelMonth;
-  tm.tm_mday = yyDay + yyRelDay;
-  if ((yyHaveTime != 0) ||
-      ( (yyHaveRel != 0) && (yyHaveDate == 0) && (yyHaveDay == 0) ))
-    {
-      tm.tm_hour = ToHour (yyHour, yyMeridian);
-      if (tm.tm_hour < 0)
-	return -1;
-      tm.tm_min = yyMinutes;
-      tm.tm_sec = yySeconds;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      tm.tm_hour = tm.tm_min = tm.tm_sec = 0;
-    }
-  tm.tm_hour += yyRelHour;
-  tm.tm_min += yyRelMinutes;
-  tm.tm_sec += yyRelSeconds;
-  tm.tm_isdst = -1;
-  tm0 = tm;
-
-  Start = mktime (&tm);
-
-  if (Start == (time_t) -1)
-    {
-
-      /* Guard against falsely reporting errors near the time_t boundaries
-         when parsing times in other time zones.  For example, if the min
-         time_t value is 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC and we are 8 hours ahead
-         of UTC, then the min localtime value is 1970-01-01 08:00:00; if
-         we apply mktime to 1970-01-01 00:00:00 we will get an error, so
-         we apply mktime to 1970-01-02 08:00:00 instead and adjust the time
-         zone by 24 hours to compensate.  This algorithm assumes that
-         there is no DST transition within a day of the time_t boundaries.  */
-      if (yyHaveZone)
-	{
-	  tm = tm0;
-	  if (tm.tm_year <= EPOCH - TM_YEAR_ORIGIN)
-	    {
-	      tm.tm_mday++;
-	      yyTimezone -= 24 * 60;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      tm.tm_mday--;
-	      yyTimezone += 24 * 60;
-	    }
-	  Start = mktime (&tm);
-	}
-
-      if (Start == (time_t) -1)
-	return Start;
-    }
-
-  if (yyHaveDay && !yyHaveDate)
-    {
-      tm.tm_mday += ((yyDayNumber - tm.tm_wday + 7) % 7
-		     + 7 * (yyDayOrdinal - (0 < yyDayOrdinal)));
-      Start = mktime (&tm);
-      if (Start == (time_t) -1)
-	return Start;
-    }
-
-  if (yyHaveZone)
-    {
-      long delta = yyTimezone * 60L + difftm (&tm, gmtime (&Start));
-      if ((Start + delta < Start) != (delta < 0))
-	return -1;		/* time_t overflow */
-      Start += delta;
-    }
-
-  return Start;
-}
-
-#if	defined (TEST)
-
-/* ARGSUSED */
-int
-main (ac, av)
-     int ac;
-     char *av[];
-{
-  char buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN + 1];
-  time_t d;
-
-  (void) printf ("Enter date, or blank line to exit.\n\t> ");
-  (void) fflush (stdout);
-
-  buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN] = 0;
-  while (fgets (buff, MAX_BUFF_LEN, stdin) && buff[0])
-    {
-      d = get_date (buff, (time_t *) NULL);
-      if (d == -1)
-	(void) printf ("Bad format - couldn't convert.\n");
-      else
-	(void) printf ("%s", ctime (&d));
-      (void) printf ("\t> ");
-      (void) fflush (stdout);
-    }
-  exit (0);
-  /* NOTREACHED */
-}
-#endif /* defined (TEST) */
diff --git a/libmisc/getdate.h b/libmisc/getdate.h
deleted file mode 100644
index eae56f6..0000000
--- a/libmisc/getdate.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1997 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2005       , Tomasz Kłoczko
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#ifndef _GETDATE_H_
-#define _GETDATE_H_
-
-#include <config.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-
-time_t get_date (const char *p, /*@null@*/const time_t *now);
-#endif
diff --git a/libmisc/getdate.y b/libmisc/getdate.y
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c07f74..0000000
--- a/libmisc/getdate.y
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,954 +0,0 @@
-%{
-/*
-**  Originally written by Steven M. Bellovin <smb@research.att.com> while
-**  at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.  Later tweaked by
-**  a couple of people on Usenet.  Completely overhauled by Rich $alz
-**  <rsalz@bbn.com> and Jim Berets <jberets@bbn.com> in August, 1990;
-**
-**  This grammar has 13 shift/reduce conflicts.
-**
-**  This code is in the public domain and has no copyright.
-*/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-# ifdef FORCE_ALLOCA_H
-#  include <alloca.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Since the code of getdate.y is not included in the Emacs executable
-   itself, there is no need to #define static in this file.  Even if
-   the code were included in the Emacs executable, it probably
-   wouldn't do any harm to #undef it here; this will only cause
-   problems if we try to write to a static variable, which I don't
-   think this code needs to do.  */
-#ifdef emacs
-# undef static
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <time.h>
-
-#include "getdate.h"
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-/* Some old versions of bison generate parsers that use bcopy.
-   That loses on systems that don't provide the function, so we have
-   to redefine it here.  */
-#if !defined (HAVE_BCOPY) && !defined (bcopy)
-# define bcopy(from, to, len) memcpy ((to), (from), (len))
-#endif
-
-/* Remap normal yacc parser interface names (yyparse, yylex, yyerror, etc),
-   as well as gratuitously global symbol names, so we can have multiple
-   yacc generated parsers in the same program.  Note that these are only
-   the variables produced by yacc.  If other parser generators (bison,
-   byacc, etc) produce additional global names that conflict at link time,
-   then those parser generators need to be fixed instead of adding those
-   names to this list. */
-
-#define yymaxdepth gd_maxdepth
-#define yyparse gd_parse
-#define yylex   gd_lex
-#define yyerror gd_error
-#define yylval  gd_lval
-#define yychar  gd_char
-#define yydebug gd_debug
-#define yypact  gd_pact
-#define yyr1    gd_r1
-#define yyr2    gd_r2
-#define yydef   gd_def
-#define yychk   gd_chk
-#define yypgo   gd_pgo
-#define yyact   gd_act
-#define yyexca  gd_exca
-#define yyerrflag gd_errflag
-#define yynerrs gd_nerrs
-#define yyps    gd_ps
-#define yypv    gd_pv
-#define yys     gd_s
-#define yy_yys  gd_yys
-#define yystate gd_state
-#define yytmp   gd_tmp
-#define yyv     gd_v
-#define yy_yyv  gd_yyv
-#define yyval   gd_val
-#define yylloc  gd_lloc
-#define yyreds  gd_reds          /* With YYDEBUG defined */
-#define yytoks  gd_toks          /* With YYDEBUG defined */
-#define yylhs   gd_yylhs
-#define yylen   gd_yylen
-#define yydefred gd_yydefred
-#define yydgoto gd_yydgoto
-#define yysindex gd_yysindex
-#define yyrindex gd_yyrindex
-#define yygindex gd_yygindex
-#define yytable  gd_yytable
-#define yycheck  gd_yycheck
-
-static int yylex (void);
-static int yyerror (const char *s);
-
-#define EPOCH		1970
-#define HOUR(x)		((x) * 60)
-
-#define MAX_BUFF_LEN    128   /* size of buffer to read the date into */
-
-/*
-**  An entry in the lexical lookup table.
-*/
-typedef struct _TABLE {
-    const char	*name;
-    int		type;
-    int		value;
-} TABLE;
-
-
-/*
-**  Meridian:  am, pm, or 24-hour style.
-*/
-typedef enum _MERIDIAN {
-    MERam, MERpm, MER24
-} MERIDIAN;
-
-
-/*
-**  Global variables.  We could get rid of most of these by using a good
-**  union as the yacc stack.  (This routine was originally written before
-**  yacc had the %union construct.)  Maybe someday; right now we only use
-**  the %union very rarely.
-*/
-static const char	*yyInput;
-static int	yyDayOrdinal;
-static int	yyDayNumber;
-static int	yyHaveDate;
-static int	yyHaveDay;
-static int	yyHaveRel;
-static int	yyHaveTime;
-static int	yyHaveZone;
-static int	yyTimezone;
-static int	yyDay;
-static int	yyHour;
-static int	yyMinutes;
-static int	yyMonth;
-static int	yySeconds;
-static int	yyYear;
-static MERIDIAN	yyMeridian;
-static int	yyRelDay;
-static int	yyRelHour;
-static int	yyRelMinutes;
-static int	yyRelMonth;
-static int	yyRelSeconds;
-static int	yyRelYear;
-
-%}
-
-%union {
-    int			Number;
-    enum _MERIDIAN	Meridian;
-}
-
-%token	tAGO tDAY tDAY_UNIT tDAYZONE tDST tHOUR_UNIT tID
-%token	tMERIDIAN tMINUTE_UNIT tMONTH tMONTH_UNIT
-%token	tSEC_UNIT tSNUMBER tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT tZONE
-
-%type	<Number>	tDAY tDAY_UNIT tDAYZONE tHOUR_UNIT tMINUTE_UNIT
-%type	<Number>	tMONTH tMONTH_UNIT
-%type	<Number>	tSEC_UNIT tSNUMBER tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT tZONE
-%type	<Meridian>	tMERIDIAN o_merid
-
-%%
-
-spec	: /* NULL */
-	| spec item
-	;
-
-item	: time {
-	    yyHaveTime++;
-	}
-	| zone {
-	    yyHaveZone++;
-	}
-	| date {
-	    yyHaveDate++;
-	}
-	| day {
-	    yyHaveDay++;
-	}
-	| rel {
-	    yyHaveRel++;
-	}
-	| number
-	;
-
-time	: tUNUMBER tMERIDIAN {
-	    yyHour = $1;
-	    yyMinutes = 0;
-	    yySeconds = 0;
-	    yyMeridian = $2;
-	}
-	| tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER o_merid {
-	    yyHour = $1;
-	    yyMinutes = $3;
-	    yySeconds = 0;
-	    yyMeridian = $4;
-	}
-	| tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER tSNUMBER {
-	    yyHour = $1;
-	    yyMinutes = $3;
-	    yyMeridian = MER24;
-	    yyHaveZone++;
-	    yyTimezone = ($4 < 0
-			  ? -$4 % 100 + (-$4 / 100) * 60
-			  : - ($4 % 100 + ($4 / 100) * 60));
-	}
-	| tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER o_merid {
-	    yyHour = $1;
-	    yyMinutes = $3;
-	    yySeconds = $5;
-	    yyMeridian = $6;
-	}
-	| tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER tSNUMBER {
-	    yyHour = $1;
-	    yyMinutes = $3;
-	    yySeconds = $5;
-	    yyMeridian = MER24;
-	    yyHaveZone++;
-	    yyTimezone = ($6 < 0
-			  ? -$6 % 100 + (-$6 / 100) * 60
-			  : - ($6 % 100 + ($6 / 100) * 60));
-	}
-	;
-
-zone	: tZONE {
-	    yyTimezone = $1;
-	}
-	| tDAYZONE {
-	    yyTimezone = $1 - 60;
-	}
-	|
-	  tZONE tDST {
-	    yyTimezone = $1 - 60;
-	}
-	;
-
-day	: tDAY {
-	    yyDayOrdinal = 1;
-	    yyDayNumber = $1;
-	}
-	| tDAY ',' {
-	    yyDayOrdinal = 1;
-	    yyDayNumber = $1;
-	}
-	| tUNUMBER tDAY {
-	    yyDayOrdinal = $1;
-	    yyDayNumber = $2;
-	}
-	;
-
-date	: tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER {
-	    yyMonth = $1;
-	    yyDay = $3;
-	}
-	| tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER {
-	  /* Interpret as YYYY/MM/DD if $1 >= 1000, otherwise as MM/DD/YY.
-	     The goal in recognizing YYYY/MM/DD is solely to support legacy
-	     machine-generated dates like those in an RCS log listing.  If
-	     you want portability, use the ISO 8601 format.  */
-	  if ($1 >= 1000)
-	    {
-	      yyYear = $1;
-	      yyMonth = $3;
-	      yyDay = $5;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      yyMonth = $1;
-	      yyDay = $3;
-	      yyYear = $5;
-	    }
-	}
-	| tUNUMBER tSNUMBER tSNUMBER {
-	    /* ISO 8601 format.  yyyy-mm-dd.  */
-	    yyYear = $1;
-	    yyMonth = -$2;
-	    yyDay = -$3;
-	}
-	| tUNUMBER tMONTH tSNUMBER {
-	    /* e.g. 17-JUN-1992.  */
-	    yyDay = $1;
-	    yyMonth = $2;
-	    yyYear = -$3;
-	}
-	| tMONTH tUNUMBER {
-	    yyMonth = $1;
-	    yyDay = $2;
-	}
-	| tMONTH tUNUMBER ',' tUNUMBER {
-	    yyMonth = $1;
-	    yyDay = $2;
-	    yyYear = $4;
-	}
-	| tUNUMBER tMONTH {
-	    yyMonth = $2;
-	    yyDay = $1;
-	}
-	| tUNUMBER tMONTH tUNUMBER {
-	    yyMonth = $2;
-	    yyDay = $1;
-	    yyYear = $3;
-	}
-	;
-
-rel	: relunit tAGO {
-	    yyRelSeconds = -yyRelSeconds;
-	    yyRelMinutes = -yyRelMinutes;
-	    yyRelHour = -yyRelHour;
-	    yyRelDay = -yyRelDay;
-	    yyRelMonth = -yyRelMonth;
-	    yyRelYear = -yyRelYear;
-	}
-	| relunit
-	;
-
-relunit	: tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT {
-	    yyRelYear += $1 * $2;
-	}
-	| tSNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT {
-	    yyRelYear += $1 * $2;
-	}
-	| tYEAR_UNIT {
-	    yyRelYear++;
-	}
-	| tUNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT {
-	    yyRelMonth += $1 * $2;
-	}
-	| tSNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT {
-	    yyRelMonth += $1 * $2;
-	}
-	| tMONTH_UNIT {
-	    yyRelMonth++;
-	}
-	| tUNUMBER tDAY_UNIT {
-	    yyRelDay += $1 * $2;
-	}
-	| tSNUMBER tDAY_UNIT {
-	    yyRelDay += $1 * $2;
-	}
-	| tDAY_UNIT {
-	    yyRelDay++;
-	}
-	| tUNUMBER tHOUR_UNIT {
-	    yyRelHour += $1 * $2;
-	}
-	| tSNUMBER tHOUR_UNIT {
-	    yyRelHour += $1 * $2;
-	}
-	| tHOUR_UNIT {
-	    yyRelHour++;
-	}
-	| tUNUMBER tMINUTE_UNIT {
-	    yyRelMinutes += $1 * $2;
-	}
-	| tSNUMBER tMINUTE_UNIT {
-	    yyRelMinutes += $1 * $2;
-	}
-	| tMINUTE_UNIT {
-	    yyRelMinutes++;
-	}
-	| tUNUMBER tSEC_UNIT {
-	    yyRelSeconds += $1 * $2;
-	}
-	| tSNUMBER tSEC_UNIT {
-	    yyRelSeconds += $1 * $2;
-	}
-	| tSEC_UNIT {
-	    yyRelSeconds++;
-	}
-	;
-
-number	: tUNUMBER
-          {
-	    if ((yyHaveTime != 0) && (yyHaveDate != 0) && (yyHaveRel == 0))
-	      yyYear = $1;
-	    else
-	      {
-		if ($1>10000)
-		  {
-		    yyHaveDate++;
-		    yyDay= ($1)%100;
-		    yyMonth= ($1/100)%100;
-		    yyYear = $1/10000;
-		  }
-		else
-		  {
-		    yyHaveTime++;
-		    if ($1 < 100)
-		      {
-			yyHour = $1;
-			yyMinutes = 0;
-		      }
-		    else
-		      {
-		    	yyHour = $1 / 100;
-		    	yyMinutes = $1 % 100;
-		      }
-		    yySeconds = 0;
-		    yyMeridian = MER24;
-		  }
-	      }
-	  }
-	;
-
-o_merid	: /* NULL */
-	  {
-	    $$ = MER24;
-	  }
-	| tMERIDIAN
-	  {
-	    $$ = $1;
-	  }
-	;
-
-%%
-
-/* Month and day table. */
-static TABLE const MonthDayTable[] = {
-    { "january",	tMONTH,  1 },
-    { "february",	tMONTH,  2 },
-    { "march",		tMONTH,  3 },
-    { "april",		tMONTH,  4 },
-    { "may",		tMONTH,  5 },
-    { "june",		tMONTH,  6 },
-    { "july",		tMONTH,  7 },
-    { "august",		tMONTH,  8 },
-    { "september",	tMONTH,  9 },
-    { "sept",		tMONTH,  9 },
-    { "october",	tMONTH, 10 },
-    { "november",	tMONTH, 11 },
-    { "december",	tMONTH, 12 },
-    { "sunday",		tDAY, 0 },
-    { "monday",		tDAY, 1 },
-    { "tuesday",	tDAY, 2 },
-    { "tues",		tDAY, 2 },
-    { "wednesday",	tDAY, 3 },
-    { "wednes",		tDAY, 3 },
-    { "thursday",	tDAY, 4 },
-    { "thur",		tDAY, 4 },
-    { "thurs",		tDAY, 4 },
-    { "friday",		tDAY, 5 },
-    { "saturday",	tDAY, 6 },
-    { NULL, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* Time units table. */
-static TABLE const UnitsTable[] = {
-    { "year",		tYEAR_UNIT,	1 },
-    { "month",		tMONTH_UNIT,	1 },
-    { "fortnight",	tDAY_UNIT,	14 },
-    { "week",		tDAY_UNIT,	7 },
-    { "day",		tDAY_UNIT,	1 },
-    { "hour",		tHOUR_UNIT,	1 },
-    { "minute",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	1 },
-    { "min",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	1 },
-    { "second",		tSEC_UNIT,	1 },
-    { "sec",		tSEC_UNIT,	1 },
-    { NULL, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* Assorted relative-time words. */
-static TABLE const OtherTable[] = {
-    { "tomorrow",	tMINUTE_UNIT,	1 * 24 * 60 },
-    { "yesterday",	tMINUTE_UNIT,	-1 * 24 * 60 },
-    { "today",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	0 },
-    { "now",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	0 },
-    { "last",		tUNUMBER,	-1 },
-    { "this",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	0 },
-    { "next",		tUNUMBER,	2 },
-    { "first",		tUNUMBER,	1 },
-/*  { "second",		tUNUMBER,	2 }, */
-    { "third",		tUNUMBER,	3 },
-    { "fourth",		tUNUMBER,	4 },
-    { "fifth",		tUNUMBER,	5 },
-    { "sixth",		tUNUMBER,	6 },
-    { "seventh",	tUNUMBER,	7 },
-    { "eighth",		tUNUMBER,	8 },
-    { "ninth",		tUNUMBER,	9 },
-    { "tenth",		tUNUMBER,	10 },
-    { "eleventh",	tUNUMBER,	11 },
-    { "twelfth",	tUNUMBER,	12 },
-    { "ago",		tAGO,	1 },
-    { NULL, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* The timezone table. */
-static TABLE const TimezoneTable[] = {
-    { "gmt",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) },	/* Greenwich Mean */
-    { "ut",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) },	/* Universal (Coordinated) */
-    { "utc",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) },
-    { "wet",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 0) },	/* Western European */
-    { "bst",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 0) },	/* British Summer */
-    { "wat",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 1) },	/* West Africa */
-    { "at",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 2) },	/* Azores */
-    { "ast",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 4) },	/* Atlantic Standard */
-    { "adt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 4) },	/* Atlantic Daylight */
-    { "est",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 5) },	/* Eastern Standard */
-    { "edt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 5) },	/* Eastern Daylight */
-    { "cst",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 6) },	/* Central Standard */
-    { "cdt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 6) },	/* Central Daylight */
-    { "mst",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 7) },	/* Mountain Standard */
-    { "mdt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 7) },	/* Mountain Daylight */
-    { "pst",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 8) },	/* Pacific Standard */
-    { "pdt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 8) },	/* Pacific Daylight */
-    { "yst",	tZONE,     HOUR ( 9) },	/* Yukon Standard */
-    { "ydt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR ( 9) },	/* Yukon Daylight */
-    { "hst",	tZONE,     HOUR (10) },	/* Hawaii Standard */
-    { "hdt",	tDAYZONE,  HOUR (10) },	/* Hawaii Daylight */
-    { "cat",	tZONE,     HOUR (10) },	/* Central Alaska */
-    { "ahst",	tZONE,     HOUR (10) },	/* Alaska-Hawaii Standard */
-    { "nt",	tZONE,     HOUR (11) },	/* Nome */
-    { "idlw",	tZONE,     HOUR (12) },	/* International Date Line West */
-    { "cet",	tZONE,     -HOUR (1) },	/* Central European */
-    { "met",	tZONE,     -HOUR (1) },	/* Middle European */
-    { "mewt",	tZONE,     -HOUR (1) },	/* Middle European Winter */
-    { "mest",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (1) },	/* Middle European Summer */
-    { "mesz",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (1) },	/* Middle European Summer */
-    { "swt",	tZONE,     -HOUR (1) },	/* Swedish Winter */
-    { "sst",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (1) },	/* Swedish Summer */
-    { "fwt",	tZONE,     -HOUR (1) },	/* French Winter */
-    { "fst",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (1) },	/* French Summer */
-    { "eet",	tZONE,     -HOUR (2) },	/* Eastern Europe, USSR Zone 1 */
-    { "bt",	tZONE,     -HOUR (3) },	/* Baghdad, USSR Zone 2 */
-    { "zp4",	tZONE,     -HOUR (4) },	/* USSR Zone 3 */
-    { "zp5",	tZONE,     -HOUR (5) },	/* USSR Zone 4 */
-    { "zp6",	tZONE,     -HOUR (6) },	/* USSR Zone 5 */
-    { "wast",	tZONE,     -HOUR (7) },	/* West Australian Standard */
-    { "wadt",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (7) },	/* West Australian Daylight */
-    { "cct",	tZONE,     -HOUR (8) },	/* China Coast, USSR Zone 7 */
-    { "jst",	tZONE,     -HOUR (9) },	/* Japan Standard, USSR Zone 8 */
-    { "east",	tZONE,     -HOUR (10) },	/* Eastern Australian Standard */
-    { "eadt",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (10) },	/* Eastern Australian Daylight */
-    { "gst",	tZONE,     -HOUR (10) },	/* Guam Standard, USSR Zone 9 */
-    { "nzt",	tZONE,     -HOUR (12) },	/* New Zealand */
-    { "nzst",	tZONE,     -HOUR (12) },	/* New Zealand Standard */
-    { "nzdt",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (12) },	/* New Zealand Daylight */
-    { "idle",	tZONE,     -HOUR (12) },	/* International Date Line East */
-    { NULL, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-/* Military timezone table. */
-static TABLE const MilitaryTable[] = {
-    { "a",	tZONE,	HOUR (  1) },
-    { "b",	tZONE,	HOUR (  2) },
-    { "c",	tZONE,	HOUR (  3) },
-    { "d",	tZONE,	HOUR (  4) },
-    { "e",	tZONE,	HOUR (  5) },
-    { "f",	tZONE,	HOUR (  6) },
-    { "g",	tZONE,	HOUR (  7) },
-    { "h",	tZONE,	HOUR (  8) },
-    { "i",	tZONE,	HOUR (  9) },
-    { "k",	tZONE,	HOUR ( 10) },
-    { "l",	tZONE,	HOUR ( 11) },
-    { "m",	tZONE,	HOUR ( 12) },
-    { "n",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 1) },
-    { "o",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 2) },
-    { "p",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 3) },
-    { "q",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 4) },
-    { "r",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 5) },
-    { "s",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 6) },
-    { "t",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 7) },
-    { "u",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 8) },
-    { "v",	tZONE,	HOUR (- 9) },
-    { "w",	tZONE,	HOUR (-10) },
-    { "x",	tZONE,	HOUR (-11) },
-    { "y",	tZONE,	HOUR (-12) },
-    { "z",	tZONE,	HOUR (  0) },
-    { NULL, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-
-
-
-static int yyerror (unused const char *s)
-{
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static int ToHour (int Hours, MERIDIAN Meridian)
-{
-  switch (Meridian)
-    {
-    case MER24:
-      if (Hours < 0 || Hours > 23)
-	return -1;
-      return Hours;
-    case MERam:
-      if (Hours < 1 || Hours > 12)
-	return -1;
-      if (Hours == 12)
-	Hours = 0;
-      return Hours;
-    case MERpm:
-      if (Hours < 1 || Hours > 12)
-	return -1;
-      if (Hours == 12)
-	Hours = 0;
-      return Hours + 12;
-    default:
-      abort ();
-    }
-  /* NOTREACHED */
-}
-
-static int ToYear (int Year)
-{
-  if (Year < 0)
-    Year = -Year;
-
-  /* XPG4 suggests that years 00-68 map to 2000-2068, and
-     years 69-99 map to 1969-1999.  */
-  if (Year < 69)
-    Year += 2000;
-  else if (Year < 100)
-    Year += 1900;
-
-  return Year;
-}
-
-static int LookupWord (char *buff)
-{
-  register char *p;
-  register char *q;
-  register const TABLE *tp;
-  int i;
-  bool abbrev;
-
-  /* Make it lowercase. */
-  for (p = buff; '\0' != *p; p++)
-    if (isupper (*p))
-      *p = tolower (*p);
-
-  if (strcmp (buff, "am") == 0 || strcmp (buff, "a.m.") == 0)
-    {
-      yylval.Meridian = MERam;
-      return tMERIDIAN;
-    }
-  if (strcmp (buff, "pm") == 0 || strcmp (buff, "p.m.") == 0)
-    {
-      yylval.Meridian = MERpm;
-      return tMERIDIAN;
-    }
-
-  /* See if we have an abbreviation for a month. */
-  if (strlen (buff) == 3)
-    abbrev = true;
-  else if (strlen (buff) == 4 && buff[3] == '.')
-    {
-      abbrev = true;
-      buff[3] = '\0';
-    }
-  else
-    abbrev = false;
-
-  for (tp = MonthDayTable; tp->name; tp++)
-    {
-      if (abbrev)
-	{
-	  if (strncmp (buff, tp->name, 3) == 0)
-	    {
-	      yylval.Number = tp->value;
-	      return tp->type;
-	    }
-	}
-      else if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
-	{
-	  yylval.Number = tp->value;
-	  return tp->type;
-	}
-    }
-
-  for (tp = TimezoneTable; tp->name; tp++)
-    if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
-      {
-	yylval.Number = tp->value;
-	return tp->type;
-      }
-
-  if (strcmp (buff, "dst") == 0)
-    return tDST;
-
-  for (tp = UnitsTable; tp->name; tp++)
-    if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
-      {
-	yylval.Number = tp->value;
-	return tp->type;
-      }
-
-  /* Strip off any plural and try the units table again. */
-  i = strlen (buff) - 1;
-  if (buff[i] == 's')
-    {
-      buff[i] = '\0';
-      for (tp = UnitsTable; tp->name; tp++)
-	if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
-	  {
-	    yylval.Number = tp->value;
-	    return tp->type;
-	  }
-      buff[i] = 's';		/* Put back for "this" in OtherTable. */
-    }
-
-  for (tp = OtherTable; tp->name; tp++)
-    if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
-      {
-	yylval.Number = tp->value;
-	return tp->type;
-      }
-
-  /* Military timezones. */
-  if (buff[1] == '\0' && isalpha (*buff))
-    {
-      for (tp = MilitaryTable; tp->name; tp++)
-	if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
-	  {
-	    yylval.Number = tp->value;
-	    return tp->type;
-	  }
-    }
-
-  /* Drop out any periods and try the timezone table again. */
-  for (i = 0, p = q = buff; '\0' != *q; q++)
-    if (*q != '.')
-      *p++ = *q;
-    else
-      i++;
-  *p = '\0';
-  if (0 != i)
-    for (tp = TimezoneTable; NULL != tp->name; tp++)
-      if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
-	{
-	  yylval.Number = tp->value;
-	  return tp->type;
-	}
-
-  return tID;
-}
-
-static int
-yylex (void)
-{
-  register char c;
-  register char *p;
-  char buff[20];
-  int Count;
-  int sign;
-
-  for (;;)
-    {
-      while (isspace (*yyInput))
-	yyInput++;
-
-      if (isdigit (c = *yyInput) || c == '-' || c == '+')
-	{
-	  if (c == '-' || c == '+')
-	    {
-	      sign = c == '-' ? -1 : 1;
-	      if (!isdigit (*++yyInput))
-		/* skip the '-' sign */
-		continue;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    sign = 0;
-	  for (yylval.Number = 0; isdigit (c = *yyInput++);)
-	    yylval.Number = 10 * yylval.Number + c - '0';
-	  yyInput--;
-	  if (sign < 0)
-	    yylval.Number = -yylval.Number;
-	  return (0 != sign) ? tSNUMBER : tUNUMBER;
-	}
-      if (isalpha (c))
-	{
-	  for (p = buff; (c = *yyInput++, isalpha (c)) || c == '.';)
-	    if (p < &buff[sizeof buff - 1])
-	      *p++ = c;
-	  *p = '\0';
-	  yyInput--;
-	  return LookupWord (buff);
-	}
-      if (c != '(')
-	return *yyInput++;
-      Count = 0;
-      do
-	{
-	  c = *yyInput++;
-	  if (c == '\0')
-	    return c;
-	  if (c == '(')
-	    Count++;
-	  else if (c == ')')
-	    Count--;
-	}
-      while (Count > 0);
-    }
-}
-
-#define TM_YEAR_ORIGIN 1900
-
-/* Yield A - B, measured in seconds.  */
-static long difftm (struct tm *a, struct tm *b)
-{
-  int ay = a->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1);
-  int by = b->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1);
-  long days = (
-  /* difference in day of year */
-		a->tm_yday - b->tm_yday
-  /* + intervening leap days */
-		+ ((ay >> 2) - (by >> 2))
-		- (ay / 100 - by / 100)
-		+ ((ay / 100 >> 2) - (by / 100 >> 2))
-  /* + difference in years * 365 */
-		+ (long) (ay - by) * 365
-  );
-  return (60 * (60 * (24 * days + (a->tm_hour - b->tm_hour))
-		+ (a->tm_min - b->tm_min))
-	  + (a->tm_sec - b->tm_sec));
-}
-
-time_t get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
-{
-  struct tm tm, tm0, *tmp;
-  time_t Start;
-
-  yyInput = p;
-  Start = now ? *now : time ((time_t *) NULL);
-  tmp = localtime (&Start);
-  yyYear = tmp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_ORIGIN;
-  yyMonth = tmp->tm_mon + 1;
-  yyDay = tmp->tm_mday;
-  yyHour = tmp->tm_hour;
-  yyMinutes = tmp->tm_min;
-  yySeconds = tmp->tm_sec;
-  yyMeridian = MER24;
-  yyRelSeconds = 0;
-  yyRelMinutes = 0;
-  yyRelHour = 0;
-  yyRelDay = 0;
-  yyRelMonth = 0;
-  yyRelYear = 0;
-  yyHaveDate = 0;
-  yyHaveDay = 0;
-  yyHaveRel = 0;
-  yyHaveTime = 0;
-  yyHaveZone = 0;
-
-  if (yyparse ()
-      || yyHaveTime > 1 || yyHaveZone > 1 || yyHaveDate > 1 || yyHaveDay > 1)
-    return -1;
-
-  tm.tm_year = ToYear (yyYear) - TM_YEAR_ORIGIN + yyRelYear;
-  tm.tm_mon = yyMonth - 1 + yyRelMonth;
-  tm.tm_mday = yyDay + yyRelDay;
-  if ((yyHaveTime != 0) ||
-      ( (yyHaveRel != 0) && (yyHaveDate == 0) && (yyHaveDay == 0) ))
-    {
-      tm.tm_hour = ToHour (yyHour, yyMeridian);
-      if (tm.tm_hour < 0)
-	return -1;
-      tm.tm_min = yyMinutes;
-      tm.tm_sec = yySeconds;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      tm.tm_hour = tm.tm_min = tm.tm_sec = 0;
-    }
-  tm.tm_hour += yyRelHour;
-  tm.tm_min += yyRelMinutes;
-  tm.tm_sec += yyRelSeconds;
-  tm.tm_isdst = -1;
-  tm0 = tm;
-
-  Start = mktime (&tm);
-
-  if (Start == (time_t) -1)
-    {
-
-      /* Guard against falsely reporting errors near the time_t boundaries
-         when parsing times in other time zones.  For example, if the min
-         time_t value is 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC and we are 8 hours ahead
-         of UTC, then the min localtime value is 1970-01-01 08:00:00; if
-         we apply mktime to 1970-01-01 00:00:00 we will get an error, so
-         we apply mktime to 1970-01-02 08:00:00 instead and adjust the time
-         zone by 24 hours to compensate.  This algorithm assumes that
-         there is no DST transition within a day of the time_t boundaries.  */
-      if (yyHaveZone)
-	{
-	  tm = tm0;
-	  if (tm.tm_year <= EPOCH - TM_YEAR_ORIGIN)
-	    {
-	      tm.tm_mday++;
-	      yyTimezone -= 24 * 60;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      tm.tm_mday--;
-	      yyTimezone += 24 * 60;
-	    }
-	  Start = mktime (&tm);
-	}
-
-      if (Start == (time_t) -1)
-	return Start;
-    }
-
-  if (yyHaveDay && !yyHaveDate)
-    {
-      tm.tm_mday += ((yyDayNumber - tm.tm_wday + 7) % 7
-		     + 7 * (yyDayOrdinal - (0 < yyDayOrdinal)));
-      Start = mktime (&tm);
-      if (Start == (time_t) -1)
-	return Start;
-    }
-
-  if (yyHaveZone)
-    {
-      long delta = yyTimezone * 60L + difftm (&tm, gmtime (&Start));
-      if ((Start + delta < Start) != (delta < 0))
-	return -1;		/* time_t overflow */
-      Start += delta;
-    }
-
-  return Start;
-}
-
-#if	defined (TEST)
-
-/* ARGSUSED */
-int
-main (ac, av)
-     int ac;
-     char *av[];
-{
-  char buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN + 1];
-  time_t d;
-
-  (void) printf ("Enter date, or blank line to exit.\n\t> ");
-  (void) fflush (stdout);
-
-  buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN] = 0;
-  while (fgets (buff, MAX_BUFF_LEN, stdin) && buff[0])
-    {
-      d = get_date (buff, (time_t *) NULL);
-      if (d == -1)
-	(void) printf ("Bad format - couldn't convert.\n");
-      else
-	(void) printf ("%s", ctime (&d));
-      (void) printf ("\t> ");
-      (void) fflush (stdout);
-    }
-  exit (0);
-  /* NOTREACHED */
-}
-#endif /* defined (TEST) */
diff --git a/libmisc/getgr_nam_gid.c b/libmisc/getgr_nam_gid.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5294f50..0000000
--- a/libmisc/getgr_nam_gid.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2000 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <grp.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-/*
- * getgr_nam_gid - Return a pointer to the group specified by a string.
- * The string may be a valid GID or a valid groupname.
- * If the group does not exist on the system, NULL is returned.
- */
-extern /*@only@*//*@null@*/struct group *getgr_nam_gid (/*@null@*/const char *grname)
-{
-	long long int gid;
-	char *endptr;
-
-	if (NULL == grname) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	errno = 0;
-	gid = strtoll (grname, &endptr, 10);
-	if (   ('\0' != *grname)
-	    && ('\0' == *endptr)
-	    && (ERANGE != errno)
-	    && (/*@+longintegral@*/gid == (gid_t)gid)/*@=longintegral@*/) {
-		return xgetgrgid ((gid_t) gid);
-	}
-	return xgetgrnam (grname);
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/getrange.c b/libmisc/getrange.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 82f2edf..0000000
--- a/libmisc/getrange.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id: $"
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-/*
- * Parse a range and indicate if the range is valid.
- * Valid ranges are in the form:
- *     <long>          -> min=max=long         has_min  has_max
- *     -<long>         -> max=long            !has_min  has_max
- *     <long>-         -> min=long             has_min !has_max
- *     <long1>-<long2> -> min=long1 max=long2  has_min  has_max
- *
- * If the range is valid, getrange returns 1.
- * If the range is not valid, getrange returns 0.
- */
-int getrange (const char *range,
-              unsigned long *min, bool *has_min,
-              unsigned long *max, bool *has_max)
-{
-	char *endptr;
-	unsigned long n;
-
-	if (NULL == range) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	if ('-' == range[0]) {
-		if (!isdigit(range[1])) {
-			/* invalid */
-			return 0;
-		}
-		errno = 0;
-		n = strtoul (&range[1], &endptr, 10);
-		if (('\0' != *endptr) || (ERANGE == errno)) {
-			/* invalid */
-			return 0;
-		}
-		/* -<long> */
-		*has_min = false;
-		*has_max = true;
-		*max = n;
-	} else {
-		errno = 0;
-		n = strtoul (range, &endptr, 10);
-		if (ERANGE == errno) {
-			/* invalid */
-			return 0;
-		}
-		switch (*endptr) {
-			case '\0':
-				/* <long> */
-				*has_min = true;
-				*has_max = true;
-				*min = n;
-				*max = n;
-				break;
-			case '-':
-				endptr++;
-				if ('\0' == *endptr) {
-					/* <long>- */
-					*has_min = true;
-					*has_max = false;
-					*min = n;
-				} else if (!isdigit (*endptr)) {
-					/* invalid */
-					return 0;
-				} else {
-					*has_min = true;
-					*min = n;
-					errno = 0;
-					n = strtoul (endptr, &endptr, 10);
-					if (   ('\0' != *endptr)
-					    || (ERANGE == errno)) {
-						/* invalid */
-						return 0;
-					}
-					/* <long>-<long> */
-					*has_max = true;
-					*max = n;
-				}
-				break;
-			default:
-				return 0;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return 1;
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/gettime.c b/libmisc/gettime.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b288402..0000000
--- a/libmisc/gettime.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2017, Chris Lamb
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-/*
- * gettime() returns the time as the number of seconds since the Epoch
- *
- * Like time(), gettime() returns the time as the number of seconds since the
- * Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC), except that if the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH
- * environment variable is exported it will use that instead.
- */
-/*@observer@*/time_t gettime ()
-{
-	char *endptr;
-	char *source_date_epoch;
-	time_t fallback;
-	unsigned long long epoch;
-	FILE *shadow_logfd = log_get_logfd();
-
-	fallback = time (NULL);
-	source_date_epoch = shadow_getenv ("SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH");
-
-	if (!source_date_epoch)
-		return fallback;
-
-	errno = 0;
-	epoch = strtoull (source_date_epoch, &endptr, 10);
-	if ((errno == ERANGE && (epoch == ULLONG_MAX || epoch == 0))
-			|| (errno != 0 && epoch == 0)) {
-		fprintf (shadow_logfd,
-			 _("Environment variable $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH: strtoull: %s\n"),
-			 strerror(errno));
-	} else if (endptr == source_date_epoch) {
-		fprintf (shadow_logfd,
-			 _("Environment variable $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH: No digits were found: %s\n"),
-			 endptr);
-	} else if (*endptr != '\0') {
-		fprintf (shadow_logfd,
-			 _("Environment variable $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH: Trailing garbage: %s\n"),
-			 endptr);
-	} else if (epoch > ULONG_MAX) {
-		fprintf (shadow_logfd,
-			 _("Environment variable $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH: value must be smaller than or equal to %lu but was found to be: %llu\n"),
-			 ULONG_MAX, epoch);
-	} else if (epoch > fallback) {
-		fprintf (shadow_logfd,
-			 _("Environment variable $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH: value must be smaller than or equal to the current time (%lu) but was found to be: %llu\n"),
-			 fallback, epoch);
-	} else {
-		/* Valid */
-		return (time_t)epoch;
-	}
-
-	return fallback;
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/hushed.c b/libmisc/hushed.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 84b2f55..0000000
--- a/libmisc/hushed.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1993, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1993, Chip Rosenthal
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-/*
- * hushed - determine if a user receives login messages
- *
- * Look in the hushed-logins file (or user's home directory) to see
- * if the user is to receive the login-time messages.
- */
-bool hushed (const char *username)
-{
-	struct passwd *pw;
-	const char *hushfile;
-	char buf[BUFSIZ];
-	bool found;
-	FILE *fp;
-
-	/*
-	 * Get the name of the file to use.  If this option is not
-	 * defined, default to a noisy login.
-	 */
-
-	hushfile = getdef_str ("HUSHLOGIN_FILE");
-	if (NULL == hushfile) {
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	pw = getpwnam (username);
-	if (NULL == pw) {
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * If this is not a fully rooted path then see if the
-	 * file exists in the user's home directory.
-	 */
-
-	if (hushfile[0] != '/') {
-		(void) snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%s/%s", pw->pw_dir, hushfile);
-		return (access (buf, F_OK) == 0);
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * If this is a fully rooted path then go through the file
-	 * and see if this user, or its shell is in there.
-	 */
-
-	fp = fopen (hushfile, "r");
-	if (NULL == fp) {
-		return false;
-	}
-	for (found = false; !found && (fgets (buf, (int) sizeof buf, fp) == buf);) {
-		buf[strcspn (buf, "\n")] = '\0';
-		found = (strcmp (buf, pw->pw_shell) == 0) ||
-		        (strcmp (buf, pw->pw_name) == 0);
-	}
-	(void) fclose (fp);
-	return found;
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/idmapping.c b/libmisc/idmapping.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 30eb89f..0000000
--- a/libmisc/idmapping.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2013 Eric Biederman
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "idmapping.h"
-#if HAVE_SYS_CAPABILITY_H
-#include <sys/prctl.h>
-#include <sys/capability.h>
-#endif
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-struct map_range *get_map_ranges(int ranges, int argc, char **argv)
-{
-	struct map_range *mappings, *mapping;
-	int idx, argidx;
-
-	if (ranges < 0 || argc < 0) {
-		fprintf(log_get_logfd(), "%s: error calculating number of arguments\n", log_get_progname());
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	if (ranges != ((argc + 2) / 3)) {
-		fprintf(log_get_logfd(), "%s: ranges: %u is wrong for argc: %d\n", log_get_progname(), ranges, argc);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	if ((ranges * 3) > argc) {
-		fprintf(log_get_logfd(), "ranges: %u argc: %d\n",
-			ranges, argc);
-		fprintf(log_get_logfd(),
-			_( "%s: Not enough arguments to form %u mappings\n"),
-			log_get_progname(), ranges);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	mappings = calloc(ranges, sizeof(*mappings));
-	if (!mappings) {
-		fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _( "%s: Memory allocation failure\n"),
-			log_get_progname());
-		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-	}
-
-	/* Gather up the ranges from the command line */
-	mapping = mappings;
-	for (idx = 0, argidx = 0; idx < ranges; idx++, argidx += 3, mapping++) {
-		if (!getulong(argv[argidx + 0], &mapping->upper)) {
-			free(mappings);
-			return NULL;
-		}
-		if (!getulong(argv[argidx + 1], &mapping->lower)) {
-			free(mappings);
-			return NULL;
-		}
-		if (!getulong(argv[argidx + 2], &mapping->count)) {
-			free(mappings);
-			return NULL;
-		}
-		if (ULONG_MAX - mapping->upper <= mapping->count || ULONG_MAX - mapping->lower <= mapping->count) {
-			fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _( "%s: subuid overflow detected.\n"), log_get_progname());
-			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-		}
-		if (mapping->upper > UINT_MAX ||
-			mapping->lower > UINT_MAX ||
-			mapping->count > UINT_MAX)  {
-			fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _( "%s: subuid overflow detected.\n"), log_get_progname());
-			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-		}
-		if (mapping->lower + mapping->count > UINT_MAX ||
-				mapping->upper + mapping->count > UINT_MAX) {
-			fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _( "%s: subuid overflow detected.\n"), log_get_progname());
-			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-		}
-		if (mapping->lower + mapping->count < mapping->lower ||
-				mapping->upper + mapping->count < mapping->upper) {
-			/* this one really shouldn't be possible given previous checks */
-			fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _( "%s: subuid overflow detected.\n"), log_get_progname());
-			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-		}
-	}
-	return mappings;
-}
-
-/* Number of ascii digits needed to print any unsigned long in decimal.
- * There are approximately 10 bits for every 3 decimal digits.
- * So from bits to digits the formula is roundup((Number of bits)/10) * 3.
- * For common sizes of integers this works out to:
- *  2bytes -->  6 ascii estimate  -> 65536  (5 real)
- *  4bytes --> 12 ascii estimated -> 4294967296 (10 real)
- *  8bytes --> 21 ascii estimated -> 18446744073709551616 (20 real)
- * 16bytes --> 39 ascii estimated -> 340282366920938463463374607431768211456 (39 real)
- */
-#define ULONG_DIGITS ((((sizeof(unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT) + 9)/10)*3)
-
-#if HAVE_SYS_CAPABILITY_H
-static inline bool maps_lower_root(int cap, int ranges, const struct map_range *mappings)
-{
-	int idx;
-	const struct map_range *mapping;
-
-	if (cap != CAP_SETUID)
-		return false;
-
-	mapping = mappings;
-	for (idx = 0; idx < ranges; idx++, mapping++) {
-		if (mapping->lower == 0)
-			return true;
-	}
-
-	return false;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The ruid refers to the caller's uid and is used to reset the effective uid
- * back to the callers real uid.
- * This clutch mainly exists for setuid-based new{g,u}idmap binaries that are
- * called in contexts where all capabilities other than the necessary
- * CAP_SET{G,U}ID capabilities are dropped. Since the kernel will require
- * assurance that the caller holds CAP_SYS_ADMIN over the target user namespace
- * the only way it can confirm is in this case is if the effective uid is
- * equivalent to the uid owning the target user namespace.
- * Note, we only support this when a) new{g,u}idmap is not called by root and
- * b) if the caller's uid and the uid retrieved via system appropriate means
- * (shadow file or other) are identical. Specifically, this does not support
- * when the root user calls the new{g,u}idmap binary for an unprivileged user.
- * If this is wanted: use file capabilities!
- */
-void write_mapping(int proc_dir_fd, int ranges, const struct map_range *mappings,
-	const char *map_file, uid_t ruid)
-{
-	int idx;
-	const struct map_range *mapping;
-	size_t bufsize;
-	char *buf, *pos;
-	int fd;
-
-#if HAVE_SYS_CAPABILITY_H
-	int cap;
-	struct __user_cap_header_struct hdr = {_LINUX_CAPABILITY_VERSION_3, 0};
-	struct __user_cap_data_struct data[2] = {{0}};
-
-	if (strcmp(map_file, "uid_map") == 0) {
-		cap = CAP_SETUID;
-	} else if (strcmp(map_file, "gid_map") == 0) {
-		cap = CAP_SETGID;
-	} else {
-		fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _("%s: Invalid map file %s specified\n"), log_get_progname(), map_file);
-		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-	}
-
-	/* Align setuid- and fscaps-based new{g,u}idmap behavior. */
-	if (geteuid() == 0 && geteuid() != ruid) {
-		if (prctl(PR_SET_KEEPCAPS, 1, 0, 0, 0) < 0) {
-			fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _("%s: Could not prctl(PR_SET_KEEPCAPS)\n"), log_get_progname());
-			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-		}
-
-		if (seteuid(ruid) < 0) {
-			fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _("%s: Could not seteuid to %d\n"), log_get_progname(), ruid);
-			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-		}
-	}
-
-	/* Lockdown new{g,u}idmap by dropping all unneeded capabilities. */
-	memset(data, 0, sizeof(data));
-	data[0].effective = CAP_TO_MASK(cap);
-	/*
-	 * When uid 0 from the ancestor userns is supposed to be mapped into
-	 * the child userns we need to retain CAP_SETFCAP.
-	 */
-	if (maps_lower_root(cap, ranges, mappings))
-		data[0].effective |= CAP_TO_MASK(CAP_SETFCAP);
-	data[0].permitted = data[0].effective;
-	if (capset(&hdr, data) < 0) {
-		fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _("%s: Could not set caps\n"), log_get_progname());
-		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-	}
-#endif
-
-	bufsize = ranges * ((ULONG_DIGITS + 1) * 3);
-	pos = buf = xmalloc(bufsize);
-
-	/* Build the mapping command */
-	mapping = mappings;
-	for (idx = 0; idx < ranges; idx++, mapping++) {
-		/* Append this range to the string that will be written */
-		int written = snprintf(pos, bufsize - (pos - buf),
-			"%lu %lu %lu\n",
-			mapping->upper,
-			mapping->lower,
-			mapping->count);
-		if ((written <= 0) || (written >= (bufsize - (pos - buf)))) {
-			fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _("%s: snprintf failed!\n"), log_get_progname());
-			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-		}
-		pos += written;
-	}
-
-	/* Write the mapping to the mapping file */
-	fd = openat(proc_dir_fd, map_file, O_WRONLY);
-	if (fd < 0) {
-		fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _("%s: open of %s failed: %s\n"),
-			log_get_progname(), map_file, strerror(errno));
-		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-	}
-	if (write(fd, buf, pos - buf) != (pos - buf)) {
-		fprintf(log_get_logfd(), _("%s: write to %s failed: %s\n"),
-			log_get_progname(), map_file, strerror(errno));
-		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-	}
-	close(fd);
-	free(buf);
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/idmapping.h b/libmisc/idmapping.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 46d4631..0000000
--- a/libmisc/idmapping.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2013 Eric Biederman
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#ifndef _IDMAPPING_H_
-#define _IDMAPPING_H_
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-struct map_range {
-	unsigned long upper; /* first ID inside the namespace */
-	unsigned long lower; /* first ID outside the namespace */
-	unsigned long count; /* Length of the inside and outside ranges */
-};
-
-extern struct map_range *get_map_ranges(int ranges, int argc, char **argv);
-extern void write_mapping(int proc_dir_fd, int ranges,
-	const struct map_range *mappings, const char *map_file, uid_t ruid);
-
-#endif /* _ID_MAPPING_H_ */
-
diff --git a/libmisc/isexpired.c b/libmisc/isexpired.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ff20396..0000000
--- a/libmisc/isexpired.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * Extracted from age.c and made part of libshadow.a - may be useful
- * in other shadow-aware programs.  --marekm
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include <time.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-
-/*
- * isexpired - determine if account is expired yet
- *
- *	isexpired calculates the expiration date based on the
- *	password expiration criteria.
- *
- * Return value:
- *	0: The password is still valid
- *	1: The password has expired, it must be changed
- *	2: The password has expired since a long time and the account is
- *	   now disabled. (password cannot be changed)
- *	3: The account has expired
- */
-int isexpired (const struct passwd *pw, /*@null@*/const struct spwd *sp)
-{
-	long now;
-
-	now = (long) time ((time_t *) 0) / SCALE;
-
-	if (NULL == sp) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Quick and easy - there is an expired account field
-	 * along with an inactive account field.  Do the expired
-	 * one first since it is worse.
-	 */
-
-	if ((sp->sp_expire > 0) && (now >= sp->sp_expire)) {
-		return 3;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Last changed date 1970-01-01 (not very likely) means that
-	 * the password must be changed on next login (passwd -e).
-	 *
-	 * The check for "x" is a workaround for RedHat NYS libc bug -
-	 * if /etc/shadow doesn't exist, getspnam() still succeeds and
-	 * returns sp_lstchg==0 (must change password) instead of -1!
-	 */
-	if (   (0 == sp->sp_lstchg)
-	    && (strcmp (pw->pw_passwd, SHADOW_PASSWD_STRING) == 0)) {
-		return 1;
-	}
-
-	if (   (sp->sp_lstchg > 0)
-	    && (sp->sp_max >= 0)
-	    && (sp->sp_inact >= 0)
-	    && (now >= (sp->sp_lstchg + sp->sp_max + sp->sp_inact))) {
-		return 2;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * The last and max fields must be present for an account
-	 * to have an expired password.  A maximum of >10000 days
-	 * is considered to be infinite.
-	 */
-
-	if (   (-1 == sp->sp_lstchg)
-	    || (-1 == sp->sp_max)
-	    || (sp->sp_max >= ((10000L * DAY) / SCALE))) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Calculate today's day and the day on which the password
-	 * is going to expire.  If that date has already passed,
-	 * the password has expired.
-	 */
-
-	if (now >= (sp->sp_lstchg + sp->sp_max)) {
-		return 1;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/limits.c b/libmisc/limits.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fea85fe..0000000
--- a/libmisc/limits.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,589 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * Separated from setup.c.  --marekm
- * Resource limits thanks to Cristian Gafton.
- * Enhancements of resource limit code by Thomas Orgis <thomas@orgis.org>
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ifndef USE_PAM
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include "getdef.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
-#include <sys/resource.h>
-#define LIMITS
-#endif
-#ifdef LIMITS
-#ifndef LIMITS_FILE
-#define LIMITS_FILE "/etc/limits"
-#endif
-#define LOGIN_ERROR_RLIMIT	1
-#define LOGIN_ERROR_LOGIN	2
-/* Set a limit on a resource */
-/*
- *	rlimit - RLIMIT_XXXX
- *	value - string value to be read
- *	multiplier - value*multiplier is the actual limit
- */
-static int setrlimit_value (unsigned int resource,
-                            const char *value,
-                            unsigned int multiplier)
-{
-	struct rlimit rlim;
-	rlim_t limit;
-
-	/* The "-" is special, not belonging to a strange negative limit.
-	 * It is infinity, in a controlled way.
-	 */
-	if ('-' == value[0]) {
-		limit = RLIM_INFINITY;
-	}
-	else {
-		/* We cannot use getlong here because it fails when there
-		 * is more to the value than just this number!
-		 * Also, we are limited to base 10 here (hex numbers will not
-		 * work with the limit string parser as is anyway)
-		 */
-		char *endptr;
-		long longlimit = strtol (value, &endptr, 10);
-		if ((0 == longlimit) && (value == endptr)) {
-			/* No argument at all. No-op.
-			 * FIXME: We could instead throw an error, though.
-			 */
-			return 0;
-		}
-		longlimit *= multiplier;
-		limit = (rlim_t)longlimit;
-		if (longlimit != limit)
-		{
-			/* FIXME: Again, silent error handling...
-			 * Wouldn't screaming make more sense?
-			 */
-			return 0;
-		}
-	}
-
-	rlim.rlim_cur = limit;
-	rlim.rlim_max = limit;
-	if (setrlimit (resource, &rlim) != 0) {
-		return LOGIN_ERROR_RLIMIT;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-
-static int set_prio (const char *value)
-{
-	long prio;
-
-	if (   (getlong (value, &prio) == 0)
-	    || (prio != (int) prio)) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-	if (setpriority (PRIO_PROCESS, 0, (int) prio) != 0) {
-		return LOGIN_ERROR_RLIMIT;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-
-static int set_umask (const char *value)
-{
-	unsigned long int mask;
-
-	if (   (getulong (value, &mask) == 0)
-	    || (mask != (mode_t) mask)) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	(void) umask ((mode_t) mask);
-	return 0;
-}
-
-
-/* Counts the number of user logins and check against the limit */
-static int check_logins (const char *name, const char *maxlogins)
-{
-#ifdef USE_UTMPX
-	struct utmpx *ut;
-#else				/* !USE_UTMPX */
-	struct utmp *ut;
-#endif				/* !USE_UTMPX */
-	unsigned long limit, count;
-
-	if (getulong (maxlogins, &limit) == 0) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	if (0 == limit) {	/* maximum 0 logins ? */
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "No logins allowed for `%s'\n", name));
-		return LOGIN_ERROR_LOGIN;
-	}
-
-	count = 0;
-#ifdef USE_UTMPX
-	setutxent ();
-	while ((ut = getutxent ()))
-#else				/* !USE_UTMPX */
-	setutent ();
-	while ((ut = getutent ()))
-#endif				/* !USE_UTMPX */
-	{
-		if (USER_PROCESS != ut->ut_type) {
-			continue;
-		}
-		if ('\0' == ut->ut_user[0]) {
-			continue;
-		}
-		if (strncmp (name, ut->ut_user, sizeof (ut->ut_user)) != 0) {
-			continue;
-		}
-		count++;
-		if (count > limit) {
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-#ifdef USE_UTMPX
-	endutxent ();
-#else				/* !USE_UTMPX */
-	endutent ();
-#endif				/* !USE_UTMPX */
-	/*
-	 * This is called after setutmp(), so the number of logins counted
-	 * includes the user who is currently trying to log in.
-	 */
-	if (count > limit) {
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
-		         "Too many logins (max %lu) for %s\n",
-		         limit, name));
-		return LOGIN_ERROR_LOGIN;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/* Function setup_user_limits - checks/set limits for the current login
- * Original idea from Joel Katz's lshell. Ported to shadow-login
- * by Cristian Gafton - gafton@sorosis.ro
- *
- * We are passed a string of the form ('BASH' constants for ulimit)
- *     [Aa][Cc][Dd][Ff][Mm][Nn][Rr][Ss][Tt][Uu][Ll][Pp][Ii][Oo]
- *     (eg. 'C2F256D2048N5' or 'C2 F256 D2048 N5')
- * where:
- * [Aa]: a = RLIMIT_AS		max address space (KB)
- * [Cc]: c = RLIMIT_CORE	max core file size (KB)
- * [Dd]: d = RLIMIT_DATA	max data size (KB)
- * [Ff]: f = RLIMIT_FSIZE	max file size (KB)
- * [Ii]: i = RLIMIT_NICE    max nice value (0..39 translates to 20..-19)
- * [Kk]: k = file creation masK (umask)
- * [Ll]: l = max number of logins for this user
- * [Mm]: m = RLIMIT_MEMLOCK	max locked-in-memory address space (KB)
- * [Nn]: n = RLIMIT_NOFILE	max number of open files
- * [Oo]: o = RLIMIT_RTPRIO  max real time priority (linux/sched.h 0..MAX_RT_PRIO)
- * [Pp]: p = process priority -20..20 (negative = high, positive = low)
- * [Rr]: r = RLIMIT_RSS		max resident set size (KB)
- * [Ss]: s = RLIMIT_STACK	max stack size (KB)
- * [Tt]: t = RLIMIT_CPU		max CPU time (MIN)
- * [Uu]: u = RLIMIT_NPROC	max number of processes
- *
- * NOTE: Remember to extend the "no-limits" string below when adding a new
- * limit...
- *
- * Return value:
- *		0 = okay, of course
- *		LOGIN_ERROR_RLIMIT = error setting some RLIMIT
- *		LOGIN_ERROR_LOGIN  = error - too many logins for this user
- *
- * buf - the limits string
- * name - the username
- */
-static int do_user_limits (const char *buf, const char *name)
-{
-	const char *pp;
-	int retval = 0;
-	bool reported = false;
-
-	pp = buf;
-	/* Skip leading whitespace. */
-	while ((' ' == *pp) || ('\t' == *pp)) {
-		pp++;
-	}
-
-	/* The special limit string "-" results in no limit for all known
-	 * limits.
-	 * We achieve that by parsing a full limit string, parts of it
-	 * being ignored if a limit type is not known to the system.
-	 * Though, there will be complaining for unknown limit types.
-	 */
-	if (strcmp (pp, "-") == 0) {
-		/* Remember to extend this, too, when adding new limits!
-		 * Oh... but "unlimited" does not make sense for umask,
-		 * or does it? (K-)
-		 */
-		pp = "A- C- D- F- I- L- M- N- O- P- R- S- T- U-";
-	}
-
-	while ('\0' != *pp) {
-		switch (*pp++) {
-#ifdef RLIMIT_AS
-		case 'a':
-		case 'A':
-			/* RLIMIT_AS - max address space (KB) */
-			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_AS, pp, 1024);
-			break;
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_CORE
-		case 'c':
-		case 'C':
-			/* RLIMIT_CORE - max core file size (KB) */
-			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_CORE, pp, 1024);
-			break;
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_DATA
-		case 'd':
-		case 'D':
-			/* RLIMIT_DATA - max data size (KB) */
-			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_DATA, pp, 1024);
-			break;
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_FSIZE
-		case 'f':
-		case 'F':
-			/* RLIMIT_FSIZE - Maximum filesize (KB) */
-			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_FSIZE, pp, 1024);
-			break;
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_NICE
-		case 'i':
-		case 'I':
-			/* RLIMIT_NICE - max scheduling priority (0..39) */
-			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_NICE, pp, 1);
-			break;
-#endif
-		case 'k':
-		case 'K':
-			retval |= set_umask (pp);
-			break;
-		case 'l':
-		case 'L':
-			/* LIMIT the number of concurrent logins */
-			retval |= check_logins (name, pp);
-			break;
-#ifdef RLIMIT_MEMLOCK
-		case 'm':
-		case 'M':
-			/* RLIMIT_MEMLOCK - max locked-in-memory address space (KB) */
-			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_MEMLOCK, pp, 1024);
-			break;
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_NOFILE
-		case 'n':
-		case 'N':
-			/* RLIMIT_NOFILE - max number of open files */
-			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_NOFILE, pp, 1);
-			break;
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_RTPRIO
-		case 'o':
-		case 'O':
-			/* RLIMIT_RTPRIO - max real time priority (0..MAX_RT_PRIO) */
-			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_RTPRIO, pp, 1);
-			break;
-#endif
-		case 'p':
-		case 'P':
-			retval |= set_prio (pp);
-			break;
-#ifdef RLIMIT_RSS
-		case 'r':
-		case 'R':
-			/* RLIMIT_RSS - max resident set size (KB) */
-			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_RSS, pp, 1024);
-			break;
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_STACK
-		case 's':
-		case 'S':
-			/* RLIMIT_STACK - max stack size (KB) */
-			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_STACK, pp, 1024);
-			break;
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_CPU
-		case 't':
-		case 'T':
-			/* RLIMIT_CPU - max CPU time (MIN) */
-			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_CPU, pp, 60);
-			break;
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_NPROC
-		case 'u':
-		case 'U':
-			/* RLIMIT_NPROC - max number of processes */
-			retval |= setrlimit_value (RLIMIT_NPROC, pp, 1);
-			break;
-#endif
-		default:
-			/* Only report invalid strings once */
-			/* Note: A string can be invalid just because a
-			 * specific (theoretically valid) setting is not
-			 * supported by this build.
-			 * It is just a warning in syslog anyway. The line
-			 * is still processed
-			 */
-			if (!reported) {
-				SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
-				         "Invalid limit string: '%s'",
-				         pp-1));
-				reported = true;
-				retval |= LOGIN_ERROR_RLIMIT;
-			}
-		}
-		/* After parsing one limit setting (or just complaining
-		 * about it), one still needs to skip its argument to
-		 * prevent a bogus warning on trying to parse that as
-		 * limit specification.
-		 * So, let's skip all digits, "-" and our limited set of
-		 * whitespace.
-		 */
-		while (   isdigit (*pp)
-		       || ('-'  == *pp)
-		       || (' '  == *pp)
-		       || ('\t' ==*pp)) {
-			pp++;
-		}
-	}
-	return retval;
-}
-
-/* Check if user uname is in the group gname.
- * Can I be sure that gr_mem contains no UID as string?
- * Returns true when user is in the group, false when not.
- * Any error is treated as false.
- */
-static bool user_in_group (const char *uname, const char *gname)
-{
-	struct group *groupdata;
-
-	if (uname == NULL || gname == NULL) {
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	/* We are not claiming to be re-entrant!
-	 * In case of paranoia or a multithreaded login program,
-	 * one needs to add some mess for getgrnam_r. */
-	groupdata = getgrnam (gname);
-	if (NULL == groupdata) {
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "Nonexisting group `%s' in limits file.",
-		         gname));
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	return is_on_list (groupdata->gr_mem, uname);
-}
-
-static int setup_user_limits (const char *uname)
-{
-	FILE *fil;
-	char buf[1024];
-	char name[1024];
-	char limits[1024];
-	char deflimits[1024];
-	char tempbuf[1024];
-
-	/* init things */
-	memzero (buf, sizeof (buf));
-	memzero (name, sizeof (name));
-	memzero (limits, sizeof (limits));
-	memzero (deflimits, sizeof (deflimits));
-	memzero (tempbuf, sizeof (tempbuf));
-
-	/* start the checks */
-	fil = fopen (LIMITS_FILE, "r");
-	if (fil == NULL) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-	/* The limits file have the following format:
-	 * - '#' (comment) chars only as first chars on a line;
-	 * - username must start on first column (or *, or @group)
-	 *
-	 * FIXME: A better (smarter) checking should be done
-	 */
-	while (fgets (buf, 1024, fil) != NULL) {
-		if (('#' == buf[0]) || ('\n' == buf[0])) {
-			continue;
-		}
-		memzero (tempbuf, sizeof (tempbuf));
-		/* a valid line should have a username, then spaces,
-		 * then limits
-		 * we allow the format:
-		 * username    L2  D2048  R4096
-		 * where spaces={' ',\t}. Also, we reject invalid limits.
-		 * Imposing a limit should be done with care, so a wrong
-		 * entry means no care anyway :-).
-		 *
-		 * A '-' as a limits strings means no limits
-		 *
-		 * The username can also be:
-		 *  '*': the default limits (only the last is taken into
-		 *       account)
-		 *  @group: the limit applies to the members of the group
-		 *
-		 * To clarify: The first entry with matching user name rules,
-		 * everything after it is ignored. If there is no user entry,
-		 * the last encountered entry for a matching group rules.
-		 * If there is no matching group entry, the default limits rule.
-		 */
-		if (sscanf (buf, "%s%[ACDFIKLMNOPRSTUacdfiklmnoprstu0-9 \t-]",
-		            name, tempbuf) == 2) {
-			if (strcmp (name, uname) == 0) {
-				strcpy (limits, tempbuf);
-				break;
-			} else if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0) {
-				strcpy (deflimits, tempbuf);
-			} else if (name[0] == '@') {
-				/* If the user is in the group, the group
-				 * limits apply unless later a line for
-				 * the specific user is found.
-				 */
-				if (user_in_group (uname, name+1)) {
-					strcpy (limits, tempbuf);
-				}
-			}
-		}
-	}
-	(void) fclose (fil);
-	if (limits[0] == '\0') {
-		/* no user specific limits */
-		if (deflimits[0] == '\0') {	/* no default limits */
-			return 0;
-		}
-		strcpy (limits, deflimits);	/* use the default limits */
-	}
-	return do_user_limits (limits, uname);
-}
-#endif				/* LIMITS */
-
-
-static void setup_usergroups (const struct passwd *info)
-{
-	const struct group *grp;
-
-/*
- *	if not root, and UID == GID, and username is the same as primary
- *	group name, set umask group bits to be the same as owner bits
- *	(examples: 022 -> 002, 077 -> 007).
- */
-	if ((0 != info->pw_uid) && (info->pw_uid == info->pw_gid)) {
-		/* local, no need for xgetgrgid */
-		grp = getgrgid (info->pw_gid);
-		if (   (NULL != grp)
-		    && (strcmp (info->pw_name, grp->gr_name) == 0)) {
-			mode_t tmpmask;
-			tmpmask = umask (0777);
-			tmpmask = (tmpmask & ~070) | ((tmpmask >> 3) & 070);
-			(void) umask (tmpmask);
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-/*
- *	set the process nice, ulimit, and umask from the password file entry
- */
-
-void setup_limits (const struct passwd *info)
-{
-	char *cp;
-
-	if (getdef_bool ("USERGROUPS_ENAB")) {
-		setup_usergroups (info);
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * See if the GECOS field contains values for NICE, UMASK or ULIMIT.
-	 * If this feature is enabled in /etc/login.defs, we make those
-	 * values the defaults for this login session.
-	 */
-
-	if (getdef_bool ("QUOTAS_ENAB")) {
-#ifdef LIMITS
-		if (info->pw_uid != 0) {
-			if ((setup_user_limits (info->pw_name) & LOGIN_ERROR_LOGIN) != 0) {
-				(void) fputs (_("Too many logins.\n"), log_get_logfd());
-				(void) sleep (2); /* XXX: Should be FAIL_DELAY */
-				exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
-			}
-		}
-#endif
-		for (cp = info->pw_gecos; cp != NULL; cp = strchr (cp, ',')) {
-			if (',' == *cp) {
-				cp++;
-			}
-
-			if (strncmp (cp, "pri=", 4) == 0) {
-				long int inc;
-				if (   (getlong (cp + 4, &inc) == 1)
-				    && (inc >= -20) && (inc <= 20)) {
-					errno = 0;
-					if (   (nice ((int) inc) != -1)
-					    || (0 != errno)) {
-						continue;
-					}
-				}
-
-				/* Failed to parse or failed to nice() */
-				SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
-				         "Can't set the nice value for user %s",
-				         info->pw_name));
-
-				continue;
-			}
-			if (strncmp (cp, "ulimit=", 7) == 0) {
-				long int blocks;
-				if (   (getlong (cp + 7, &blocks) == 0)
-				    || (blocks != (int) blocks)
-				    || (set_filesize_limit ((int) blocks) != 0)) {
-					SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
-					         "Can't set the ulimit for user %s",
-					         info->pw_name));
-				}
-				continue;
-			}
-			if (strncmp (cp, "umask=", 6) == 0) {
-				unsigned long int mask;
-				if (   (getulong (cp + 6, &mask) == 0)
-				    || (mask != (mode_t) mask)) {
-					SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
-					         "Can't set umask value for user %s",
-					         info->pw_name));
-				} else {
-					(void) umask ((mode_t) mask);
-				}
-
-				continue;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-#else				/* !USE_PAM */
-extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
-#endif				/* !USE_PAM */
-
diff --git a/libmisc/list.c b/libmisc/list.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d7ec77..0000000
--- a/libmisc/list.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,249 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-/*
- * add_list - add a member to a list of group members
- *
- *	the array of member names is searched for the new member
- *	name, and if not present it is added to a freshly allocated
- *	list of users.
- */
-/*@only@*/ /*@out@*/char **add_list (/*@returned@*/ /*@only@*/char **list, const char *member)
-{
-	int i;
-	char **tmp;
-
-	assert (NULL != member);
-	assert (NULL != list);
-
-	/*
-	 * Scan the list for the new name.  Return the original list
-	 * pointer if it is present.
-	 */
-
-	for (i = 0; list[i] != (char *) 0; i++) {
-		if (strcmp (list[i], member) == 0) {
-			return list;
-		}
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Allocate a new list pointer large enough to hold all the
-	 * old entries, and the new entries as well.
-	 */
-
-	tmp = (char **) xmalloc ((i + 2) * sizeof member);
-
-	/*
-	 * Copy the original list to the new list, then append the
-	 * new member and NULL terminate the result.  This new list
-	 * is returned to the invoker.
-	 */
-
-	for (i = 0; list[i] != (char *) 0; i++) {
-		tmp[i] = list[i];
-	}
-
-	tmp[i] = xstrdup (member);
-	tmp[i+1] = (char *) 0;
-
-	return tmp;
-}
-
-/*
- * del_list - delete a member from a list of group members
- *
- *	the array of member names is searched for the old member
- *	name, and if present it is deleted from a freshly allocated
- *	list of users.
- */
-
-/*@only@*/ /*@out@*/char **del_list (/*@returned@*/ /*@only@*/char **list, const char *member)
-{
-	int i, j;
-	char **tmp;
-
-	assert (NULL != member);
-	assert (NULL != list);
-
-	/*
-	 * Scan the list for the old name.  Return the original list
-	 * pointer if it is not present.
-	 */
-
-	for (i = j = 0; list[i] != (char *) 0; i++) {
-		if (strcmp (list[i], member) != 0) {
-			j++;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (j == i) {
-		return list;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Allocate a new list pointer large enough to hold all the
-	 * old entries.
-	 */
-
-	tmp = (char **) xmalloc ((j + 1) * sizeof member);
-
-	/*
-	 * Copy the original list except the deleted members to the
-	 * new list, then NULL terminate the result.  This new list
-	 * is returned to the invoker.
-	 */
-
-	for (i = j = 0; list[i] != (char *) 0; i++) {
-		if (strcmp (list[i], member) != 0) {
-			tmp[j] = list[i];
-			j++;
-		}
-	}
-
-	tmp[j] = (char *) 0;
-
-	return tmp;
-}
-
-/*
- * Duplicate a list.
- * The input list is not modified, but in order to allow the use of this
- * function with list of members, the list elements are not enforced to be
- * constant strings here.
- */
-/*@only@*/ /*@out@*/char **dup_list (char *const *list)
-{
-	int i;
-	char **tmp;
-
-	assert (NULL != list);
-
-	for (i = 0; NULL != list[i]; i++);
-
-	tmp = (char **) xmalloc ((i + 1) * sizeof (char *));
-
-	i = 0;
-	while (NULL != *list) {
-		tmp[i] = xstrdup (*list);
-		i++;
-		list++;
-	}
-
-	tmp[i] = (char *) 0;
-	return tmp;
-}
-
-/*
- * Check if member is part of the input list
- * The input list is not modified, but in order to allow the use of this
- * function with list of members, the list elements are not enforced to be
- * constant strings here.
- */
-bool is_on_list (char *const *list, const char *member)
-{
-	assert (NULL != member);
-	assert (NULL != list);
-
-	while (NULL != *list) {
-		if (strcmp (*list, member) == 0) {
-			return true;
-		}
-		list++;
-	}
-
-	return false;
-}
-
-/*
- * comma_to_list - convert comma-separated list to (char *) array
- */
-
-/*@only@*/char **comma_to_list (const char *comma)
-{
-	char *members;
-	char **array;
-	int i;
-	char *cp;
-	char *cp2;
-
-	assert (NULL != comma);
-
-	/*
-	 * Make a copy since we are going to be modifying the list
-	 */
-
-	members = xstrdup (comma);
-
-	/*
-	 * Count the number of commas in the list
-	 */
-
-	for (cp = members, i = 0;; i++) {
-		cp2 = strchr (cp, ',');
-		if (NULL != cp2) {
-			cp = cp2 + 1;
-		} else {
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Add 2 - one for the ending NULL, the other for the last item
-	 */
-
-	i += 2;
-
-	/*
-	 * Allocate the array we're going to store the pointers into.
-	 */
-
-	array = (char **) xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * i);
-
-	/*
-	 * Empty list is special - 0 members, not 1 empty member.  --marekm
-	 */
-
-	if ('\0' == *members) {
-		*array = (char *) 0;
-		free (members);
-		return array;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Now go walk that list all over again, this time building the
-	 * array of pointers.
-	 */
-
-	for (cp = members, i = 0;; i++) {
-		array[i] = cp;
-		cp2 = strchr (cp, ',');
-		if (NULL != cp2) {
-			*cp2 = '\0';
-			cp2++;
-			cp = cp2;
-		} else {
-			array[i + 1] = (char *) 0;
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Return the new array of pointers
-	 */
-
-	return array;
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/log.c b/libmisc/log.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a220be0..0000000
--- a/libmisc/log.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <lastlog.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-/*
- * dolastlog - create lastlog entry
- *
- *	A "last login" entry is created for the user being logged in.  The
- *	UID is extracted from the global (struct passwd) entry and the
- *	TTY information is gotten from the (struct utmp).
- */
-void dolastlog (
-	struct lastlog *ll,
-	const struct passwd *pw,
-	/*@unique@*/const char *line,
-	/*@unique@*/const char *host)
-{
-	int fd;
-	off_t offset;
-	struct lastlog newlog;
-	time_t ll_time;
-
-	/*
-	 * If the file does not exist, don't create it.
-	 */
-
-	fd = open (LASTLOG_FILE, O_RDWR);
-	if (-1 == fd) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * The file is indexed by UID number.  Seek to the record
-	 * for this UID.  Negative UID's will create problems, but ...
-	 */
-
-	offset = (off_t) pw->pw_uid * sizeof newlog;
-
-	if (lseek (fd, offset, SEEK_SET) != offset) {
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
-		         "Can't read last lastlog entry for UID %lu in %s. Entry not updated.",
-		         (unsigned long) pw->pw_uid, LASTLOG_FILE));
-		(void) close (fd);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Read the old entry so we can tell the user when they last
-	 * logged in.  Then construct the new entry and write it out
-	 * the way we read the old one in.
-	 */
-
-	if (read (fd, (void *) &newlog, sizeof newlog) != (ssize_t) sizeof newlog) {
-		memzero (&newlog, sizeof newlog);
-	}
-	if (NULL != ll) {
-		*ll = newlog;
-	}
-
-	ll_time = newlog.ll_time;
-	(void) time (&ll_time);
-	newlog.ll_time = ll_time;
-	strncpy (newlog.ll_line, line, sizeof (newlog.ll_line) - 1);
-#if HAVE_LL_HOST
-	strncpy (newlog.ll_host, host, sizeof (newlog.ll_host) - 1);
-#endif
-	if (   (lseek (fd, offset, SEEK_SET) != offset)
-	    || (write (fd, (const void *) &newlog, sizeof newlog) != (ssize_t) sizeof newlog)
-	    || (close (fd) != 0)) {
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
-		         "Can't write lastlog entry for UID %lu in %s.",
-		         (unsigned long) pw->pw_uid, LASTLOG_FILE));
-		(void) close (fd);
-	}
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/loginprompt.c b/libmisc/loginprompt.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a67f46..0000000
--- a/libmisc/loginprompt.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1993, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2011, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <signal.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-
-static void login_exit (unused int sig)
-{
-	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
-}
-
-/*
- * login_prompt - prompt the user for their login name
- *
- * login_prompt() displays the standard login prompt.  If ISSUE_FILE
- * is set in login.defs, this file is displayed before the prompt.
- */
-
-void login_prompt (const char *prompt, char *name, int namesize)
-{
-	char buf[1024];
-
-#define MAX_ENV 32
-	char *envp[MAX_ENV];
-	char *cp;
-	int i;
-	FILE *fp;
-
-	sighandler_t sigquit;
-#ifdef	SIGTSTP
-	sighandler_t sigtstp;
-#endif
-
-	/*
-	 * There is a small chance that a QUIT character will be part of
-	 * some random noise during a prompt.  Deal with this by exiting
-	 * instead of core dumping.  If SIGTSTP is defined, do the same
-	 * thing for that signal.
-	 */
-
-	sigquit = signal (SIGQUIT, login_exit);
-#ifdef	SIGTSTP
-	sigtstp = signal (SIGTSTP, login_exit);
-#endif
-
-	/*
-	 * See if the user has configured the issue file to
-	 * be displayed and display it before the prompt.
-	 */
-
-	if (NULL != prompt) {
-		const char *fname = getdef_str ("ISSUE_FILE");
-		if (NULL != fname) {
-			fp = fopen (fname, "r");
-			if (NULL != fp) {
-				while ((i = getc (fp)) != EOF) {
-					(void) putc (i, stdout);
-				}
-
-				(void) fclose (fp);
-			}
-		}
-		(void) gethostname (buf, sizeof buf);
-		printf (prompt, buf);
-		(void) fflush (stdout);
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Read the user's response.  The trailing newline will be
-	 * removed.
-	 */
-
-	memzero (buf, sizeof buf);
-	if (fgets (buf, (int) sizeof buf, stdin) != buf) {
-		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
-	}
-
-	cp = strchr (buf, '\n');
-	if (NULL == cp) {
-		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
-	}
-	*cp = '\0';		/* remove \n [ must be there ] */
-
-	/*
-	 * Skip leading whitespace.  This makes "  username" work right.
-	 * Then copy the rest (up to the end or the first "non-graphic"
-	 * character into the username.
-	 */
-
-	for (cp = buf; *cp == ' ' || *cp == '\t'; cp++);
-
-	for (i = 0; i < namesize - 1 && isgraph (*cp); name[i++] = *cp++);
-	while (isgraph (*cp)) {
-		cp++;
-	}
-
-	if ('\0' != *cp) {
-		cp++;
-	}
-
-	name[i] = '\0';
-
-	/*
-	 * This is a disaster, at best.  The user may have entered extra
-	 * environmental variables at the prompt.  There are several ways
-	 * to do this, and I just take the easy way out.
-	 */
-
-	if ('\0' != *cp) {	/* process new variables */
-		char *nvar;
-		int count = 1;
-		int envc;
-
-		for (envc = 0; envc < MAX_ENV; envc++) {
-			nvar = strtok ((0 != envc) ? (char *) 0 : cp, " \t,");
-			if (NULL == nvar) {
-				break;
-			}
-			if (strchr (nvar, '=') != NULL) {
-				envp[envc] = nvar;
-			} else {
-				size_t len = strlen (nvar) + 32;
-				envp[envc] = xmalloc (len);
-				(void) snprintf (envp[envc], len,
-				                 "L%d=%s", count++, nvar);
-			}
-		}
-		set_env (envc, envp);
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Set the SIGQUIT handler back to its original value
-	 */
-
-	(void) signal (SIGQUIT, sigquit);
-#ifdef	SIGTSTP
-	(void) signal (SIGTSTP, sigtstp);
-#endif
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/mail.c b/libmisc/mail.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 647f879..0000000
--- a/libmisc/mail.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1991, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "getdef.h"
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-
-void mailcheck (void)
-{
-	struct stat statbuf;
-	char *mailbox;
-
-	if (!getdef_bool ("MAIL_CHECK_ENAB")) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Check incoming mail in Maildir format - J.
-	 */
-	mailbox = getenv ("MAILDIR");
-	if (NULL != mailbox) {
-		char *newmail;
-		size_t len = strlen (mailbox) + 5;
-		int wlen;
-
-		newmail = xmalloc (len);
-		wlen = snprintf (newmail, len, "%s/new", mailbox);
-		assert (wlen == (int) len - 1);
-
-		if (stat (newmail, &statbuf) != -1 && statbuf.st_size != 0) {
-			if (statbuf.st_mtime > statbuf.st_atime) {
-				free (newmail);
-				(void) puts (_("You have new mail."));
-				return;
-			}
-		}
-		free (newmail);
-	}
-
-	mailbox = getenv ("MAIL");
-	if (NULL == mailbox) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	if (   (stat (mailbox, &statbuf) == -1)
-	    || (statbuf.st_size == 0)) {
-		(void) puts (_("No mail."));
-	} else if (statbuf.st_atime > statbuf.st_mtime) {
-		(void) puts (_("You have mail."));
-	} else {
-		(void) puts (_("You have new mail."));
-	}
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/motd.c b/libmisc/motd.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7f7e523..0000000
--- a/libmisc/motd.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1991, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2010       , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-/*
- * motd -- output the /etc/motd file
- *
- * motd() determines the name of a login announcement file and outputs
- * it to the user's terminal at login time.  The MOTD_FILE configuration
- * option is a colon-delimited list of filenames.
- */
-void motd (void)
-{
-	FILE *fp;
-	char *motdlist;
-	const char *motdfile;
-	char *mb;
-	int c;
-
-	motdfile = getdef_str ("MOTD_FILE");
-	if (NULL == motdfile) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	motdlist = xstrdup (motdfile);
-
-	for (mb = motdlist; ;mb = NULL) {
-		motdfile = strtok (mb, ":");
-		if (NULL == motdfile) {
-			break;
-		}
-
-		fp = fopen (motdfile, "r");
-		if (NULL != fp) {
-			while ((c = getc (fp)) != EOF) {
-				putchar (c);
-			}
-			fclose (fp);
-		}
-	}
-	fflush (stdout);
-
-	free (motdlist);
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/myname.c b/libmisc/myname.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b02617..0000000
--- a/libmisc/myname.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * myname.c - determine the current username and get the passwd entry
- *
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct passwd *get_my_pwent (void)
-{
-	struct passwd *pw;
-	const char *cp = getlogin ();
-	uid_t ruid = getuid ();
-
-	/*
-	 * Try getlogin() first - if it fails or returns a non-existent
-	 * username, or a username which doesn't match the real UID, fall
-	 * back to getpwuid(getuid()).  This should work reasonably with
-	 * usernames longer than the utmp limit (8 characters), as well as
-	 * shared UIDs - but not both at the same time...
-	 *
-	 * XXX - when running from su, will return the current user (not
-	 * the original user, like getlogin() does).  Does this matter?
-	 */
-	if ((NULL != cp) && ('\0' != *cp)) {
-		pw = xgetpwnam (cp);
-		if ((NULL != pw) && (pw->pw_uid == ruid)) {
-			return pw;
-		}
-		if (NULL != pw) {
-			pw_free (pw);
-		}
-	}
-
-	return xgetpwuid (ruid);
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/obscure.c b/libmisc/obscure.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3daaa95..0000000
--- a/libmisc/obscure.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,306 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ifndef USE_PAM
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-
-/*
- * This version of obscure.c contains modifications to support "cracklib"
- * by Alec Muffet (alec.muffett@uk.sun.com).  You must obtain the Cracklib
- * library source code for this function to operate.
- */
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-/*
- * can't be a palindrome - like `R A D A R' or `M A D A M'
- */
-static bool palindrome (unused const char *old, const char *new)
-{
-	size_t i, j;
-
-	i = strlen (new);
-
-	for (j = 0; j < i; j++) {
-		if (new[i - j - 1] != new[j]) {
-			return false;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-/*
- * more than half of the characters are different ones.
- */
-
-static bool similar (/*@notnull@*/const char *old, /*@notnull@*/const char *new)
-{
-	int i, j;
-
-	/*
-	 * XXX - sometimes this fails when changing from a simple password
-	 * to a really long one (MD5).  For now, I just return success if
-	 * the new password is long enough.  Please feel free to suggest
-	 * something better...  --marekm
-	 */
-	if (strlen (new) >= 8) {
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	for (i = j = 0; ('\0' != new[i]) && ('\0' != old[i]); i++) {
-		if (strchr (new, old[i]) != NULL) {
-			j++;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (i >= j * 2) {
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-/*
- * a nice mix of characters.
- */
-
-static bool simple (unused const char *old, const char *new)
-{
-	bool digits = false;
-	bool uppers = false;
-	bool lowers = false;
-	bool others = false;
-	int size;
-	int i;
-
-	for (i = 0; '\0' != new[i]; i++) {
-		if (isdigit (new[i])) {
-			digits = true;
-		} else if (isupper (new[i])) {
-			uppers = true;
-		} else if (islower (new[i])) {
-			lowers = true;
-		} else {
-			others = true;
-		}
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * The scam is this - a password of only one character type
-	 * must be 8 letters long.  Two types, 7, and so on.
-	 */
-
-	size = 9;
-	if (digits) {
-		size--;
-	}
-	if (uppers) {
-		size--;
-	}
-	if (lowers) {
-		size--;
-	}
-	if (others) {
-		size--;
-	}
-
-	if (size <= i) {
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static char *str_lower (/*@returned@*/char *string)
-{
-	char *cp;
-
-	for (cp = string; '\0' != *cp; cp++) {
-		*cp = tolower (*cp);
-	}
-	return string;
-}
-
-static /*@observer@*//*@null@*/const char *password_check (
-	/*@notnull@*/const char *old,
-	/*@notnull@*/const char *new,
-	/*@notnull@*/const struct passwd *pwdp)
-{
-	const char *msg = NULL;
-	char *oldmono, *newmono, *wrapped;
-
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBCRACK
-	char *dictpath;
-
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBCRACK_PW
-	char *FascistCheckPw ();
-#else
-	char *FascistCheck ();
-#endif
-#endif
-
-	if (strcmp (new, old) == 0) {
-		return _("no change");
-	}
-
-	newmono = str_lower (xstrdup (new));
-	oldmono = str_lower (xstrdup (old));
-	wrapped = xmalloc (strlen (oldmono) * 2 + 1);
-	strcpy (wrapped, oldmono);
-	strcat (wrapped, oldmono);
-
-	if (palindrome (oldmono, newmono)) {
-		msg = _("a palindrome");
-	} else if (strcmp (oldmono, newmono) == 0) {
-		msg = _("case changes only");
-	} else if (similar (oldmono, newmono)) {
-		msg = _("too similar");
-	} else if (simple (old, new)) {
-		msg = _("too simple");
-	} else if (strstr (wrapped, newmono) != NULL) {
-		msg = _("rotated");
-	} else {
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBCRACK
-		/*
-		 * Invoke Alec Muffett's cracklib routines.
-		 */
-
-		dictpath = getdef_str ("CRACKLIB_DICTPATH");
-		if (NULL != dictpath) {
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBCRACK_PW
-			msg = FascistCheckPw (new, dictpath, pwdp);
-#else
-			msg = FascistCheck (new, dictpath);
-#endif
-		}
-#endif
-	}
-	strzero (newmono);
-	strzero (oldmono);
-	strzero (wrapped);
-	free (newmono);
-	free (oldmono);
-	free (wrapped);
-
-	return msg;
-}
-
-static /*@observer@*//*@null@*/const char *obscure_msg (
-	/*@notnull@*/const char *old,
-	/*@notnull@*/const char *new,
-	/*@notnull@*/const struct passwd *pwdp)
-{
-	size_t maxlen, oldlen, newlen;
-	char *new1, *old1;
-	const char *msg;
-	const char *result;
-
-	oldlen = strlen (old);
-	newlen = strlen (new);
-
-	if (newlen < (size_t) getdef_num ("PASS_MIN_LEN", 0)) {
-		return _("too short");
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Remaining checks are optional.
-	 */
-	if (!getdef_bool ("OBSCURE_CHECKS_ENAB")) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	msg = password_check (old, new, pwdp);
-	if (NULL != msg) {
-		return msg;
-	}
-
-	result = getdef_str ("ENCRYPT_METHOD");
-	if (NULL == result) {
-	/* The traditional crypt() truncates passwords to 8 chars.  It is
-	   possible to circumvent the above checks by choosing an easy
-	   8-char password and adding some random characters to it...
-	   Example: "password$%^&*123".  So check it again, this time
-	   truncated to the maximum length.  Idea from npasswd.  --marekm */
-
-		if (getdef_bool ("MD5_CRYPT_ENAB")) {
-			return NULL;
-		}
-
-	} else {
-
-		if (   (strcmp (result, "MD5")    == 0)
-#ifdef USE_SHA_CRYPT
-		    || (strcmp (result, "SHA256") == 0)
-		    || (strcmp (result, "SHA512") == 0)
-#endif
-#ifdef USE_BCRYPT
-		    || (strcmp (result, "BCRYPT") == 0)
-#endif
-#ifdef USE_YESCRYPT
-		    || (strcmp (result, "YESCRYPT") == 0)
-#endif
-		    ) {
-			return NULL;
-		}
-
-	}
-	maxlen = (size_t) getdef_num ("PASS_MAX_LEN", 8);
-	if (   (oldlen <= maxlen)
-	    && (newlen <= maxlen)) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	new1 = xstrdup (new);
-	old1 = xstrdup (old);
-	if (newlen > maxlen) {
-		new1[maxlen] = '\0';
-	}
-	if (oldlen > maxlen) {
-		old1[maxlen] = '\0';
-	}
-
-	msg = password_check (old1, new1, pwdp);
-
-	memzero (new1, newlen);
-	memzero (old1, oldlen);
-	free (new1);
-	free (old1);
-
-	return msg;
-}
-
-/*
- * Obscure - see if password is obscure enough.
- *
- *	The programmer is encouraged to add as much complexity to this
- *	routine as desired.  Included are some of my favorite ways to
- *	check passwords.
- */
-
-bool obscure (const char *old, const char *new, const struct passwd *pwdp)
-{
-	const char *msg = obscure_msg (old, new, pwdp);
-
-	if (NULL != msg) {
-		printf (_("Bad password: %s.  "), msg);
-		return false;
-	}
-	return true;
-}
-
-#else				/* !USE_PAM */
-extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
-#endif				/* !USE_PAM */
diff --git a/libmisc/pam_pass.c b/libmisc/pam_pass.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 166a42e..0000000
--- a/libmisc/pam_pass.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1997 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ifdef USE_PAM
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-
-/*
- * Change the user's password using PAM.
- */
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "pam_defs.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-void do_pam_passwd (const char *user, bool silent, bool change_expired)
-{
-	pam_handle_t *pamh = NULL;
-	int flags = 0, ret;
-	FILE *shadow_logfd = log_get_logfd();
-
-	if (silent)
-		flags |= PAM_SILENT;
-	if (change_expired)
-		flags |= PAM_CHANGE_EXPIRED_AUTHTOK;
-
-	ret = pam_start ("passwd", user, &conv, &pamh);
-	if (ret != PAM_SUCCESS) {
-		fprintf (shadow_logfd,
-			 _("passwd: pam_start() failed, error %d\n"), ret);
-		exit (10);	/* XXX */
-	}
-
-	ret = pam_chauthtok (pamh, flags);
-	if (ret != PAM_SUCCESS) {
-		fprintf (shadow_logfd, _("passwd: %s\n"), pam_strerror (pamh, ret));
-		fputs (_("passwd: password unchanged\n"), shadow_logfd);
-		pam_end (pamh, ret);
-		exit (10);	/* XXX */
-	}
-
-	fputs (_("passwd: password updated successfully\n"), shadow_logfd);
-	(void) pam_end (pamh, PAM_SUCCESS);
-}
-#else				/* !USE_PAM */
-extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
-#endif				/* !USE_PAM */
diff --git a/libmisc/pam_pass_non_interactive.c b/libmisc/pam_pass_non_interactive.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 34cdc1f..0000000
--- a/libmisc/pam_pass_non_interactive.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2009 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id:$"
-
-#ifdef USE_PAM
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <security/pam_appl.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/static const char *non_interactive_password = NULL;
-static int ni_conv (int num_msg,
-                    const struct pam_message **msg,
-                    struct pam_response **resp,
-                    unused void *appdata_ptr);
-static const struct pam_conv non_interactive_pam_conv = {
-	ni_conv,
-	NULL
-};
-
-
-
-static int ni_conv (int num_msg,
-                    const struct pam_message **msg,
-                    struct pam_response **resp,
-                    unused void *appdata_ptr)
-{
-	struct pam_response *responses;
-	int count;
-
-	assert (NULL != non_interactive_password);
-
-	if (num_msg <= 0) {
-		return PAM_CONV_ERR;
-	}
-
-	responses = (struct pam_response *) calloc ((size_t) num_msg,
-	                                            sizeof (*responses));
-	if (NULL == responses) {
-		return PAM_CONV_ERR;
-	}
-
-	for (count=0; count < num_msg; count++) {
-		responses[count].resp_retcode = 0;
-
-		switch (msg[count]->msg_style) {
-		case PAM_PROMPT_ECHO_ON:
-			fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-			         _("%s: PAM modules requesting echoing are not supported.\n"),
-			         log_get_progname());
-			goto failed_conversation;
-		case PAM_PROMPT_ECHO_OFF:
-			responses[count].resp = strdup (non_interactive_password);
-			if (NULL == responses[count].resp) {
-				goto failed_conversation;
-			}
-			break;
-		case PAM_ERROR_MSG:
-			if (   (NULL == msg[count]->msg)
-			    || (fprintf (log_get_logfd(), "%s\n", msg[count]->msg) <0)) {
-				goto failed_conversation;
-			}
-			responses[count].resp = NULL;
-			break;
-		case PAM_TEXT_INFO:
-			if (   (NULL == msg[count]->msg)
-			    || (fprintf (stdout, "%s\n", msg[count]->msg) <0)) {
-				goto failed_conversation;
-			}
-			responses[count].resp = NULL;
-			break;
-		default:
-			(void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-			                _("%s: conversation type %d not supported.\n"),
-			                log_get_progname(), msg[count]->msg_style);
-			goto failed_conversation;
-		}
-	}
-
-	*resp = responses;
-
-	return PAM_SUCCESS;
-
-failed_conversation:
-	for (count=0; count < num_msg; count++) {
-		if (NULL != responses[count].resp) {
-			memset (responses[count].resp, 0,
-			        strlen (responses[count].resp));
-			free (responses[count].resp);
-			responses[count].resp = NULL;
-		}
-	}
-
-	free (responses);
-	*resp = NULL;
-
-	return PAM_CONV_ERR;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Change non interactively the user's password using PAM.
- *
- * Return 0 on success, 1 on failure.
- */
-int do_pam_passwd_non_interactive (const char *pam_service,
-                                    const char *username,
-                                    const char* password)
-{
-	pam_handle_t *pamh = NULL;
-	int ret;
-
-	ret = pam_start (pam_service, username, &non_interactive_pam_conv, &pamh);
-	if (ret != PAM_SUCCESS) {
-		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-		         _("%s: (user %s) pam_start failure %d\n"),
-		         log_get_progname(), username, ret);
-		return 1;
-	}
-
-	non_interactive_password = password;
-	ret = pam_chauthtok (pamh, 0);
-	if (ret != PAM_SUCCESS) {
-		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-		         _("%s: (user %s) pam_chauthtok() failed, error:\n"
-		           "%s\n"),
-		         log_get_progname(), username, pam_strerror (pamh, ret));
-	}
-
-	(void) pam_end (pamh, PAM_SUCCESS);
-
-	return ((PAM_SUCCESS == ret) ? 0 : 1);
-}
-#else				/* !USE_PAM */
-extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
-#endif				/* !USE_PAM */
diff --git a/libmisc/prefix_flag.c b/libmisc/prefix_flag.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4eb5154..0000000
--- a/libmisc/prefix_flag.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,340 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2011       , Julian Pidancet
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2011       , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-/*@-exitarg@*/
-#include "exitcodes.h"
-#include "groupio.h"
-#include "pwio.h"
-#ifdef	SHADOWGRP
-#include "sgroupio.h"
-#endif
-#include "shadowio.h"
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
-#include "subordinateio.h"
-#endif				/* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
-#include "getdef.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-static char *passwd_db_file = NULL;
-static char *spw_db_file = NULL;
-static char *group_db_file = NULL;
-static char *sgroup_db_file = NULL;
-static char *suid_db_file = NULL;
-static char *sgid_db_file = NULL;
-static char *def_conf_file = NULL;
-static FILE* fp_pwent = NULL;
-static FILE* fp_grent = NULL;
-
-/*
- * process_prefix_flag - prefix all paths if given the --prefix option
- *
- * This shall be called before accessing the passwd, group, shadow,
- * gshadow, useradd's default, login.defs files (non exhaustive list)
- * or authenticating the caller.
- *
- * The audit, syslog, or locale files shall be open before
- */
-extern const char* process_prefix_flag (const char* short_opt, int argc, char **argv)
-{
-	/*
-	 * Parse the command line options.
-	 */
-	int i;
-	const char *prefix = NULL, *val;
-
-	for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
-		val = NULL;
-		if (   (strcmp (argv[i], "--prefix") == 0)
-		    || ((strncmp (argv[i], "--prefix=", 9) == 0)
-			&& (val = argv[i] + 9))
-		    || (strcmp (argv[i], short_opt) == 0)) {
-			if (NULL != prefix) {
-				fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-				         _("%s: multiple --prefix options\n"),
-				         log_get_progname());
-				exit (E_BAD_ARG);
-			}
-
-			if (val) {
-				prefix = val;
-			} else if (i + 1 == argc) {
-				fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-				         _("%s: option '%s' requires an argument\n"),
-				         log_get_progname(), argv[i]);
-				exit (E_BAD_ARG);
-			} else {
-				prefix = argv[++ i];
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-
-
-	if (prefix != NULL) {
-		if ( prefix[0] == '\0' || !strcmp(prefix, "/"))
-			return ""; /* if prefix is "/" then we ignore the flag option */
-		/* should we prevent symbolic link from being used as a prefix? */
-
-		if ( prefix[0] != '/') {
-			fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-				 _("%s: prefix must be an absolute path\n"),
-				 log_get_progname());
-			exit (E_BAD_ARG);
-		}
-		size_t len;
-		len = strlen(prefix) + strlen(PASSWD_FILE) + 2;
-		passwd_db_file = xmalloc(len);
-		snprintf(passwd_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, PASSWD_FILE);
-		pw_setdbname(passwd_db_file);
-
-		len = strlen(prefix) + strlen(GROUP_FILE) + 2;
-		group_db_file = xmalloc(len);
-		snprintf(group_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, GROUP_FILE);
-		gr_setdbname(group_db_file);
-
-#ifdef  SHADOWGRP
-		len = strlen(prefix) + strlen(SGROUP_FILE) + 2;
-		sgroup_db_file = xmalloc(len);
-		snprintf(sgroup_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, SGROUP_FILE);
-		sgr_setdbname(sgroup_db_file);
-#endif
-#ifdef	USE_NIS
-		__setspNIS(0); /* disable NIS for now, at least until it is properly supporting a "prefix" */
-#endif
-
-		len = strlen(prefix) + strlen(SHADOW_FILE) + 2;
-		spw_db_file = xmalloc(len);
-		snprintf(spw_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, SHADOW_FILE);
-		spw_setdbname(spw_db_file);
-
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
-		len = strlen(prefix) + strlen("/etc/subuid") + 2;
-		suid_db_file = xmalloc(len);
-		snprintf(suid_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, "/etc/subuid");
-		sub_uid_setdbname(suid_db_file);
-
-		len = strlen(prefix) + strlen("/etc/subgid") + 2;
-		sgid_db_file = xmalloc(len);
-		snprintf(sgid_db_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, "/etc/subgid");
-		sub_gid_setdbname(sgid_db_file);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef USE_ECONF
-		setdef_config_file(prefix);
-#else
-		len = strlen(prefix) + strlen("/etc/login.defs") + 2;
-		def_conf_file = xmalloc(len);
-		snprintf(def_conf_file, len, "%s/%s", prefix, "/etc/login.defs");
-		setdef_config_file(def_conf_file);
-#endif
-	}
-
-	if (prefix == NULL)
-		return "";
-	return prefix;
-}
-
-
-extern struct group *prefix_getgrnam(const char *name)
-{
-	if (group_db_file) {
-		FILE* fg;
-		struct group * grp = NULL;
-
-		fg = fopen(group_db_file, "rt");
-		if (!fg)
-			return NULL;
-		while ((grp = fgetgrent(fg)) != NULL) {
-			if (!strcmp(name, grp->gr_name))
-				break;
-		}
-		fclose(fg);
-		return grp;
-	}
-
-	return getgrnam(name);
-}
-
-extern struct group *prefix_getgrgid(gid_t gid)
-{
-	if (group_db_file) {
-		FILE* fg;
-		struct group * grp = NULL;
-
-		fg = fopen(group_db_file, "rt");
-		if (!fg)
-			return NULL;
-		while ((grp = fgetgrent(fg)) != NULL) {
-			if (gid == grp->gr_gid)
-				break;
-		}
-		fclose(fg);
-		return grp;
-	}
-
-	return getgrgid(gid);
-}
-
-extern struct passwd *prefix_getpwuid(uid_t uid)
-{
-	if (passwd_db_file) {
-		FILE* fg;
-		struct passwd *pwd = NULL;
-
-		fg = fopen(passwd_db_file, "rt");
-		if (!fg)
-			return NULL;
-		while ((pwd = fgetpwent(fg)) != NULL) {
-			if (uid == pwd->pw_uid)
-				break;
-		}
-		fclose(fg);
-		return pwd;
-	}
-	else {
-		return getpwuid(uid);
-	}
-}
-extern struct passwd *prefix_getpwnam(const char* name)
-{
-	if (passwd_db_file) {
-		FILE* fg;
-		struct passwd *pwd = NULL;
-
-		fg = fopen(passwd_db_file, "rt");
-		if (!fg)
-			return NULL;
-		while ((pwd = fgetpwent(fg)) != NULL) {
-			if (!strcmp(name, pwd->pw_name))
-				break;
-		}
-		fclose(fg);
-		return pwd;
-	}
-	else {
-		return getpwnam(name);
-	}
-}
-extern struct spwd *prefix_getspnam(const char* name)
-{
-	if (spw_db_file) {
-		FILE* fg;
-		struct spwd *sp = NULL;
-
-		fg = fopen(spw_db_file, "rt");
-		if (!fg)
-			return NULL;
-		while ((sp = fgetspent(fg)) != NULL) {
-			if (!strcmp(name, sp->sp_namp))
-				break;
-		}
-		fclose(fg);
-		return sp;
-	}
-	else {
-		return getspnam(name);
-	}
-}
-
-extern void prefix_setpwent(void)
-{
-	if (!passwd_db_file) {
-		setpwent();
-		return;
-	}
-	if (fp_pwent)
-		fclose (fp_pwent);
-
-	fp_pwent = fopen(passwd_db_file, "rt");
-	if (!fp_pwent)
-		return;
-}
-extern struct passwd* prefix_getpwent(void)
-{
-	if (!passwd_db_file) {
-		return getpwent();
-	}
-	if (!fp_pwent) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	return fgetpwent(fp_pwent);
-}
-extern void prefix_endpwent(void)
-{
-	if (!passwd_db_file) {
-		endpwent();
-		return;
-	}
-	if (fp_pwent)
-		fclose(fp_pwent);
-	fp_pwent = NULL;
-}
-
-extern void prefix_setgrent(void)
-{
-	if (!group_db_file) {
-		setgrent();
-		return;
-	}
-	if (fp_grent)
-		fclose (fp_grent);
-
-	fp_grent = fopen(group_db_file, "rt");
-	if (!fp_grent)
-		return;
-}
-extern struct group* prefix_getgrent(void)
-{
-	if (!group_db_file) {
-		return getgrent();
-	}
-	return fgetgrent(fp_grent);
-}
-extern void prefix_endgrent(void)
-{
-	if (!group_db_file) {
-		endgrent();
-		return;
-	}
-	if (fp_grent)
-		fclose(fp_grent);
-	fp_grent = NULL;
-}
-
-extern struct group *prefix_getgr_nam_gid(const char *grname)
-{
-	long long int gid;
-	char *endptr;
-	struct group *g;
-
-	if (NULL == grname) {
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	if (group_db_file) {
-		errno = 0;
-		gid = strtoll (grname, &endptr, 10);
-		if (   ('\0' != *grname)
-	    	&& ('\0' == *endptr)
-	    	&& (ERANGE != errno)
-	    	&& (gid == (gid_t)gid)) {
-			return prefix_getgrgid ((gid_t) gid);
-		}
-		g = prefix_getgrnam (grname);
-		return g ? __gr_dup(g) : NULL;
-	}
-	else
-		return getgr_nam_gid(grname);
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/pwd2spwd.c b/libmisc/pwd2spwd.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 139a024..0000000
--- a/libmisc/pwd2spwd.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#ifndef USE_PAM
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <pwd.h>
-
-/*
- * pwd_to_spwd - create entries for new spwd structure
- *
- *	pwd_to_spwd() creates a new (struct spwd) containing the
- *	information in the pointed-to (struct passwd).
- */
-
-struct spwd *pwd_to_spwd (const struct passwd *pw)
-{
-	static struct spwd sp;
-
-	/*
-	 * Nice, easy parts first.  The name and passwd map directly
-	 * from the old password structure to the new one.
-	 */
-	sp.sp_namp = pw->pw_name;
-	sp.sp_pwdp = pw->pw_passwd;
-
-	{
-		/*
-		 * Defaults used if there is no pw_age information.
-		 */
-		sp.sp_min = 0;
-		sp.sp_max = (10000L * DAY) / SCALE;
-		sp.sp_lstchg = (long) gettime () / SCALE;
-		if (0 == sp.sp_lstchg) {
-			/* Better disable aging than requiring a password
-			 * change */
-			sp.sp_lstchg = -1;
-		}
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * These fields have no corresponding information in the password
-	 * file.  They are set to uninitialized values.
-	 */
-	sp.sp_warn = -1;
-	sp.sp_expire = -1;
-	sp.sp_inact = -1;
-	sp.sp_flag = SHADOW_SP_FLAG_UNSET;
-
-	return &sp;
-}
-#else				/* USE_PAM */
-extern int errno;	/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
-#endif				/* !USE_PAM */
-
diff --git a/libmisc/pwd_init.c b/libmisc/pwd_init.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 63c71e2..0000000
--- a/libmisc/pwd_init.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1997       , Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <signal.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
-#include <sys/resource.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-/*
- * pwd_init - ignore signals, and set resource limits to safe
- * values.  Call this before modifying password files, so that
- * it is less likely to fail in the middle of operation.
- */
-void pwd_init (void)
-{
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
-	struct rlimit rlim;
-
-#ifdef RLIMIT_CORE
-	rlim.rlim_cur = rlim.rlim_max = 0;
-	setrlimit (RLIMIT_CORE, &rlim);
-#endif
-	rlim.rlim_cur = rlim.rlim_max = RLIM_INFINITY;
-#ifdef RLIMIT_AS
-	setrlimit (RLIMIT_AS, &rlim);
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_CPU
-	setrlimit (RLIMIT_CPU, &rlim);
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_DATA
-	setrlimit (RLIMIT_DATA, &rlim);
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_FSIZE
-	setrlimit (RLIMIT_FSIZE, &rlim);
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_NOFILE
-	setrlimit (RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rlim);
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_RSS
-	setrlimit (RLIMIT_RSS, &rlim);
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_STACK
-	setrlimit (RLIMIT_STACK, &rlim);
-#endif
-#else				/* !HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H */
-	set_filesize_limit (30000);
-	/* don't know how to set the other limits... */
-#endif				/* !HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H */
-
-	signal (SIGALRM, SIG_IGN);
-	signal (SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
-	signal (SIGINT, SIG_IGN);
-	signal (SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN);
-	signal (SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN);
-	signal (SIGTERM, SIG_IGN);
-#ifdef SIGTSTP
-	signal (SIGTSTP, SIG_IGN);
-#endif
-#ifdef SIGTTOU
-	signal (SIGTTOU, SIG_IGN);
-#endif
-
-	umask (077);
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/pwdcheck.c b/libmisc/pwdcheck.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 15fc3a3..0000000
--- a/libmisc/pwdcheck.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2000 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#ifndef USE_PAM
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <shadow.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "pwauth.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-void passwd_check (const char *user, const char *passwd, unused const char *progname)
-{
-	struct spwd *sp;
-
-	sp = getspnam (user); /* !USE_PAM, no need for xgetspnam */
-	if (NULL != sp) {
-		passwd = sp->sp_pwdp;
-	}
-	if (pw_auth (passwd, user, PW_LOGIN, (char *) 0) != 0) {
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "incorrect password for `%s'", user));
-		(void) sleep (1);
-		fprintf (log_get_logfd(), _("Incorrect password for %s.\n"), user);
-		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
-	}
-}
-#else			/* USE_PAM */
-extern int errno;	/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
-#endif			/* USE_PAM */
diff --git a/libmisc/remove_tree.c b/libmisc/remove_tree.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d76b95..0000000
--- a/libmisc/remove_tree.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2001, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <dirent.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-
-static int remove_tree_at (int at_fd, const char *path, bool remove_root)
-{
-	DIR *dir;
-	const struct dirent *ent;
-	int dir_fd, rc = 0;
-
-	dir_fd = openat (at_fd, path, O_RDONLY | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOFOLLOW | O_CLOEXEC);
-	if (dir_fd < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	dir = fdopendir (dir_fd);
-	if (!dir) {
-		(void) close (dir_fd);
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Open the source directory and delete each entry.
-	 */
-	while ((ent = readdir (dir))) {
-		struct stat ent_sb;
-
-		/*
-		 * Skip the "." and ".." entries
-		 */
-		if (strcmp (ent->d_name, ".") == 0 ||
-		    strcmp (ent->d_name, "..") == 0) {
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		rc = fstatat (dirfd(dir), ent->d_name, &ent_sb, AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
-		if (rc < 0) {
-			break;
-		}
-
-		if (S_ISDIR (ent_sb.st_mode)) {
-			/*
-			 * Recursively delete this directory.
-			 */
-			if (remove_tree_at (dirfd(dir), ent->d_name, true) != 0) {
-				rc = -1;
-				break;
-			}
-		} else {
-			/*
-			 * Delete the file.
-			 */
-			if (unlinkat (dirfd(dir), ent->d_name, 0) != 0) {
-				rc = -1;
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-	(void) closedir (dir);
-
-	if (remove_root && (0 == rc)) {
-		if (unlinkat (at_fd, path, AT_REMOVEDIR) != 0) {
-			rc = -1;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return rc;
-}
-
-/*
- * remove_tree - delete a directory tree
- *
- *	remove_tree() walks a directory tree and deletes all the files
- *	and directories.
- *	At the end, it deletes the root directory itself.
- */
-int remove_tree (const char *root, bool remove_root)
-{
-	return remove_tree_at (AT_FDCWD, root, remove_root);
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/rlogin.c b/libmisc/rlogin.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fa67dc3..0000000
--- a/libmisc/rlogin.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ifdef RLOGIN
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include <netdb.h>
-static struct {
-	int spd_name;
-	int spd_baud;
-} speed_table[] =
-{
-#ifdef B50
-	{
-	B50, 50},
-#endif
-#ifdef B75
-	{
-	B75, 75},
-#endif
-#ifdef B110
-	{
-	B110, 110},
-#endif
-#ifdef B134
-	{
-	B134, 134},
-#endif
-#ifdef B150
-	{
-	B150, 150},
-#endif
-#ifdef B200
-	{
-	B200, 200},
-#endif
-#ifdef B300
-	{
-	B300, 300},
-#endif
-#ifdef B600
-	{
-	B600, 600},
-#endif
-#ifdef B1200
-	{
-	B1200, 1200},
-#endif
-#ifdef B1800
-	{
-	B1800, 1800},
-#endif
-#ifdef B2400
-	{
-	B2400, 2400},
-#endif
-#ifdef B4800
-	{
-	B4800, 4800},
-#endif
-#ifdef B9600
-	{
-	B9600, 9600},
-#endif
-#ifdef B19200
-	{
-	B19200, 19200},
-#endif
-#ifdef B38400
-	{
-	B38400, 38400},
-#endif
-	{
-	-1, -1}
-};
-
-static void get_remote_string (char *buf, size_t size)
-{
-	for (;;) {
-		if (read (0, buf, 1) != 1) {
-			exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
-		}
-		if ('\0' == *buf) {
-			return;
-		}
-		--size;
-		if (size > 0) {
-			++buf;
-		}
-	}
- /*NOTREACHED*/}
-
-int
-do_rlogin (const char *remote_host, char *name, size_t namelen, char *term,
-           size_t termlen)
-{
-	struct passwd *pwd;
-	char remote_name[32];
-	char *cp;
-	unsigned long remote_speed = 9600;
-	int speed_name = B9600;
-	int i;
-	TERMIO termio;
-
-	get_remote_string (remote_name, sizeof remote_name);
-	get_remote_string (name, namelen);
-	get_remote_string (term, termlen);
-
-	cp = strchr (term, '/');
-	if (NULL != cp) {
-		*cp = '\0';
-		cp++;
-
-		if (getulong (cp, &remote_speed) == 0) {
-			remote_speed = 9600;
-		}
-	}
-	for (i = 0;
-	     (   (speed_table[i].spd_baud != remote_speed)
-	      && (speed_table[i].spd_name != -1));
-	     i++);
-
-	if (-1 != speed_table[i].spd_name) {
-		speed_name = speed_table[i].spd_name;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Put the terminal in cooked mode with echo turned on.
-	 */
-
-	GTTY (0, &termio);
-	termio.c_iflag |= ICRNL | IXON;
-	termio.c_oflag |= OPOST | ONLCR;
-	termio.c_lflag |= ICANON | ECHO | ECHOE;
-#ifdef CBAUD
-	termio.c_cflag = (termio.c_cflag & ~CBAUD) | speed_name;
-#else
-	termio.c_cflag = (termio.c_cflag) | speed_name;
-#endif
-	STTY (0, &termio);
-
-	pwd = getpwnam (name); /* local, no need for xgetpwnam */
-	if (NULL == pwd) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * ruserok() returns 0 for success on modern systems, and 1 on
-	 * older ones.  If you are having trouble with people logging
-	 * in without giving a required password, THIS is the culprit -
-	 * go fix the #define in config.h.
-	 */
-
-#ifndef	RUSEROK
-	return 0;
-#else
-	return ruserok (remote_host, pwd->pw_uid == 0,
-			remote_name, name) == RUSEROK;
-#endif
-}
-#endif				/* RLOGIN */
-
diff --git a/libmisc/root_flag.c b/libmisc/root_flag.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 62915b0..0000000
--- a/libmisc/root_flag.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2011       , Julian Pidancet
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2011       , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-/*@-exitarg@*/
-#include "exitcodes.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-static void change_root (const char* newroot);
-
-/*
- * process_root_flag - chroot if given the --root option
- *
- * This shall be called before accessing the passwd, group, shadow,
- * gshadow, useradd's default, login.defs files (non exhaustive list)
- * or authenticating the caller.
- *
- * The audit, syslog, or locale files shall be open before
- */
-extern void process_root_flag (const char* short_opt, int argc, char **argv)
-{
-	/*
-	 * Parse the command line options.
-	 */
-	int i;
-	const char *newroot = NULL, *val;
-
-	for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
-		val = NULL;
-		if (   (strcmp (argv[i], "--root") == 0)
-		    || ((strncmp (argv[i], "--root=", 7) == 0)
-			&& (val = argv[i] + 7))
-		    || (strcmp (argv[i], short_opt) == 0)) {
-			if (NULL != newroot) {
-				fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-				         _("%s: multiple --root options\n"),
-				         log_get_progname());
-				exit (E_BAD_ARG);
-			}
-
-			if (val) {
-				newroot = val;
-			} else if (i + 1 == argc) {
-				fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-				         _("%s: option '%s' requires an argument\n"),
-				         log_get_progname(), argv[i]);
-				exit (E_BAD_ARG);
-			} else {
-				newroot = argv[++ i];
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (NULL != newroot) {
-		change_root (newroot);
-	}
-}
-
-static void change_root (const char* newroot)
-{
-	/* Drop privileges */
-	if (   (setregid (getgid (), getgid ()) != 0)
-	    || (setreuid (getuid (), getuid ()) != 0)) {
-		fprintf (log_get_logfd(), _("%s: failed to drop privileges (%s)\n"),
-		         log_get_progname(), strerror (errno));
-		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
-	}
-
-	if ('/' != newroot[0]) {
-		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-		         _("%s: invalid chroot path '%s', only absolute paths are supported.\n"),
-		         log_get_progname(), newroot);
-		exit (E_BAD_ARG);
-	}
-
-	if (access (newroot, F_OK) != 0) {
-		fprintf(log_get_logfd(),
-		        _("%s: cannot access chroot directory %s: %s\n"),
-		        log_get_progname(), newroot, strerror (errno));
-		exit (E_BAD_ARG);
-	}
-
-	if (chdir (newroot) != 0) {
-		fprintf(log_get_logfd(),
-				_("%s: cannot chdir to chroot directory %s: %s\n"),
-				log_get_progname(), newroot, strerror (errno));
-		exit (E_BAD_ARG);
-	}
-
-	if (chroot (newroot) != 0) {
-		fprintf(log_get_logfd(),
-		        _("%s: unable to chroot to directory %s: %s\n"),
-		        log_get_progname(), newroot, strerror (errno));
-		exit (E_BAD_ARG);
-	}
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/salt.c b/libmisc/salt.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e5f633a..0000000
--- a/libmisc/salt.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,566 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText:  Marek Michalkiewicz <marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.pl>
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText:  J.T. Conklin <jtc@netbsd.org>
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: Unlicense
- */
-
-/*
- * salt.c - generate a random salt string for crypt()
- *
- * Written by Marek Michalkiewicz <marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.pl>,
- * it is in the public domain.
- *
- * l64a was Written by J.T. Conklin <jtc@netbsd.org>. Public domain.
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#if HAVE_SYS_RANDOM_H
-#include <sys/random.h>
-#endif
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-#if (defined CRYPT_GENSALT_IMPLEMENTS_AUTO_ENTROPY && \
-     CRYPT_GENSALT_IMPLEMENTS_AUTO_ENTROPY)
-#define USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT 1
-#else
-#define USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT 0
-#endif
-
-/* Add the salt prefix. */
-#define MAGNUM(array,ch)	(array)[0]=(array)[2]='$',(array)[1]=(ch),(array)[3]='\0'
-
-#ifdef USE_BCRYPT
-/* Use $2b$ as prefix for compatibility with OpenBSD's bcrypt. */
-#define BCRYPTMAGNUM(array)	(array)[0]=(array)[3]='$',(array)[1]='2',(array)[2]='b',(array)[4]='\0'
-#define BCRYPT_SALT_SIZE 22
-/* Default number of rounds if not explicitly specified.  */
-#define B_ROUNDS_DEFAULT 13
-/* Minimum number of rounds.  */
-#define B_ROUNDS_MIN 4
-/* Maximum number of rounds.  */
-#define B_ROUNDS_MAX 31
-#endif /* USE_BCRYPT */
-
-#ifdef USE_SHA_CRYPT
-/* Fixed salt len for sha{256,512}crypt. */
-#define SHA_CRYPT_SALT_SIZE 16
-/* Default number of rounds if not explicitly specified.  */
-#define SHA_ROUNDS_DEFAULT 5000
-/* Minimum number of rounds.  */
-#define SHA_ROUNDS_MIN 1000
-/* Maximum number of rounds.  */
-#define SHA_ROUNDS_MAX 999999999
-#endif
-
-#ifdef USE_YESCRYPT
-/*
- * Default number of base64 characters used for the salt.
- * 24 characters gives a 144 bits (18 bytes) salt. Unlike the more
- * traditional 128 bits (16 bytes) salt, this 144 bits salt is always
- * represented by the same number of base64 characters without padding
- * issue, even with a non-standard base64 encoding scheme.
- */
-#define YESCRYPT_SALT_SIZE 24
-/* Default cost if not explicitly specified.  */
-#define Y_COST_DEFAULT 5
-/* Minimum cost.  */
-#define Y_COST_MIN 1
-/* Maximum cost.  */
-#define Y_COST_MAX 11
-#endif
-
-/* Fixed salt len for md5crypt. */
-#define MD5_CRYPT_SALT_SIZE 8
-
-/* Generate salt of size salt_size. */
-#define MAX_SALT_SIZE 44
-#define MIN_SALT_SIZE 8
-
-/* Maximum size of the generated salt string. */
-#define GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE 100
-
-/* local function prototypes */
-static long read_random_bytes (void);
-#if !USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT
-static /*@observer@*/const char *gensalt (size_t salt_size);
-#endif /* !USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT */
-#if defined(USE_SHA_CRYPT) || defined(USE_BCRYPT)
-static long shadow_random (long min, long max);
-#endif /* USE_SHA_CRYPT || USE_BCRYPT */
-#ifdef USE_SHA_CRYPT
-static /*@observer@*/unsigned long SHA_get_salt_rounds (/*@null@*/const int *prefered_rounds);
-static /*@observer@*/void SHA_salt_rounds_to_buf (char *buf, unsigned long rounds);
-#endif /* USE_SHA_CRYPT */
-#ifdef USE_BCRYPT
-static /*@observer@*/unsigned long BCRYPT_get_salt_rounds (/*@null@*/const int *prefered_rounds);
-static /*@observer@*/void BCRYPT_salt_rounds_to_buf (char *buf, unsigned long rounds);
-#endif /* USE_BCRYPT */
-#ifdef USE_YESCRYPT
-static /*@observer@*/unsigned long YESCRYPT_get_salt_cost (/*@null@*/const int *prefered_cost);
-static /*@observer@*/void YESCRYPT_salt_cost_to_buf (char *buf, unsigned long cost);
-#endif /* USE_YESCRYPT */
-
-#if !USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT && !defined(HAVE_L64A)
-static /*@observer@*/char *l64a (long value)
-{
-	static char buf[8];
-	char *s = buf;
-	int digit;
-	int i;
-
-	if (value < 0) {
-		errno = EINVAL;
-		return(NULL);
-	}
-
-	for (i = 0; value != 0 && i < 6; i++) {
-		digit = value & 0x3f;
-
-		if (digit < 2) {
-			*s = digit + '.';
-		} else if (digit < 12) {
-			*s = digit + '0' - 2;
-		} else if (digit < 38) {
-			*s = digit + 'A' - 12;
-		} else {
-			*s = digit + 'a' - 38;
-		}
-
-		value >>= 6;
-		s++;
-	}
-
-	*s = '\0';
-
-	return buf;
-}
-#endif /* !USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT && !defined(HAVE_L64A) */
-
-/* Read sizeof (long) random bytes from /dev/urandom. */
-static long read_random_bytes (void)
-{
-	long randval = 0;
-
-#ifdef HAVE_ARC4RANDOM_BUF
-	/* arc4random_buf, if it exists, can never fail.  */
-	arc4random_buf (&randval, sizeof (randval));
-	goto end;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_GETENTROPY
-	/* getentropy may exist but lack kernel support.  */
-	if (getentropy (&randval, sizeof (randval)) == 0) {
-		goto end;
-	}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_GETRANDOM
-	/* Likewise getrandom.  */
-	if ((size_t) getrandom (&randval, sizeof (randval), 0) == sizeof (randval)) {
-		goto end;
-	}
-#endif
-
-	/* Use /dev/urandom as a last resort.  */
-	FILE *f = fopen ("/dev/urandom", "r");
-	if (NULL == f) {
-		goto fail;
-	}
-
-	if (fread (&randval, sizeof (randval), 1, f) != 1) {
-		fclose(f);
-		goto fail;
-	}
-
-	fclose(f);
-	goto end;
-
-fail:
-	fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-		 _("Unable to obtain random bytes.\n"));
-	exit (1);
-
-end:
-	return randval;
-}
-
-#if defined(USE_SHA_CRYPT) || defined(USE_BCRYPT)
-/*
- * Return a random number between min and max (both included).
- *
- * It favors slightly the higher numbers.
- */
-static long shadow_random (long min, long max)
-{
-	double drand;
-	long ret;
-
-	drand = (double) (read_random_bytes () & RAND_MAX) / (double) RAND_MAX;
-	drand *= (double) (max - min + 1);
-	/* On systems were this is not random() range is lower, we favor
-	 * higher numbers of salt. */
-	ret = (long) (max + 1 - drand);
-	/* And we catch limits, and use the highest number */
-	if ((ret < min) || (ret > max)) {
-		ret = max;
-	}
-	return ret;
-}
-#endif /* USE_SHA_CRYPT || USE_BCRYPT */
-
-#ifdef USE_SHA_CRYPT
-/* Return the the rounds number for the SHA crypt methods. */
-static /*@observer@*/unsigned long SHA_get_salt_rounds (/*@null@*/const int *prefered_rounds)
-{
-	unsigned long rounds;
-
-	if (NULL == prefered_rounds) {
-		long min_rounds = getdef_long ("SHA_CRYPT_MIN_ROUNDS", -1);
-		long max_rounds = getdef_long ("SHA_CRYPT_MAX_ROUNDS", -1);
-
-		if ((-1 == min_rounds) && (-1 == max_rounds)) {
-			rounds = SHA_ROUNDS_DEFAULT;
-		}
-		else {
-			if (-1 == min_rounds) {
-				min_rounds = max_rounds;
-			}
-
-			if (-1 == max_rounds) {
-				max_rounds = min_rounds;
-			}
-
-			if (min_rounds > max_rounds) {
-				max_rounds = min_rounds;
-			}
-
-			rounds = (unsigned long) shadow_random (min_rounds, max_rounds);
-		}
-	} else if (0 == *prefered_rounds) {
-		rounds = SHA_ROUNDS_DEFAULT;
-	} else {
-		rounds = (unsigned long) *prefered_rounds;
-	}
-
-	/* Sanity checks. The libc should also check this, but this
-	 * protects against a rounds_prefix overflow. */
-	if (rounds < SHA_ROUNDS_MIN) {
-		rounds = SHA_ROUNDS_MIN;
-	}
-
-	if (rounds > SHA_ROUNDS_MAX) {
-		rounds = SHA_ROUNDS_MAX;
-	}
-
-	return rounds;
-}
-
-/*
- * Fill a salt prefix specifying the rounds number for the SHA crypt methods
- * to a buffer.
- */
-static /*@observer@*/void SHA_salt_rounds_to_buf (char *buf, unsigned long rounds)
-{
-	const size_t buf_begin = strlen (buf);
-
-	/* Nothing to do here if SHA_ROUNDS_DEFAULT is used. */
-	if (rounds == SHA_ROUNDS_DEFAULT) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Check if the result buffer is long enough.
-	 * We are going to write a maximum of 17 bytes,
-	 * plus one byte for the terminator.
-	 *    rounds=XXXXXXXXX$
-	 *    00000000011111111
-	 *    12345678901234567
-	 */
-	assert (GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE > buf_begin + 17);
-
-	(void) snprintf (buf + buf_begin, 18, "rounds=%lu$", rounds);
-}
-#endif /* USE_SHA_CRYPT */
-
-#ifdef USE_BCRYPT
-/* Return the the rounds number for the BCRYPT method. */
-static /*@observer@*/unsigned long BCRYPT_get_salt_rounds (/*@null@*/const int *prefered_rounds)
-{
-	unsigned long rounds;
-
-	if (NULL == prefered_rounds) {
-		long min_rounds = getdef_long ("BCRYPT_MIN_ROUNDS", -1);
-		long max_rounds = getdef_long ("BCRYPT_MAX_ROUNDS", -1);
-
-		if ((-1 == min_rounds) && (-1 == max_rounds)) {
-			rounds = B_ROUNDS_DEFAULT;
-		} else {
-			if (-1 == min_rounds) {
-				min_rounds = max_rounds;
-			}
-
-			if (-1 == max_rounds) {
-				max_rounds = min_rounds;
-			}
-
-			if (min_rounds > max_rounds) {
-				max_rounds = min_rounds;
-			}
-
-			rounds = (unsigned long) shadow_random (min_rounds, max_rounds);
-		}
-	} else if (0 == *prefered_rounds) {
-		rounds = B_ROUNDS_DEFAULT;
-	} else {
-		rounds = (unsigned long) *prefered_rounds;
-	}
-
-	/* Sanity checks. */
-	if (rounds < B_ROUNDS_MIN) {
-		rounds = B_ROUNDS_MIN;
-	}
-
-#if USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT
-	if (rounds > B_ROUNDS_MAX) {
-		rounds = B_ROUNDS_MAX;
-	}
-#else /* USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT */
-	/*
-	 * Use 19 as an upper bound for now,
-	 * because musl doesn't allow rounds >= 20.
-	 * If musl ever supports > 20 rounds,
-	 * rounds should be set to B_ROUNDS_MAX.
-	 */
-	if (rounds > 19) {
-		rounds = 19;
-	}
-#endif /* USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT */
-
-	return rounds;
-}
-
-/*
- * Fill a salt prefix specifying the rounds number for the BCRYPT method
- * to a buffer.
- */
-static /*@observer@*/void BCRYPT_salt_rounds_to_buf (char *buf, unsigned long rounds)
-{
-	const size_t buf_begin = strlen (buf);
-
-	/*
-	 * Check if the result buffer is long enough.
-	 * We are going to write three bytes,
-	 * plus one byte for the terminator.
-	 *    XX$
-	 *    000
-	 *    123
-	 */
-	assert (GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE > buf_begin + 3);
-
-	(void) snprintf (buf + buf_begin, 4, "%2.2lu$", rounds);
-}
-#endif /* USE_BCRYPT */
-
-#ifdef USE_YESCRYPT
-/* Return the the cost number for the YESCRYPT method. */
-static /*@observer@*/unsigned long YESCRYPT_get_salt_cost (/*@null@*/const int *prefered_cost)
-{
-	unsigned long cost;
-
-	if (NULL == prefered_cost) {
-		cost = getdef_num ("YESCRYPT_COST_FACTOR", Y_COST_DEFAULT);
-	} else if (0 == *prefered_cost) {
-		cost = Y_COST_DEFAULT;
-	} else {
-		cost = (unsigned long) *prefered_cost;
-	}
-
-	/* Sanity checks. */
-	if (cost < Y_COST_MIN) {
-		cost = Y_COST_MIN;
-	}
-
-	if (cost > Y_COST_MAX) {
-		cost = Y_COST_MAX;
-	}
-
-	return cost;
-}
-
-/*
- * Fill a salt prefix specifying the cost for the YESCRYPT method
- * to a buffer.
- */
-static /*@observer@*/void YESCRYPT_salt_cost_to_buf (char *buf, unsigned long cost)
-{
-	const size_t buf_begin = strlen (buf);
-
-	/*
-	 * Check if the result buffer is long enough.
-	 * We are going to write four bytes,
-	 * plus one byte for the terminator.
-	 *    jXX$
-	 *    0000
-	 *    1234
-	 */
-	assert (GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE > buf_begin + 4);
-
-	buf[buf_begin + 0] = 'j';
-	if (cost < 3) {
-		buf[buf_begin + 1] = 0x36 + cost;
-	} else if (cost < 6) {
-		buf[buf_begin + 1] = 0x34 + cost;
-	} else {
-		buf[buf_begin + 1] = 0x3b + cost;
-	}
-	buf[buf_begin + 2] = cost >= 3 ? 'T' : '5';
-	buf[buf_begin + 3] = '$';
-	buf[buf_begin + 4] = '\0';
-}
-#endif /* USE_YESCRYPT */
-
-#if !USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT
-static /*@observer@*/const char *gensalt (size_t salt_size)
-{
-	static char salt[MAX_SALT_SIZE + 6];
-
-	memset (salt, '\0', MAX_SALT_SIZE + 6);
-
-	assert (salt_size >= MIN_SALT_SIZE &&
-	        salt_size <= MAX_SALT_SIZE);
-	strcat (salt, l64a (read_random_bytes ()));
-	do {
-		strcat (salt, l64a (read_random_bytes ()));
-	} while (strlen (salt) < salt_size);
-
-	salt[salt_size] = '\0';
-
-	return salt;
-}
-#endif /* !USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT */
-
-/*
- * Generate 8 base64 ASCII characters of random salt.  If MD5_CRYPT_ENAB
- * in /etc/login.defs is "yes", the salt string will be prefixed by "$1$"
- * (magic) and pw_encrypt() will execute the MD5-based FreeBSD-compatible
- * version of crypt() instead of the standard one.
- * Other methods can be set with ENCRYPT_METHOD
- *
- * The method can be forced with the meth parameter.
- * If NULL, the method will be defined according to the ENCRYPT_METHOD
- * variable, and if not set according to the MD5_CRYPT_ENAB variable,
- * which can both be set inside the login.defs file.
- *
- * If meth is specified, an additional parameter can be provided.
- *  * For the SHA256 and SHA512 method, this specifies the number of rounds
- *    (if not NULL).
- *  * For the YESCRYPT method, this specifies the cost factor (if not NULL).
- */
-/*@observer@*/const char *crypt_make_salt (/*@null@*//*@observer@*/const char *meth, /*@null@*/void *arg)
-{
-	static char result[GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE];
-	size_t salt_len = MAX_SALT_SIZE;
-	const char *method;
-	unsigned long rounds = 0;
-
-	memset (result, '\0', GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE);
-
-	if (NULL != meth)
-		method = meth;
-	else {
-		method = getdef_str ("ENCRYPT_METHOD");
-		if (NULL == method) {
-			method = getdef_bool ("MD5_CRYPT_ENAB") ? "MD5" : "DES";
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (0 == strcmp (method, "MD5")) {
-		MAGNUM(result, '1');
-		salt_len = MD5_CRYPT_SALT_SIZE;
-		rounds = 0;
-#ifdef USE_BCRYPT
-	} else if (0 == strcmp (method, "BCRYPT")) {
-		BCRYPTMAGNUM(result);
-		salt_len = BCRYPT_SALT_SIZE;
-		rounds = BCRYPT_get_salt_rounds ((int *) arg);
-		BCRYPT_salt_rounds_to_buf (result, rounds);
-#endif /* USE_BCRYPT */
-#ifdef USE_YESCRYPT
-	} else if (0 == strcmp (method, "YESCRYPT")) {
-		MAGNUM(result, 'y');
-		salt_len = YESCRYPT_SALT_SIZE;
-		rounds = YESCRYPT_get_salt_cost ((int *) arg);
-		YESCRYPT_salt_cost_to_buf (result, rounds);
-#endif /* USE_YESCRYPT */
-#ifdef USE_SHA_CRYPT
-	} else if (0 == strcmp (method, "SHA256")) {
-		MAGNUM(result, '5');
-		salt_len = SHA_CRYPT_SALT_SIZE;
-		rounds = SHA_get_salt_rounds ((int *) arg);
-		SHA_salt_rounds_to_buf (result, rounds);
-	} else if (0 == strcmp (method, "SHA512")) {
-		MAGNUM(result, '6');
-		salt_len = SHA_CRYPT_SALT_SIZE;
-		rounds = SHA_get_salt_rounds ((int *) arg);
-		SHA_salt_rounds_to_buf (result, rounds);
-#endif /* USE_SHA_CRYPT */
-	} else if (0 != strcmp (method, "DES")) {
-		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-			 _("Invalid ENCRYPT_METHOD value: '%s'.\n"
-			   "Defaulting to DES.\n"),
-			 method);
-		salt_len = MAX_SALT_SIZE;
-		rounds = 0;
-		memset (result, '\0', GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE);
-	}
-
-#if USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT
-	/*
-	 * Prepare DES setting for crypt_gensalt(), if result
-	 * has not been filled with anything previously.
-	 */
-	if ('\0' == result[0]) {
-		/* Avoid -Wunused-but-set-variable. */
-		salt_len = GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE - 1;
-		rounds = 0;
-		memset (result, '.', salt_len);
-		result[salt_len] = '\0';
-	}
-
-	char *retval = crypt_gensalt (result, rounds, NULL, 0);
-
-	/* Should not happen, but... */
-	if (NULL == retval) {
-		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-			 _("Unable to generate a salt from setting "
-			   "\"%s\", check your settings in "
-			   "ENCRYPT_METHOD and the corresponding "
-			   "configuration for your selected hash "
-			   "method.\n"), result);
-
-		exit (1);
-	}
-
-	return retval;
-#else /* USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT */
-	/* Check if the result buffer is long enough. */
-	assert (GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE > strlen (result) + salt_len);
-
-	/* Concatenate a pseudo random salt. */
-	strncat (result, gensalt (salt_len),
-		 GENSALT_SETTING_SIZE - strlen (result) - 1);
-
-	return result;
-#endif /* USE_XCRYPT_GENSALT */
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/setugid.c b/libmisc/setugid.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6dbe38e..0000000
--- a/libmisc/setugid.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * Separated from setup.c.  --marekm
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <grp.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include "getdef.h"
-
-/*
- * setup_groups - set the group credentials
- *	set the group ID to the value from the password file entry
- *	set the supplementary group IDs
- *
- * In case of PAM enabled configurations, this shall be called before
- * pam_setcred.
- *
- * Returns 0 on success, or -1 on failure.
- */
-int setup_groups (const struct passwd *info)
-{
-	/*
-	 * Set the real group ID to the primary group ID in the password
-	 * file.
-	 */
-	if (setgid (info->pw_gid) == -1) {
-		int err = errno;
-		perror ("setgid");
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "bad group ID `%d' for user `%s': %s\n",
-		         info->pw_gid, info->pw_name, strerror (err)));
-		closelog ();
-		return -1;
-	}
-#ifdef HAVE_INITGROUPS
-	/*
-	 * For systems which support multiple concurrent groups, go get
-	 * the group set from the /etc/group file.
-	 */
-	if (initgroups (info->pw_name, info->pw_gid) == -1) {
-		int err = errno;
-		perror ("initgroups");
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "initgroups failed for user `%s': %s\n",
-		         info->pw_name, strerror (err)));
-		closelog ();
-		return -1;
-	}
-#endif
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * change_uid - Set the real UID
- *
- * Returns 0 on success, or -1 on failure.
- */
-int change_uid (const struct passwd *info)
-{
-	/*
-	 * Set the real UID to the UID value in the password file.
-	 */
-	if (setuid (info->pw_uid) != 0) {
-		int err = errno;
-		perror ("setuid");
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "bad user ID `%d' for user `%s': %s\n",
-		         (int) info->pw_uid, info->pw_name, strerror (err)));
-		closelog ();
-		return -1;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- *	setup_uid_gid() performs the following steps -
- *
- *	set the group ID to the value from the password file entry
- *	set the supplementary group IDs
- *	optionally call specified function which may add more groups
- *	set the user ID to the value from the password file entry
- *
- *	Returns 0 on success, or -1 on failure.
- */
-
-#if defined (HAVE_INITGROUPS) && ! (defined USE_PAM)
-int setup_uid_gid (const struct passwd *info, bool is_console)
-#else
-int setup_uid_gid (const struct passwd *info)
-#endif
-{
-	if (setup_groups (info) < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-#if defined (HAVE_INITGROUPS) && ! defined (USE_PAM)
-	if (is_console) {
-		const char *cp = getdef_str ("CONSOLE_GROUPS");
-
-		if ((NULL != cp) && (add_groups (cp) != 0)) {
-			perror ("Warning: add_groups");
-		}
-	}
-#endif				/* HAVE_INITGROUPS && !USE_PAM*/
-
-	if (change_uid (info) < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/setupenv.c b/libmisc/setupenv.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d7aefa..0000000
--- a/libmisc/setupenv.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,290 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * Separated from setup.c.  --marekm
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include "getdef.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-#ifndef USE_PAM
-static void
-addenv_path (const char *varname, const char *dirname, const char *filename)
-{
-	char *buf;
-	size_t len = strlen (dirname) + strlen (filename) + 2;
-	int wlen;
-
-	buf = xmalloc (len);
-	wlen = snprintf (buf, len, "%s/%s", dirname, filename);
-	assert (wlen == (int) len - 1);
-
-	addenv (varname, buf);
-	free (buf);
-}
-
-static void read_env_file (const char *filename)
-{
-	FILE *fp;
-	char buf[1024];
-	char *cp, *name, *val;
-
-	fp = fopen (filename, "r");
-	if (NULL == fp) {
-		return;
-	}
-	while (fgets (buf, (int)(sizeof buf), fp) == buf) {
-		cp = strrchr (buf, '\n');
-		if (NULL == cp) {
-			break;
-		}
-		*cp = '\0';
-
-		cp = buf;
-		/* ignore whitespace and comments */
-		while (('\0' != *cp) && isspace (*cp)) {
-			cp++;
-		}
-		if (('\0' == *cp) || ('#' == *cp)) {
-			continue;
-		}
-		/*
-		 * ignore lines which don't follow the name=value format
-		 * (for example, the "export NAME" shell commands)
-		 */
-		name = cp;
-		while (('\0' != *cp) && !isspace (*cp) && ('=' != *cp)) {
-			cp++;
-		}
-		if ('=' != *cp) {
-			continue;
-		}
-		/* NUL-terminate the name */
-		*cp = '\0';
-		cp++;
-		val = cp;
-#if 0				/* XXX untested, and needs rewrite with fewer goto's :-) */
-/*
- (state, char_type) -> (state, action)
-
- state: unquoted, single_quoted, double_quoted, escaped, double_quoted_escaped
- char_type: normal, white, backslash, single, double
- action: remove_curr, remove_curr_skip_next, remove_prev, finish XXX
-*/
-	      no_quote:
-		if (*cp == '\\') {
-			/* remove the backslash */
-			remove_char (cp);
-			/* skip over the next character */
-			if (*cp)
-				cp++;
-			goto no_quote;
-		} else if (*cp == '\'') {
-			/* remove the quote */
-			remove_char (cp);
-			/* now within single quotes */
-			goto s_quote;
-		} else if (*cp == '"') {
-			/* remove the quote */
-			remove_char (cp);
-			/* now within double quotes */
-			goto d_quote;
-		} else if (*cp == '\0') {
-			/* end of string */
-			goto finished;
-		} else if (isspace (*cp)) {
-			/* unescaped whitespace - end of string */
-			*cp = '\0';
-			goto finished;
-		} else {
-			cp++;
-			goto no_quote;
-		}
-	      s_quote:
-		if (*cp == '\'') {
-			/* remove the quote */
-			remove_char (cp);
-			/* unquoted again */
-			goto no_quote;
-		} else if (*cp == '\0') {
-			/* end of string */
-			goto finished;
-		} else {
-			/* preserve everything within single quotes */
-			cp++;
-			goto s_quote;
-		}
-	      d_quote:
-		if (*cp == '\"') {
-			/* remove the quote */
-			remove_char (cp);
-			/* unquoted again */
-			goto no_quote;
-		} else if (*cp == '\\') {
-			cp++;
-			/* if backslash followed by double quote, remove backslash
-			   else skip over the backslash and following char */
-			if (*cp == '"')
-				remove_char (cp - 1);
-			else if (*cp)
-				cp++;
-			goto d_quote;
-		}
-		else if (*cp == '\0') {
-			/* end of string */
-			goto finished;
-		} else {
-			/* preserve everything within double quotes */
-			goto d_quote;
-		}
-	      finished:
-#endif				/* 0 */
-		/*
-		 * XXX - should handle quotes, backslash escapes, etc.
-		 * like the shell does.
-		 */
-		addenv (name, val);
-	}
-	(void) fclose (fp);
-}
-#endif				/* USE_PAM */
-
-
-/*
- *	change to the user's home directory
- *	set the HOME, SHELL, MAIL, PATH, and LOGNAME or USER environmental
- *	variables.
- */
-
-void setup_env (struct passwd *info)
-{
-#ifndef USE_PAM
-	const char *envf;
-#endif
-	const char *cp;
-
-	/*
-	 * Change the current working directory to be the home directory
-	 * of the user.  It is a fatal error for this process to be unable
-	 * to change to that directory.  There is no "default" home
-	 * directory.
-	 *
-	 * We no longer do it as root - should work better on NFS-mounted
-	 * home directories.  Some systems default to HOME=/, so we make
-	 * this a configurable option.  --marekm
-	 */
-
-	if (chdir (info->pw_dir) == -1) {
-		static char temp_pw_dir[] = "/";
-
-		if (!getdef_bool ("DEFAULT_HOME") || chdir ("/") == -1) {
-			fprintf (log_get_logfd(), _("Unable to cd to '%s'\n"),
-				 info->pw_dir);
-			SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
-				 "unable to cd to `%s' for user `%s'\n",
-				 info->pw_dir, info->pw_name));
-			closelog ();
-			exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
-		}
-		(void) puts (_("No directory, logging in with HOME=/"));
-		free (info->pw_dir);
-		info->pw_dir = xstrdup (temp_pw_dir);
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Create the HOME environmental variable and export it.
-	 */
-
-	addenv ("HOME", info->pw_dir);
-
-	/*
-	 * Create the SHELL environmental variable and export it.
-	 */
-
-	if ((NULL == info->pw_shell) || ('\0' == *info->pw_shell)) {
-		static char temp_pw_shell[] = SHELL;
-
-		free (info->pw_shell);
-		info->pw_shell = xstrdup (temp_pw_shell);
-	}
-
-	addenv ("SHELL", info->pw_shell);
-
-	/*
-	 * Export the user name.  For BSD derived systems, it's "USER", for
-	 * all others it's "LOGNAME".  We set both of them.
-	 */
-
-	addenv ("USER", info->pw_name);
-	addenv ("LOGNAME", info->pw_name);
-
-	/*
-	 * Create the PATH environmental variable and export it.
-	 */
-
-	cp = getdef_str ((info->pw_uid == 0) ? "ENV_SUPATH" : "ENV_PATH");
-
-	if (NULL == cp) {
-		/* not specified, use a minimal default */
-		addenv ((info->pw_uid == 0) ? "PATH=/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin" : "PATH=/bin:/usr/bin", NULL);
-	} else if (strchr (cp, '=')) {
-		/* specified as name=value (PATH=...) */
-		addenv (cp, NULL);
-	} else {
-		/* only value specified without "PATH=" */
-		addenv ("PATH", cp);
-	}
-
-#ifndef USE_PAM
-	/*
-	 * Create the MAIL environmental variable and export it.  login.defs
-	 * knows the prefix.
-	 */
-
-	if (getdef_bool ("MAIL_CHECK_ENAB")) {
-		cp = getdef_str ("MAIL_DIR");
-		if (NULL != cp) {
-			addenv_path ("MAIL", cp, info->pw_name);
-		} else {
-			cp = getdef_str ("MAIL_FILE");
-			if (NULL != cp) {
-				addenv_path ("MAIL", info->pw_dir, cp);
-			} else {
-#if defined(MAIL_SPOOL_FILE)
-				addenv_path ("MAIL", info->pw_dir, MAIL_SPOOL_FILE);
-#elif defined(MAIL_SPOOL_DIR)
-				addenv_path ("MAIL", MAIL_SPOOL_DIR, info->pw_name);
-#endif
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Read environment from optional config file.  --marekm
-	 */
-	envf = getdef_str ("ENVIRON_FILE");
-	if (NULL != envf) {
-		read_env_file (envf);
-	}
-#endif				/* !USE_PAM */
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/shell.c b/libmisc/shell.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c67500..0000000
--- a/libmisc/shell.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1991, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2009       , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-extern char **newenvp;
-extern size_t newenvc;
-
-/*
- * shell - execute the named program
- *
- *	shell begins by trying to figure out what argv[0] is going to
- *	be for the named process.  The user may pass in that argument,
- *	or it will be the last pathname component of the file with a
- *	'-' prepended.
- *	Then, it executes the named file.
- */
-
-int shell (const char *file, /*@null@*/const char *arg, char *const envp[])
-{
-	char arg0[1024];
-	int err;
-
-	if (file == (char *) 0) {
-		errno = EINVAL;
-		return errno;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * The argv[0]'th entry is usually the path name, but
-	 * for various reasons the invoker may want to override
-	 * that.  So, we determine the 0'th entry only if they
-	 * don't want to tell us what it is themselves.
-	 */
-	if (arg == (char *) 0) {
-		(void) snprintf (arg0, sizeof arg0, "-%s", Basename (file));
-		arg0[sizeof arg0 - 1] = '\0';
-		arg = arg0;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * First we try the direct approach.  The system should be
-	 * able to figure out what we are up to without too much
-	 * grief.
-	 */
-	(void) execle (file, arg, (char *) 0, envp);
-	err = errno;
-
-	if (access (file, R_OK|X_OK) == 0) {
-		/*
-		 * Assume this is a shell script (with no shebang).
-		 * Interpret it with /bin/sh
-		 */
-		(void) execle (SHELL, "sh", "-", file, (char *)0, envp);
-		err = errno;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Obviously something is really wrong - I can't figure out
-	 * how to execute this stupid shell, so I might as well give
-	 * up in disgust ...
-	 */
-	(void) snprintf (arg0, sizeof arg0, _("Cannot execute %s"), file);
-	errno = err;
-	perror (arg0);
-	return err;
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/strtoday.c b/libmisc/strtoday.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d321873..0000000
--- a/libmisc/strtoday.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,220 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#if !defined(__GLIBC__)
-#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500
-#endif
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-#ifndef USE_GETDATE
-#define USE_GETDATE 1
-#endif
-
-#if USE_GETDATE
-#include "getdate.h"
-/*
- * strtoday() now uses get_date() (borrowed from GNU shellutils)
- * which can handle many date formats, for example:
- *	1970-09-17	# ISO 8601.
- *	70-9-17		# This century assumed by default.
- *	70-09-17	# Leading zeros are ignored.
- *	9/17/72		# Common U.S. writing.
- *	24 September 1972
- *	24 Sept 72	# September has a special abbreviation.
- *	24 Sep 72	# Three-letter abbreviations always allowed.
- *	Sep 24, 1972
- *	24-sep-72
- *	24sep72
- */
-long strtoday (const char *str)
-{
-	time_t t;
-	bool isnum = true;
-	const char *s = str;
-
-	/*
-	 * get_date() interprets an empty string as the current date,
-	 * which is not what we expect, unless you're a BOFH :-).
-	 * (useradd sets sp_expire = current date for new lusers)
-	 */
-	if ((NULL == str) || ('\0' == *str)) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	/* If a numerical value is provided, this is already a number of
-	 * days since EPOCH.
-	 */
-	if ('-' == *s) {
-		s++;
-	}
-	while (' ' == *s) {
-		s++;
-	}
-	while (isnum && ('\0' != *s)) {
-		if (!isdigit (*s)) {
-			isnum = false;
-		}
-		s++;
-	}
-	if (isnum) {
-		long retdate;
-		if (getlong (str, &retdate) == 0) {
-			return -2;
-		}
-		return retdate;
-	}
-
-	t = get_date (str, NULL);
-	if ((time_t) - 1 == t) {
-		return -2;
-	}
-	/* convert seconds to days since 1970-01-01 */
-	return (long) (t + DAY / 2) / DAY;
-}
-
-#else				/* !USE_GETDATE */
-/*
- * Old code, just in case get_date() doesn't work as expected...
- */
-#include <stdio.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_STRPTIME
-/*
- * for now we allow just one format, but we can define more later
- * (we try them all until one succeeds).  --marekm
- */
-static const char *const date_formats[] = {
-	"%Y-%m-%d",
-	(char *) 0
-};
-#else
-/*
- * days and juldays are used to compute the number of days in the
- * current month, and the cumulative number of days in the preceding
- * months.  they are declared so that january is 1, not 0.
- */
-static const short days[13] = { 0,
-	31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30,	/* JAN - JUN */
-	31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31
-};				/* JUL - DEC */
-
-static const short juldays[13] = { 0,
-	0, 31, 59, 90, 120, 151,	/* JAN - JUN */
-	181, 212, 243, 273, 304, 334
-};				/* JUL - DEC */
-#endif
-
-/*
- * strtoday - compute the number of days since 1970.
- *
- * the total number of days prior to the current date is
- * computed.  january 1, 1970 is used as the origin with
- * it having a day number of 0.
- */
-
-long strtoday (const char *str)
-{
-#ifdef HAVE_STRPTIME
-	struct tm tp;
-	const char *const *fmt;
-	char *cp;
-	time_t result;
-
-	memzero (&tp, sizeof tp);
-	for (fmt = date_formats; *fmt; fmt++) {
-		cp = strptime ((char *) str, *fmt, &tp);
-		if ((NULL == cp) || ('\0' != *cp)) {
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		result = mktime (&tp);
-		if ((time_t) - 1 == result) {
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		return (long) (result / DAY);	/* success */
-	}
-	return -1;
-#else
-	char slop[2];
-	int month;
-	int day;
-	int year;
-	long total;
-
-	/*
-	 * start by separating the month, day and year.  the order
-	 * is compiled in ...
-	 */
-
-	if (sscanf (str, "%d/%d/%d%c", &year, &month, &day, slop) != 3) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * the month, day of the month, and year are checked for
-	 * correctness and the year adjusted so it falls between
-	 * 1970 and 2069.
-	 */
-
-	if ((month < 1) || (month > 12)) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	if (day < 1) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	if (   ((2 != month) || ((year % 4) != 0))
-	    && (day > days[month])) {
-		return -1;
-	} else if ((month == 2) && ((year % 4) == 0) && (day > 29)) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	if (year < 0) {
-		return -1;
-	} else if (year <= 69) {
-		year += 2000;
-	} else if (year <= 99) {
-		year += 1900;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * On systems with 32-bit signed time_t, time wraps around in 2038
-	 * - for now we just limit the year to 2037 (instead of 2069).
-	 * This limit can be removed once no one is using 32-bit systems
-	 * anymore :-).  --marekm
-	 */
-	if ((year < 1970) || (year > 2037)) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * the total number of days is the total number of days in all
-	 * the whole years, plus the number of leap days, plus the
-	 * number of days in the whole months preceding, plus the number
-	 * of days so far in the month.
-	 */
-
-	total = (long) ((year - 1970) * 365L) + (((year + 1) - 1970) / 4);
-	total += (long) juldays[month] + (month > 2 && (year % 4) == 0 ? 1 : 0);
-	total += (long) day - 1;
-
-	return total;
-#endif				/* HAVE_STRPTIME */
-}
-#endif				/* !USE_GETDATE */
diff --git a/libmisc/sub.c b/libmisc/sub.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d30c4c7..0000000
--- a/libmisc/sub.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1991, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#define	BAD_SUBROOT2	"invalid root `%s' for user `%s'\n"
-#define	NO_SUBROOT2	"no subsystem root `%s' for user `%s'\n"
-/*
- * subsystem - change to subsystem root
- *
- *	A subsystem login is indicated by the presence of a "*" as
- *	the first character of the login shell.  The given home
- *	directory will be used as the root of a new filesystem which
- *	the user is actually logged into.
- */
-void subsystem (const struct passwd *pw)
-{
-	/*
-	 * The new root directory must begin with a "/" character.
-	 */
-
-	if (pw->pw_dir[0] != '/') {
-		printf (_("Invalid root directory '%s'\n"), pw->pw_dir);
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, BAD_SUBROOT2, pw->pw_dir, pw->pw_name));
-		closelog ();
-		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * The directory must be accessible and the current process
-	 * must be able to change into it.
-	 */
-
-	if (   (chdir (pw->pw_dir) != 0)
-	    || (chroot (pw->pw_dir) != 0)) {
-		(void) printf (_("Can't change root directory to '%s'\n"),
-		               pw->pw_dir);
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, NO_SUBROOT2, pw->pw_dir, pw->pw_name));
-		closelog ();
-		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
-	}
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/sulog.c b/libmisc/sulog.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e95613..0000000
--- a/libmisc/sulog.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1992, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-
-/*
- * sulog - log a SU command execution result
- */
-void sulog (const char *tty, bool success, const char *oldname, const char *name)
-{
-	const char *sulog_file;
-	time_t now;
-	struct tm *tm;
-	FILE *fp;
-	mode_t oldmask;
-	gid_t oldgid = 0;
-
-	if (success) {
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_INFO,
-			"Successful su for %s by %s",name,oldname));
-	} else {
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_NOTICE,
-			"FAILED su for %s by %s",name,oldname));
-	}
-
-	sulog_file = getdef_str ("SULOG_FILE");
-	if (NULL == sulog_file) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	oldgid = getgid ();
-	oldmask = umask (077);
-	/* Switch to group root to avoid creating the sulog file with
-	 * the wrong group ownership. */
-	if ((oldgid != 0) && (setgid (0) != 0)) {
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_INFO,
-		         "su session not logged to %s", sulog_file));
-		/* Continue, but do not switch back to oldgid later */
-		oldgid = 0;
-	}
-	fp = fopen (sulog_file, "a+");
-	(void) umask (oldmask);
-	if ((oldgid != 0) && (setgid (oldgid) != 0)) {
-		perror ("setgid");
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
-		         "can't switch back to group `%d' in sulog",
-		         oldgid));
-		/* Do not return if the group permission were raised. */
-		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
-	}
-	if (fp == (FILE *) 0) {
-		return;		/* can't open or create logfile */
-	}
-
-	(void) time (&now);
-	tm = localtime (&now);
-
-	fprintf (fp, "SU %.02d/%.02d %.02d:%.02d %c %s %s-%s\n",
-		 tm->tm_mon + 1, tm->tm_mday, tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min,
-		 success ? '+' : '-', tty, oldname, name);
-
-	(void) fflush (fp);
-	fsync (fileno (fp));
-	fclose (fp);
-	/* TODO: log if failure */
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/ttytype.c b/libmisc/ttytype.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f72d957..0000000
--- a/libmisc/ttytype.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-/*
- * ttytype - set ttytype from port to terminal type mapping database
- */
-void ttytype (const char *line)
-{
-	FILE *fp;
-	char buf[BUFSIZ];
-	const char *typefile;
-	char *cp;
-	char type[1024] = "";
-	char port[1024];
-
-	if (getenv ("TERM") != NULL) {
-		return;
-	}
-	typefile = getdef_str ("TTYTYPE_FILE");
-	if (NULL == typefile) {
-		return;
-	}
-	if (access (typefile, F_OK) != 0) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-	fp = fopen (typefile, "r");
-	if (NULL == fp) {
-		perror (typefile);
-		return;
-	}
-	while (fgets (buf, (int) sizeof buf, fp) == buf) {
-		if (buf[0] == '#') {
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		cp = strchr (buf, '\n');
-		if (NULL != cp) {
-			*cp = '\0';
-		}
-
-		if (   (sscanf (buf, "%1023s %1023s", type, port) == 2)
-		    && (strcmp (line, port) == 0)) {
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-	if ((feof (fp) == 0) && (ferror (fp) == 0) && (type[0] != '\0')) {
-		addenv ("TERM", type);
-	}
-
-	(void) fclose (fp);
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/tz.c b/libmisc/tz.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 16d92ad..0000000
--- a/libmisc/tz.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Chip Rosenthal
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2010, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ifndef USE_PAM
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-
-/*
- * tz - return local timezone name
- *
- * tz() determines the name of the local timezone by reading the
- * contents of the file named by ``fname''.
- */
-/*@observer@*/const char *tz (const char *fname)
-{
-	FILE *fp = NULL;
-	static char tzbuf[BUFSIZ];
-	const char *def_tz = "TZ=CST6CDT";
-
-	fp = fopen (fname, "r");
-	if (   (NULL == fp)
-	    || (fgets (tzbuf, (int) sizeof (tzbuf), fp) == NULL)) {
-		def_tz = getdef_str ("ENV_TZ");
-		if ((NULL == def_tz) || ('/' == def_tz[0])) {
-			def_tz = "TZ=CST6CDT";
-		}
-
-		strcpy (tzbuf, def_tz);
-	} else {
-		tzbuf[strlen (tzbuf) - 1] = '\0';
-	}
-
-	if (NULL != fp) {
-		(void) fclose (fp);
-	}
-
-	return tzbuf;
-}
-#else				/* !USE_PAM */
-extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
-#endif				/* !USE_PAM */
-
diff --git a/libmisc/ulimit.c b/libmisc/ulimit.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e331d46..0000000
--- a/libmisc/ulimit.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#if HAVE_ULIMIT_H
-#include <ulimit.h>
-#ifndef UL_SETFSIZE
-#ifdef UL_SFILLIM
-#define UL_SETFSIZE UL_SFILLIM
-#else
-#define UL_SETFSIZE 2
-#endif
-#endif
-#elif HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
-#include <sys/time.h>		/* for struct timeval on sunos4 */
-/* XXX - is the above ok or should it be <time.h> on ultrix? */
-#include <sys/resource.h>
-#endif
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-int set_filesize_limit (int blocks)
-{
-	int ret = -1;
-#if HAVE_ULIMIT_H
-	if (ulimit (UL_SETFSIZE, blocks) != -1) {
-		ret = 0;
-	}
-#elif defined(RLIMIT_FSIZE)
-	struct rlimit rlimit_fsize;
-
-	rlimit_fsize.rlim_cur = 512L * blocks;
-	rlimit_fsize.rlim_max = rlimit_fsize.rlim_cur;
-	ret = setrlimit (RLIMIT_FSIZE, &rlimit_fsize);
-#endif
-
-	return ret;
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/user_busy.c b/libmisc/user_busy.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c03feb2..0000000
--- a/libmisc/user_busy.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,273 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2000 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id: $"
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <dirent.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
-#include "subordinateio.h"
-#endif				/* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-#ifdef __linux__
-static int check_status (const char *name, const char *sname, uid_t uid);
-static int user_busy_processes (const char *name, uid_t uid);
-#else				/* !__linux__ */
-static int user_busy_utmp (const char *name);
-#endif				/* !__linux__ */
-
-/*
- * user_busy - check if an user if currently running processes
- */
-int user_busy (const char *name, uid_t uid)
-{
-	/* There are no standard ways to get the list of processes.
-	 * An option could be to run an external tool (ps).
-	 */
-#ifdef __linux__
-	/* On Linux, directly parse /proc */
-	return user_busy_processes (name, uid);
-#else				/* !__linux__ */
-	/* If we cannot rely on /proc, check is there is a record in utmp
-	 * indicating that the user is still logged in */
-	return user_busy_utmp (name);
-#endif				/* !__linux__ */
-}
-
-#ifndef __linux__
-static int user_busy_utmp (const char *name)
-{
-#ifdef USE_UTMPX
-	struct utmpx *utent;
-
-	setutxent ();
-	while ((utent = getutxent ()) != NULL)
-#else				/* !USE_UTMPX */
-	struct utmp *utent;
-
-	setutent ();
-	while ((utent = getutent ()) != NULL)
-#endif				/* !USE_UTMPX */
-	{
-		if (utent->ut_type != USER_PROCESS) {
-			continue;
-		}
-		if (strncmp (utent->ut_user, name, sizeof utent->ut_user) != 0) {
-			continue;
-		}
-		if (kill (utent->ut_pid, 0) != 0) {
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-		         _("%s: user %s is currently logged in\n"),
-		         log_get_progname(), name);
-		return 1;
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
-#endif				/* !__linux__ */
-
-#ifdef __linux__
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
-#define in_parentuid_range(uid) ((uid) >= parentuid && (uid) < parentuid + range)
-static int different_namespace (const char *sname)
-{
-	/* 41: /proc/xxxxxxxxxx/task/xxxxxxxxxx/ns/user + \0 */
-	char path[41];
-	char buf[512], buf2[512];
-	ssize_t llen1, llen2;
-
-	snprintf (path, 41, "/proc/%s/ns/user", sname);
-
-	if ((llen1 = readlink (path, buf, sizeof(buf))) == -1)
-		return 0;
-
-	if ((llen2 = readlink ("/proc/self/ns/user", buf2, sizeof(buf2))) == -1)
-		return 0;
-
-	if (llen1 == llen2 && memcmp (buf, buf2, llen1) == 0)
-		return 0; /* same namespace */
-
-	return 1;
-}
-#endif                          /* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
-
-
-static int check_status (const char *name, const char *sname, uid_t uid)
-{
-	/* 40: /proc/xxxxxxxxxx/task/xxxxxxxxxx/status + \0 */
-	char status[40];
-	char line[1024];
-	FILE *sfile;
-
-	snprintf (status, 40, "/proc/%s/status", sname);
-
-	sfile = fopen (status, "r");
-	if (NULL == sfile) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-	while (fgets (line, sizeof (line), sfile) == line) {
-		if (strncmp (line, "Uid:\t", 5) == 0) {
-			unsigned long ruid, euid, suid;
-
-			assert (uid == (unsigned long) uid);
-			(void) fclose (sfile);
-			if (sscanf (line,
-			            "Uid:\t%lu\t%lu\t%lu\n",
-			            &ruid, &euid, &suid) == 3) {
-				if (   (ruid == (unsigned long) uid)
-				    || (euid == (unsigned long) uid)
-				    || (suid == (unsigned long) uid) ) {
-					return 1;
-				}
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
-				if (    different_namespace (sname)
-				     && (   have_sub_uids(name, ruid, 1)
-				         || have_sub_uids(name, euid, 1)
-				         || have_sub_uids(name, suid, 1))
-				   ) {
-					return 1;
-				}
-#endif				/* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
-			} else {
-				/* Ignore errors. This is just a best effort. */
-			}
-			return 0;
-		}
-	}
-	(void) fclose (sfile);
-	return 0;
-}
-
-static int user_busy_processes (const char *name, uid_t uid)
-{
-	DIR *proc;
-	struct dirent *ent;
-	char *tmp_d_name;
-	pid_t pid;
-	DIR *task_dir;
-	/* 22: /proc/xxxxxxxxxx/task + \0 */
-	char task_path[22];
-	char root_path[22];
-	struct stat sbroot;
-	struct stat sbroot_process;
-
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
-	sub_uid_open (O_RDONLY);
-#endif				/* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
-
-	proc = opendir ("/proc");
-	if (proc == NULL) {
-		perror ("opendir /proc");
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
-		sub_uid_close();
-#endif
-		return 0;
-	}
-	if (stat ("/", &sbroot) != 0) {
-		perror ("stat (\"/\")");
-		(void) closedir (proc);
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
-		sub_uid_close();
-#endif
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	while ((ent = readdir (proc)) != NULL) {
-		tmp_d_name = ent->d_name;
-		/*
-		 * Ingo Molnar's patch introducing NPTL for 2.4 hides
-		 * threads in the /proc directory by prepending a period.
-		 * This patch is applied by default in some RedHat
-		 * kernels.
-		 */
-		if (   (strcmp (tmp_d_name, ".") == 0)
-		    || (strcmp (tmp_d_name, "..") == 0)) {
-			continue;
-		}
-		if (*tmp_d_name == '.') {
-			tmp_d_name++;
-		}
-
-		/* Check if this is a valid PID */
-		if (get_pid (tmp_d_name, &pid) == 0) {
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		/* Check if the process is in our chroot */
-		snprintf (root_path, 22, "/proc/%lu/root", (unsigned long) pid);
-		root_path[21] = '\0';
-		if (stat (root_path, &sbroot_process) != 0) {
-			continue;
-		}
-		if (   (sbroot.st_dev != sbroot_process.st_dev)
-		    || (sbroot.st_ino != sbroot_process.st_ino)) {
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		if (check_status (name, tmp_d_name, uid) != 0) {
-			(void) closedir (proc);
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
-			sub_uid_close();
-#endif
-			fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-			         _("%s: user %s is currently used by process %d\n"),
-			         log_get_progname(), name, pid);
-			return 1;
-		}
-
-		snprintf (task_path, 22, "/proc/%lu/task", (unsigned long) pid);
-		task_path[21] = '\0';
-		task_dir = opendir (task_path);
-		if (task_dir != NULL) {
-			while ((ent = readdir (task_dir)) != NULL) {
-				pid_t tid;
-				if (get_pid (ent->d_name, &tid) == 0) {
-					continue;
-				}
-				if (tid == pid) {
-					continue;
-				}
-				if (check_status (name, task_path+6, uid) != 0) {
-					(void) closedir (proc);
-					(void) closedir (task_dir);
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
-					sub_uid_close();
-#endif
-					fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-					         _("%s: user %s is currently used by process %d\n"),
-					         log_get_progname(), name, pid);
-					return 1;
-				}
-			}
-			(void) closedir (task_dir);
-		} else {
-			/* Ignore errors. This is just a best effort */
-		}
-	}
-
-	(void) closedir (proc);
-#ifdef ENABLE_SUBIDS
-	sub_uid_close();
-#endif				/* ENABLE_SUBIDS */
-	return 0;
-}
-#endif				/* __linux__ */
-
diff --git a/libmisc/utmp.c b/libmisc/utmp.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 45b479f..0000000
--- a/libmisc/utmp.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,474 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2001 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-#ifdef USE_UTMPX
-#include <utmpx.h>
-#else
-#include <utmp.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/socket.h>
-#include <netdb.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-
-/*
- * is_my_tty -- determine if "tty" is the same TTY stdin is using
- */
-static bool is_my_tty (const char *tty)
-{
-	/* full_tty shall be at least sizeof utmp.ut_line + 5 */
-	char full_tty[200];
-	/* tmptty shall be bigger than full_tty */
-	static char tmptty[sizeof (full_tty)+1];
-
-	if ('/' != *tty) {
-		(void) snprintf (full_tty, sizeof full_tty, "/dev/%s", tty);
-		tty = &full_tty[0];
-	}
-
-	if ('\0' == tmptty[0]) {
-		const char *tname = ttyname (STDIN_FILENO);
-		if (NULL != tname) {
-			(void) strncpy (tmptty, tname, sizeof tmptty);
-			tmptty[sizeof (tmptty) - 1] = '\0';
-		}
-	}
-
-	if ('\0' == tmptty[0]) {
-		(void) puts (_("Unable to determine your tty name."));
-		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
-	} else if (strncmp (tty, tmptty, sizeof (tmptty)) != 0) {
-		return false;
-	} else {
-		return true;
-	}
-}
-
-/*
- * get_current_utmp - return the most probable utmp entry for the current
- *                    session
- *
- *	The utmp file is scanned for an entry with the same process ID.
- *	The line entered by the *getty / telnetd, etc. should also match
- *	the current terminal.
- *
- *	When an entry is returned by get_current_utmp, and if the utmp
- *	structure has a ut_id field, this field should be used to update
- *	the entry information.
- *
- *	Return NULL if no entries exist in utmp for the current process.
- */
-#ifndef USE_UTMPX
-/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct utmp *get_current_utmp (void)
-{
-	struct utmp *ut;
-	struct utmp *ret = NULL;
-
-	setutent ();
-
-	/* First, try to find a valid utmp entry for this process.  */
-	while ((ut = getutent ()) != NULL) {
-		if (   (ut->ut_pid == getpid ())
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ID
-		    && ('\0' != ut->ut_id[0])
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE
-		    && (   (LOGIN_PROCESS == ut->ut_type)
-		        || (USER_PROCESS  == ut->ut_type))
-#endif
-		    /* A process may have failed to close an entry
-		     * Check if this entry refers to the current tty */
-		    && is_my_tty (ut->ut_line)) {
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (NULL != ut) {
-		ret = (struct utmp *) xmalloc (sizeof (*ret));
-		memcpy (ret, ut, sizeof (*ret));
-	}
-
-	endutent ();
-
-	return ret;
-}
-#else
-/*@null@*/ /*@only*/struct utmpx *get_current_utmp(void)
-{
-	struct utmpx *ut;
-	struct utmpx *ret = NULL;
-
-	setutxent ();
-
-	/* Find the utmpx entry for this PID. */
-	while ((ut = getutxent ()) != NULL) {
-		if (   (ut->ut_pid == getpid ())
-		    && ('\0' != ut->ut_id[0])
-		    && (   (LOGIN_PROCESS == ut->ut_type)
-			|| (USER_PROCESS == ut->ut_type))
-		    && is_my_tty (ut->ut_line)) {
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (NULL != ut) {
-		ret = (struct utmpx *) xmalloc (sizeof (*ret));
-		memcpy (ret, ut, sizeof (*ret));
-	}
-
-	endutxent ();
-
-	return ret;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef USE_PAM
-/*
- * Some systems already have updwtmp() and possibly updwtmpx().  Others
- * don't, so we re-implement these functions if necessary.
- */
-#ifndef HAVE_UPDWTMP
-static void updwtmp (const char *filename, const struct utmp *ut)
-{
-	int fd;
-
-	fd = open (filename, O_APPEND | O_WRONLY, 0);
-	if (fd >= 0) {
-		write (fd, (const char *) ut, sizeof (*ut));
-		close (fd);
-	}
-}
-#endif				/* ! HAVE_UPDWTMP */
-
-#ifdef USE_UTMPX
-#ifndef HAVE_UPDWTMPX
-static void updwtmpx (const char *filename, const struct utmpx *utx)
-{
-	int fd;
-
-	fd = open (filename, O_APPEND | O_WRONLY, 0);
-	if (fd >= 0) {
-		write (fd, (const char *) utx, sizeof (*utx));
-		close (fd);
-	}
-}
-#endif				/* ! HAVE_UPDWTMPX */
-#endif				/* ! USE_UTMPX */
-#endif				/* ! USE_PAM */
-
-
-#ifndef USE_UTMPX
-/*
- * prepare_utmp - prepare an utmp entry so that it can be logged in a
- *                utmp/wtmp file.
- *
- *	It accepts an utmp entry in input (ut) to return an entry with
- *	the right ut_id. This is typically an entry returned by
- *	get_current_utmp
- *	If ut is NULL, ut_id will be forged based on the line argument.
- *
- *	The ut_host field of the input structure may also be kept, and is
- *	used to define the ut_addr/ut_addr_v6 fields. (if these fields
- *	exist)
- *
- *	Other fields are discarded and filed with new values (if they
- *	exist).
- *
- *	The returned structure shall be freed by the caller.
- */
-/*@only@*/struct utmp *prepare_utmp (const char *name,
-                                     const char *line,
-                                     const char *host,
-                                     /*@null@*/const struct utmp *ut)
-{
-	struct timeval tv;
-	char *hostname = NULL;
-	struct utmp *utent;
-
-	assert (NULL != name);
-	assert (NULL != line);
-
-
-
-	if (   (NULL != host)
-	    && ('\0' != host[0])) {
-		hostname = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (host) + 1);
-		strcpy (hostname, host);
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_HOST
-	} else if (   (NULL != ut)
-	           && ('\0' != ut->ut_host[0])) {
-		hostname = (char *) xmalloc (sizeof (ut->ut_host) + 1);
-		strncpy (hostname, ut->ut_host, sizeof (ut->ut_host));
-		hostname[sizeof (ut->ut_host)] = '\0';
-#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_HOST */
-	}
-
-	if (strncmp(line, "/dev/", 5) == 0) {
-		line += 5;
-	}
-
-
-	utent = (struct utmp *) xmalloc (sizeof (*utent));
-	memzero (utent, sizeof (*utent));
-
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE
-	utent->ut_type = USER_PROCESS;
-#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE */
-	utent->ut_pid = getpid ();
-	strncpy (utent->ut_line, line,      sizeof (utent->ut_line) - 1);
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ID
-	if (NULL != ut) {
-		strncpy (utent->ut_id, ut->ut_id, sizeof (utent->ut_id));
-	} else {
-		/* XXX - assumes /dev/tty?? */
-		strncpy (utent->ut_id, line + 3, sizeof (utent->ut_id) - 1);
-	}
-#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ID */
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_NAME
-	strncpy (utent->ut_name, name,      sizeof (utent->ut_name));
-#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_NAME */
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_USER
-	strncpy (utent->ut_user, name,      sizeof (utent->ut_user) - 1);
-#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_USER */
-	if (NULL != hostname) {
-		struct addrinfo *info = NULL;
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_HOST
-		strncpy (utent->ut_host, hostname, sizeof (utent->ut_host) - 1);
-#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_HOST */
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SYSLEN
-		utent->ut_syslen = MIN (strlen (hostname),
-		                        sizeof (utent->ut_host));
-#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SYSLEN */
-#if defined(HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR) || defined(HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR_V6)
-		if (getaddrinfo (hostname, NULL, NULL, &info) == 0) {
-			/* getaddrinfo might not be reliable.
-			 * Just try to log what may be useful.
-			 */
-			if (info->ai_family == AF_INET) {
-				struct sockaddr_in *sa =
-					(struct sockaddr_in *) info->ai_addr;
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR
-				memcpy (&(utent->ut_addr),
-				        &(sa->sin_addr),
-				        MIN (sizeof (utent->ut_addr),
-				             sizeof (sa->sin_addr)));
-#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR */
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR_V6
-				memcpy (utent->ut_addr_v6,
-				        &(sa->sin_addr),
-				        MIN (sizeof (utent->ut_addr_v6),
-				             sizeof (sa->sin_addr)));
-			} else if (info->ai_family == AF_INET6) {
-				struct sockaddr_in6 *sa =
-					(struct sockaddr_in6 *) info->ai_addr;
-				memcpy (utent->ut_addr_v6,
-				        &(sa->sin6_addr),
-				        MIN (sizeof (utent->ut_addr_v6),
-				             sizeof (sa->sin6_addr)));
-#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR_V6 */
-			}
-			freeaddrinfo (info);
-		}
-#endif		/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR || HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR_V6 */
-		free (hostname);
-	}
-	/* ut_exit is only for DEAD_PROCESS */
-	utent->ut_session = getsid (0);
-	if (gettimeofday (&tv, NULL) == 0) {
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TIME
-		utent->ut_time = tv.tv_sec;
-#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TIME */
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_XTIME
-		utent->ut_xtime = tv.tv_usec;
-#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_XTIME */
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TV
-		utent->ut_tv.tv_sec  = tv.tv_sec;
-		utent->ut_tv.tv_usec = tv.tv_usec;
-#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TV */
-	}
-
-	return utent;
-}
-
-/*
- * setutmp - Update an entry in utmp and log an entry in wtmp
- *
- *	Return 1 on failure and 0 on success.
- */
-int setutmp (struct utmp *ut)
-{
-	int err = 0;
-
-	assert (NULL != ut);
-
-	setutent ();
-	if (pututline (ut) == NULL) {
-		err = 1;
-	}
-	endutent ();
-
-#ifndef USE_PAM
-	/* This is done by pam_lastlog */
-	updwtmp (_WTMP_FILE, ut);
-#endif				/* ! USE_PAM */
-
-	return err;
-}
-
-#else
-/*
- * prepare_utmpx - the UTMPX version for prepare_utmp
- */
-/*@only@*/struct utmpx *prepare_utmpx (const char *name,
-                                       const char *line,
-                                       const char *host,
-                                       /*@null@*/const struct utmpx *ut)
-{
-	struct timeval tv;
-	char *hostname = NULL;
-	struct utmpx *utxent;
-
-	assert (NULL != name);
-	assert (NULL != line);
-
-
-
-	if (   (NULL != host)
-	    && ('\0' != host[0])) {
-		hostname = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (host) + 1);
-		strcpy (hostname, host);
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_HOST
-	} else if (   (NULL != ut)
-	           && (NULL != ut->ut_host)
-	           && ('\0' != ut->ut_host[0])) {
-		hostname = (char *) xmalloc (sizeof (ut->ut_host) + 1);
-		strncpy (hostname, ut->ut_host, sizeof (ut->ut_host));
-		hostname[sizeof (ut->ut_host)] = '\0';
-#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE */
-	}
-
-	if (strncmp(line, "/dev/", 5) == 0) {
-		line += 5;
-	}
-
-	utxent = (struct utmpx *) xmalloc (sizeof (*utxent));
-	memzero (utxent, sizeof (*utxent));
-
-
-
-	utxent->ut_type = USER_PROCESS;
-	utxent->ut_pid = getpid ();
-	strncpy (utxent->ut_line, line,      sizeof (utxent->ut_line));
-	/* existence of ut->ut_id is enforced by configure */
-	if (NULL != ut) {
-		strncpy (utxent->ut_id, ut->ut_id, sizeof (utxent->ut_id));
-	} else {
-		/* XXX - assumes /dev/tty?? */
-		strncpy (utxent->ut_id, line + 3, sizeof (utxent->ut_id));
-	}
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_NAME
-	strncpy (utxent->ut_name, name,      sizeof (utxent->ut_name));
-#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_NAME */
-	strncpy (utxent->ut_user, name,      sizeof (utxent->ut_user));
-	if (NULL != hostname) {
-		struct addrinfo *info = NULL;
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_HOST
-		strncpy (utxent->ut_host, hostname, sizeof (utxent->ut_host));
-#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_HOST */
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_SYSLEN
-		utxent->ut_syslen = MIN (strlen (hostname),
-		                         sizeof (utxent->ut_host));
-#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_SYSLEN */
-#if defined(HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR) || defined(HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR_V6)
-		if (getaddrinfo (hostname, NULL, NULL, &info) == 0) {
-			/* getaddrinfo might not be reliable.
-			 * Just try to log what may be useful.
-			 */
-			if (info->ai_family == AF_INET) {
-				struct sockaddr_in *sa =
-					(struct sockaddr_in *) info->ai_addr;
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR
-				memcpy (&utxent->ut_addr,
-				        &(sa->sin_addr),
-				        MIN (sizeof (utxent->ut_addr),
-				             sizeof (sa->sin_addr)));
-#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR */
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR_V6
-				memcpy (utxent->ut_addr_v6,
-				        &(sa->sin_addr),
-				        MIN (sizeof (utxent->ut_addr_v6),
-				             sizeof (sa->sin_addr)));
-			} else if (info->ai_family == AF_INET6) {
-				struct sockaddr_in6 *sa =
-					(struct sockaddr_in6 *) info->ai_addr;
-				memcpy (utxent->ut_addr_v6,
-				        &(sa->sin6_addr),
-				        MIN (sizeof (utxent->ut_addr_v6),
-				             sizeof (sa->sin6_addr)));
-#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR_V6 */
-			}
-			freeaddrinfo (info);
-		}
-#endif		/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR || HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR_V6 */
-		free (hostname);
-	}
-	/* ut_exit is only for DEAD_PROCESS */
-	utxent->ut_session = getsid (0);
-	if (gettimeofday (&tv, NULL) == 0) {
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_TIME
-		utxent->ut_time = tv.tv_sec;
-#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_TIME */
-#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_XTIME
-		utxent->ut_xtime = tv.tv_usec;
-#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_XTIME */
-		utxent->ut_tv.tv_sec  = tv.tv_sec;
-		utxent->ut_tv.tv_usec = tv.tv_usec;
-	}
-
-	return utxent;
-}
-
-/*
- * setutmpx - the UTMPX version for setutmp
- */
-int setutmpx (struct utmpx *utx)
-{
-	int err = 0;
-
-	assert (NULL != utx);
-
-	setutxent ();
-	if (pututxline (utx) == NULL) {
-		err = 1;
-	}
-	endutxent ();
-
-#ifndef USE_PAM
-	/* This is done by pam_lastlog */
-	updwtmpx (_WTMP_FILE "x", utx);
-#endif				/* ! USE_PAM */
-
-	return err;
-}
-#endif				/* USE_UTMPX */
-
diff --git a/libmisc/valid.c b/libmisc/valid.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 326635f..0000000
--- a/libmisc/valid.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1989 - 1993, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <pwd.h>
-/*
- * valid - compare encrypted passwords
- *
- *	Valid() compares the DES encrypted password from the password file
- *	against the password which the user has entered after it has been
- *	encrypted using the same salt as the original.  Entries which do
- *	not have a password file entry have a NULL pw_name field and this
- *	is used to indicate that a dummy salt must be used to encrypt the
- *	password anyway.
- */
-bool valid (const char *password, const struct passwd *ent)
-{
-	const char *encrypted;
-	/*@observer@*/const char *salt;
-
-	/*
-	 * Start with blank or empty password entries.  Always encrypt
-	 * a password if no such user exists.  Only if the ID exists and
-	 * the password is really empty do you return quickly.  This
-	 * routine is meant to waste CPU time.
-	 */
-
-	if ((NULL != ent->pw_name) && ('\0' == ent->pw_passwd[0])) {
-		if ('\0' == password[0]) {
-			return true;	/* user entered nothing */
-		} else {
-			return false;	/* user entered something! */
-		}
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * If there is no entry then we need a salt to use.
-	 */
-
-	if ((NULL == ent->pw_name) || ('\0' == ent->pw_passwd[0])) {
-		salt = "xx";
-	} else {
-		salt = ent->pw_passwd;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Now, perform the encryption using the salt from before on
-	 * the users input.  Since we always encrypt the string, it
-	 * should be very difficult to determine if the user exists by
-	 * looking at execution time.
-	 */
-
-	encrypted = pw_encrypt (password, salt);
-
-	/*
-	 * One last time we must deal with there being no password file
-	 * entry for the user.  We use the pw_name == NULL idiom to
-	 * cause non-existent users to not be validated.
-	 */
-
-	if (   (NULL != ent->pw_name)
-	    && (NULL != encrypted)
-	    && (strcmp (encrypted, ent->pw_passwd) == 0)) {
-		return true;
-	} else {
-		return false;
-	}
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/xgetXXbyYY.c b/libmisc/xgetXXbyYY.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a3f969..0000000
--- a/libmisc/xgetXXbyYY.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * According to the Linux-PAM documentation:
- *
- *  4.1. Care about standard library calls
- *
- *  In general, writers of authorization-granting applications should
- *  assume that each module is likely to call any or all 'libc' functions.
- *  For 'libc' functions that return pointers to static/dynamically
- *  allocated structures (ie.  the library allocates the memory and the
- *  user is not expected to 'free()' it) any module call to this function
- *  is likely to corrupt a pointer previously obtained by the application.
- *  The application programmer should either re-call such a 'libc'
- *  function after a call to the Linux-PAM library, or copy the structure
- *  contents to some safe area of memory before passing control to the
- *  Linux-PAM library.
- *
- *  Two important function classes that fall into this category are
- *  getpwnam(3) and syslog(3).
- *
- * This file provide wrapper to the getpwnam or getpwnam_r functions.
- */
-
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-#define XFUNCTION_NAME XPREFIX (FUNCTION_NAME)
-#define XPREFIX(name) XPREFIX1 (name)
-#define XPREFIX1(name) x##name
-#define REENTRANT_NAME APPEND_R (FUNCTION_NAME)
-#define APPEND_R(name) APPEND_R1 (name)
-#define APPEND_R1(name) name##_r
-#define STRINGIZE(name) STRINGIZE1 (name)
-#define STRINGIZE1(name) #name
-
-/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/LOOKUP_TYPE *XFUNCTION_NAME (ARG_TYPE ARG_NAME)
-{
-#if HAVE_FUNCTION_R
-	LOOKUP_TYPE *result=NULL;
-	char *buffer=NULL;
-	/* we have to start with something */
-	size_t length = 0x100;
-
-	result = malloc(sizeof(LOOKUP_TYPE));
-	if (NULL == result) {
-		fprintf (log_get_logfd(), _("%s: out of memory\n"),
-		         "x" STRINGIZE(FUNCTION_NAME));
-		exit (13);
-	}
-
-	while (true) {
-		int status;
-		LOOKUP_TYPE *resbuf = NULL;
-		buffer = (char *)realloc (buffer, length);
-		if (NULL == buffer) {
-			fprintf (log_get_logfd(), _("%s: out of memory\n"),
-			         "x" STRINGIZE(FUNCTION_NAME));
-			exit (13);
-		}
-		status = REENTRANT_NAME(ARG_NAME, result, buffer,
-		                        length, &resbuf);
-		if ((0 == status) && (resbuf == result)) {
-			/* Build a result structure that can be freed by
-			 * the shadow *_free functions. */
-			LOOKUP_TYPE *ret_result = DUP_FUNCTION(result);
-			free(buffer);
-			free(result);
-			return ret_result;
-		}
-
-		if (ERANGE != status) {
-			free (buffer);
-			free (result);
-			return NULL;
-		}
-
-		if (length <= ((size_t)-1 / 4)) {
-			length *= 4;
-		} else if (length == (size_t) -1) {
-			break;
-		} else {
-			length = (size_t) -1;
-		}
-	}
-
-	free(buffer);
-	free(result);
-	return NULL;
-
-#else /* !HAVE_FUNCTION_R */
-
-	/* No reentrant function.
-	 * Duplicate the structure to avoid other call to overwrite it.
-	 *
-	 * We should also restore the initial structure. But that would be
-	 * overkill.
-	 */
-	LOOKUP_TYPE *result = FUNCTION_NAME(ARG_NAME);
-
-	if (result) {
-		result = DUP_FUNCTION(result);
-		if (NULL == result) {
-			fprintf (log_get_logfd(), _("%s: out of memory\n"),
-			         "x" STRINGIZE(FUNCTION_NAME));
-			exit (13);
-		}
-	}
-
-	return result;
-#endif
-}
-
diff --git a/libmisc/xgetgrgid.c b/libmisc/xgetgrgid.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fe99929..0000000
--- a/libmisc/xgetgrgid.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * According to the Linux-PAM documentation:
- *
- *  4.1. Care about standard library calls
- *
- *  In general, writers of authorization-granting applications should
- *  assume that each module is likely to call any or all 'libc' functions.
- *  For 'libc' functions that return pointers to static/dynamically
- *  allocated structures (ie.  the library allocates the memory and the
- *  user is not expected to 'free()' it) any module call to this function
- *  is likely to corrupt a pointer previously obtained by the application.
- *  The application programmer should either re-call such a 'libc'
- *  function after a call to the Linux-PAM library, or copy the structure
- *  contents to some safe area of memory before passing control to the
- *  Linux-PAM library.
- *
- *  Two important function classes that fall into this category are
- *  getpwnam(3) and syslog(3).
- *
- * This file provide wrapper to the getpwnam or getpwnam_r functions.
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include "groupio.h"
-
-#define LOOKUP_TYPE	struct group
-#define FUNCTION_NAME	getgrgid
-#define ARG_TYPE	gid_t
-#define ARG_NAME	gid
-#define DUP_FUNCTION	__gr_dup
-#define HAVE_FUNCTION_R (defined HAVE_GETGRGID_R)
-
-#include "xgetXXbyYY.c"
-
diff --git a/libmisc/xgetgrnam.c b/libmisc/xgetgrnam.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 66d6f93..0000000
--- a/libmisc/xgetgrnam.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * According to the Linux-PAM documentation:
- *
- *  4.1. Care about standard library calls
- *
- *  In general, writers of authorization-granting applications should
- *  assume that each module is likely to call any or all 'libc' functions.
- *  For 'libc' functions that return pointers to static/dynamically
- *  allocated structures (ie.  the library allocates the memory and the
- *  user is not expected to 'free()' it) any module call to this function
- *  is likely to corrupt a pointer previously obtained by the application.
- *  The application programmer should either re-call such a 'libc'
- *  function after a call to the Linux-PAM library, or copy the structure
- *  contents to some safe area of memory before passing control to the
- *  Linux-PAM library.
- *
- *  Two important function classes that fall into this category are
- *  getpwnam(3) and syslog(3).
- *
- * This file provide wrapper to the getpwnam or getpwnam_r functions.
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include "groupio.h"
-
-#define LOOKUP_TYPE	struct group
-#define FUNCTION_NAME	getgrnam
-#define ARG_TYPE	const char *
-#define ARG_NAME	name
-#define DUP_FUNCTION	__gr_dup
-#define HAVE_FUNCTION_R (defined HAVE_GETGRNAM_R)
-
-#include "xgetXXbyYY.c"
-
diff --git a/libmisc/xgetpwnam.c b/libmisc/xgetpwnam.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 74eb972..0000000
--- a/libmisc/xgetpwnam.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * According to the Linux-PAM documentation:
- *
- *  4.1. Care about standard library calls
- *
- *  In general, writers of authorization-granting applications should
- *  assume that each module is likely to call any or all 'libc' functions.
- *  For 'libc' functions that return pointers to static/dynamically
- *  allocated structures (ie.  the library allocates the memory and the
- *  user is not expected to 'free()' it) any module call to this function
- *  is likely to corrupt a pointer previously obtained by the application.
- *  The application programmer should either re-call such a 'libc'
- *  function after a call to the Linux-PAM library, or copy the structure
- *  contents to some safe area of memory before passing control to the
- *  Linux-PAM library.
- *
- *  Two important function classes that fall into this category are
- *  getpwnam(3) and syslog(3).
- *
- * This file provide wrapper to the getpwnam or getpwnam_r functions.
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include "pwio.h"
-
-#define LOOKUP_TYPE	struct passwd
-#define FUNCTION_NAME	getpwnam
-#define ARG_TYPE	const char *
-#define ARG_NAME	name
-#define DUP_FUNCTION	__pw_dup
-#define HAVE_FUNCTION_R (defined HAVE_GETPWNAM_R)
-
-#include "xgetXXbyYY.c"
-
diff --git a/libmisc/xgetpwuid.c b/libmisc/xgetpwuid.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 23b2d0c..0000000
--- a/libmisc/xgetpwuid.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * According to the Linux-PAM documentation:
- *
- *  4.1. Care about standard library calls
- *
- *  In general, writers of authorization-granting applications should
- *  assume that each module is likely to call any or all 'libc' functions.
- *  For 'libc' functions that return pointers to static/dynamically
- *  allocated structures (ie.  the library allocates the memory and the
- *  user is not expected to 'free()' it) any module call to this function
- *  is likely to corrupt a pointer previously obtained by the application.
- *  The application programmer should either re-call such a 'libc'
- *  function after a call to the Linux-PAM library, or copy the structure
- *  contents to some safe area of memory before passing control to the
- *  Linux-PAM library.
- *
- *  Two important function classes that fall into this category are
- *  getpwnam(3) and syslog(3).
- *
- * This file provide wrapper to the getpwnam or getpwnam_r functions.
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include "pwio.h"
-
-#define LOOKUP_TYPE	struct passwd
-#define FUNCTION_NAME	getpwuid
-#define ARG_TYPE	uid_t
-#define ARG_NAME	uid
-#define DUP_FUNCTION	__pw_dup
-#define HAVE_FUNCTION_R (defined HAVE_GETPWUID_R)
-
-#include "xgetXXbyYY.c"
-
diff --git a/libmisc/xgetspnam.c b/libmisc/xgetspnam.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 148185f..0000000
--- a/libmisc/xgetspnam.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * According to the Linux-PAM documentation:
- *
- *  4.1. Care about standard library calls
- *
- *  In general, writers of authorization-granting applications should
- *  assume that each module is likely to call any or all 'libc' functions.
- *  For 'libc' functions that return pointers to static/dynamically
- *  allocated structures (ie.  the library allocates the memory and the
- *  user is not expected to 'free()' it) any module call to this function
- *  is likely to corrupt a pointer previously obtained by the application.
- *  The application programmer should either re-call such a 'libc'
- *  function after a call to the Linux-PAM library, or copy the structure
- *  contents to some safe area of memory before passing control to the
- *  Linux-PAM library.
- *
- *  Two important function classes that fall into this category are
- *  getpwnam(3) and syslog(3).
- *
- * This file provide wrapper to the getpwnam or getpwnam_r functions.
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include "shadowio.h"
-
-#define LOOKUP_TYPE	struct spwd
-#define FUNCTION_NAME	getspnam
-#define ARG_TYPE	const char *
-#define ARG_NAME	name
-#define DUP_FUNCTION	__spw_dup
-#define HAVE_FUNCTION_R (defined HAVE_GETSPNAM_R)
-
-#include "xgetXXbyYY.c"
-
diff --git a/libmisc/xmalloc.c b/libmisc/xmalloc.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 056d472..0000000
--- a/libmisc/xmalloc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2008       , Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/* Replacements for malloc and strdup with error checking.  Too trivial
-   to be worth copyrighting :-).  I did that because a lot of code used
-   malloc and strdup without checking for NULL pointer, and I like some
-   message better than a core dump...  --marekm
-   
-   Yeh, but.  Remember that bailing out might leave the system in some
-   bizarre state.  You really want to put in error checking, then add
-   some back-out failure recovery code. -- jfh */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include "defines.h"
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "shadowlog.h"
-
-/*@maynotreturn@*/ /*@only@*//*@out@*//*@notnull@*/void *xmalloc (size_t size)
-{
-	void *ptr;
-
-	ptr = malloc (size);
-	if (NULL == ptr) {
-		(void) fprintf (log_get_logfd(),
-		                _("%s: failed to allocate memory: %s\n"),
-		                log_get_progname(), strerror (errno));
-		exit (13);
-	}
-	return ptr;
-}
-
-/*@maynotreturn@*/ /*@only@*//*@notnull@*/char *xstrdup (const char *str)
-{
-	return strcpy (xmalloc (strlen (str) + 1), str);
-}
diff --git a/libmisc/yesno.c b/libmisc/yesno.c
deleted file mode 100644
index cfbe6ec..0000000
--- a/libmisc/yesno.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 1992 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * SPDX-FileCopyrightText: 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
- *
- * SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
- */
-
-/*
- * Common code for yes/no prompting
- *
- * Used by pwck.c and grpck.c
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ident "$Id$"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "prototypes.h"
-
-/*
- * yes_or_no - get answer to question from the user
- *
- *	It returns false if no.
- *
- *	If the read_only flag is set, it will print No, and will return
- *	false.
- */
-bool yes_or_no (bool read_only)
-{
-	char buf[80];
-
-	/*
-	 * In read-only mode all questions are answered "no".
-	 */
-	if (read_only) {
-		(void) puts (_("No"));
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Typically, there's a prompt on stdout, sometimes unflushed.
-	 */
-	(void) fflush (stdout);
-
-	/*
-	 * Get a line and see what the first character is.
-	 */
-	/* TODO: use gettext */
-	if (fgets (buf, (int) sizeof buf, stdin) == buf) {
-		return buf[0] == 'y' || buf[0] == 'Y';
-	}
-
-	return false;
-}
-